CEI Asia-Pacific Logistics Overview
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 2
1 Table of Contents
1 TABLE OF CONTENTS.............................................................................................................. 2
2 COMPANY BACKGROUND AND CONTACT DETAILS.................................................................. 6
3 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY........................................................................................................... 8
4 THE STRUCTURE OF FREIGHT TRANSPORT IN ASIA PACIFIC................................................... 14
4.1 MARKET DYNAMICS ................................................................................................................. 15
4.2 FREIGHT MOVEMENTS- INTRA-REGIONAL...................................................................................... 17
4.3 FREIGHT MOVEMENTS- INTERNATIONAL ....................................................................................... 18
4.4 MODAL SPLIT (ROAD, AIR, SEA, RAIL).......................................................................................... 19
4.5 INFRASTRUCTURE..................................................................................................................... 20
4.5.1 ROADS .....................................................................................................................................................20
4.5.2 RAIL.........................................................................................................................................................22
4.5.3 SHIPPING..................................................................................................................................................25
4.5.4 PORTS......................................................................................................................................................26
4.5.5 INLAND WATERWAY TRANSPORT..................................................................................................................29
4.5.6 AIR TRANSPORT AND AIRPORTS....................................................................................................................30
4.5.7 MULTIMODAL TRANSPORT ..........................................................................................................................32
4.6 ASIA PACIFIC DISTRIBUTION STRATEGIES ....................................................................................... 33
4.6.1 DISTRIBUTION CENTRES ..............................................................................................................................33
4.6.2 ISSUES IN REGIONAL DISTRIBUTION ...............................................................................................................37
4.6.3 CONTRACT LOGISTICS MARKET SIZE AND FORECASTS .......................................................................................38
4.6.4 FREIGHT FORWARDING MARKET SIZE AND FORECASTS .....................................................................................39
5 AUSTRALIA .......................................................................................................................... 42
5.1 ECONOMY AND TRADE.............................................................................................................. 42
5.2 TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE .................................................................................................... 44
5.2.1 ROAD NETWORK........................................................................................................................................44
5.2.2 RAIL NETWORK..........................................................................................................................................45
5.2.3 AIRPORTS .................................................................................................................................................45
5.2.4 SEA PORTS................................................................................................................................................45
5.3 AUSTRALIAN LOGISTICS MARKET................................................................................................. 46
5.3.1 OVERVIEW................................................................................................................................................46
5.3.2 DISTRIBUTION CLUSTERS .............................................................................................................................47
5.3.3 LOGISTICS MARKET SIZE AND GROWTH..........................................................................................................48
6 CHINA.................................................................................................................................. 50
6.1 ECONOMY AND TRADE.............................................................................................................. 50
6.2 TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE .................................................................................................... 53
6.2.1 ROAD NETWORK........................................................................................................................................54
6.2.2 RAIL NETWORK..........................................................................................................................................54
6.2.3 AIRPORTS .................................................................................................................................................55
6.2.4 SEA PORTS................................................................................................................................................56
6.3 CHINA LOGISTICS MARKET......................................................................................................... 57
6.3.1 OVERVIEW................................................................................................................................................57
6.3.2 DISTRIBUTION CLUSTERS .............................................................................................................................59
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 3
6.3.3 LOGISTICS MARKET SIZE AND GROWTH..........................................................................................................59
7 HONG KONG........................................................................................................................ 60
7.1 ECONOMY AND TRADE.............................................................................................................. 60
7.2 TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE .................................................................................................... 63
7.2.1 ROAD NETWORK........................................................................................................................................63
7.2.2 RAIL NETWORK..........................................................................................................................................63
7.2.3 AIRPORTS .................................................................................................................................................64
7.2.4 SEA PORTS................................................................................................................................................64
7.3 HONG KONG LOGISTICS MARKET ................................................................................................ 66
7.3.1 OVERVIEW................................................................................................................................................66
7.3.2 DISTRIBUTION CLUSTERS .............................................................................................................................67
7.3.3 LOGISTICS MARKET SIZE AND GROWTH..........................................................................................................67
8 INDIA................................................................................................................................... 68
8.1 ECONOMY AND TRADE.............................................................................................................. 68
8.2 TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE .................................................................................................... 70
8.2.1 ROAD NETWORK........................................................................................................................................71
8.2.2 RAIL NETWORK..........................................................................................................................................71
8.2.3 AIRPORTS .................................................................................................................................................71
8.2.4 SEA PORTS................................................................................................................................................72
8.3 INDIAN LOGISTICS MARKET........................................................................................................ 73
8.3.1 OVERVIEW................................................................................................................................................73
8.3.2 DISTRIBUTION CLUSTERS .............................................................................................................................75
8.3.3 LOGISTICS MARKET SIZE AND GROWTH..........................................................................................................76
9 INDONESIA.......................................................................................................................... 77
9.1 ECONOMY AND TRADE.............................................................................................................. 77
9.2 TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE .................................................................................................... 79
9.2.1 ROAD NETWORK........................................................................................................................................79
9.2.2 RAIL NETWORK..........................................................................................................................................80
9.2.3 AIRPORTS .................................................................................................................................................80
9.2.4 SEA PORTS................................................................................................................................................81
9.3 INDONESIAN LOGISTICS MARKET................................................................................................. 81
9.3.1 OVERVIEW................................................................................................................................................81
9.3.2 DISTRIBUTION CLUSTERS .............................................................................................................................83
9.3.3 LOGISTICS MARKET SIZE AND GROWTH..........................................................................................................83
10 JAPAN.................................................................................................................................. 84
10.1 ECONOMY AND TRADE.............................................................................................................. 84
10.2 TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE .................................................................................................... 86
10.2.1 ROAD NETWORK......................................................................................................................................87
10.2.2 RAIL NETWORK........................................................................................................................................87
10.2.3 AIRPORTS ...............................................................................................................................................87
10.2.4 SEA PORTS..............................................................................................................................................88
10.3 JAPANESE LOGISTICS MARKET..................................................................................................... 89
10.3.1 OVERVIEW..............................................................................................................................................89
10.3.2 DISTRIBUTION CLUSTERS ...........................................................................................................................92
10.3.3 LOGISTICS MARKET SIZE AND GROWTH........................................................................................................92
11 SINGAPORE ......................................................................................................................... 94
11.1 ECONOMY AND TRADE.............................................................................................................. 94
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 4
11.2 TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE .................................................................................................... 96
11.2.1 ROAD NETWORK......................................................................................................................................96
11.2.2 RAIL NETWORK........................................................................................................................................97
11.2.3 AIRPORTS ...............................................................................................................................................97
11.2.4 SEA PORTS..............................................................................................................................................98
11.3 SINGAPOREAN LOGISTICS MARKET .............................................................................................. 98
11.3.1 OVERVIEW..............................................................................................................................................98
11.3.2 DISTRIBUTION CLUSTERS ...........................................................................................................................98
11.3.3 LOGISTICS MARKET SIZE AND GROWTH......................................................................................................100
12 TAIWAN (CHINESE TAIPEI)...................................................................................................100
12.1 ECONOMY AND TRADE.............................................................................................................101
12.2 TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE ...................................................................................................102
12.2.1 ROAD NETWORK....................................................................................................................................102
12.2.2 RAIL NETWORK......................................................................................................................................103
12.2.3 AIRPORTS .............................................................................................................................................103
12.2.4 SEA PORTS............................................................................................................................................103
12.3 TAIWANESE LOGISTICS MARKET .................................................................................................104
12.3.1 OVERVIEW............................................................................................................................................104
12.3.2 DISTRIBUTION CLUSTERS .........................................................................................................................105
12.3.3 LOGISTICS MARKET SIZE AND GROWTH......................................................................................................106
13 THAILAND...........................................................................................................................107
13.1 ECONOMY AND TRADE.............................................................................................................107
13.2 TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE ...................................................................................................109
13.2.1 ROAD NETWORK....................................................................................................................................110
13.2.2 RAIL NETWORK......................................................................................................................................110
13.2.3 AIRPORTS .............................................................................................................................................111
13.2.4 SEA PORTS............................................................................................................................................111
13.3 THAI LOGISTICS MARKET ..........................................................................................................112
13.3.1 OVERVIEW............................................................................................................................................112
13.3.2 DISTRIBUTION CLUSTERS .........................................................................................................................113
13.3.3 LOGISTICS MARKET SIZE AND GROWTH......................................................................................................114
14 SOUTH KOREA ....................................................................................................................115
14.1 ECONOMY AND TRADE.............................................................................................................116
14.2 TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE ...................................................................................................117
14.2.1 ROAD NETWORK....................................................................................................................................117
14.2.2 RAIL NETWORK......................................................................................................................................118
14.2.3 AIRPORTS .............................................................................................................................................118
14.2.4 SEA PORTS............................................................................................................................................119
14.3 KOREAN LOGISTICS MARKET .....................................................................................................120
14.3.1 OVERVIEW............................................................................................................................................120
14.3.2 DISTRIBUTION CLUSTERS .........................................................................................................................121
14.3.3 LOGISTICS MARKET SIZE AND GROWTH......................................................................................................122
15 VIETNAM............................................................................................................................123
15.1 ECONOMY AND TRADE.............................................................................................................123
15.2 TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE ...................................................................................................125
15.2.1 ROAD NETWORK....................................................................................................................................126
15.2.2 RAIL NETWORK......................................................................................................................................126
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 5
15.2.3 AIRPORTS .............................................................................................................................................127
15.2.4 SEA PORTS............................................................................................................................................127
15.3 VIETNAMESE LOGISTICS MARKET................................................................................................128
15.3.1 OVERVIEW............................................................................................................................................128
15.3.2 DISTRIBUTION CLUSTERS .........................................................................................................................129
15.3.3 LOGISTICS MARKET SIZE AND GROWTH......................................................................................................130
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 6
2 Company Background and Contact Details
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 7
China Economic Indicator
CEI is a research-consulting firm that gathers business intelligence and provides analysis as well as general business services for
international organizations working or interested in the Greater China and East Asia markets.
Our researchers and analysts collectively have decades of experience on the ground in Mainland China, both living and working;
not just in the developed east, but throughout the vast hinterland that represents the real opportunities in the coming decades.
In addition, all our researches and analysts, Western and Chinese, are fluent and literate in both Mandarin Chinese and English.
Our bureaus in Shanghai, Hong Kong, Beijing, and Kunming provide wide geographic coverage and allow us to offer client liaison
services nationwide.
Previous clients have included the Royal Dutch Consulate’s Netherlands Business Support Office, Transport Intelligence, Airline
Cargo Management, Inform Subsidiaries such as Cargo Systems and International Freighting Weekly, and several Fortune 500
companies that wish to remain anonymous.
Assets
• Research and translation teams
• Sales and marketing teams
• Industry and academic analysts
• CEO's in-house library and data sources
Capabilities
• Provide clients with the ability to operate in the Greater China region
• Primary research conducted in Chinese by native speakers
• Sales and customer relationship management services
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 8
3 Executive Summary
When Indian Prime Minister Rajiv Gandhi visited China’s Paramount Leader Deng Xiaoping in Beijing in
1988, the two world leaders dubbed the 21st Century the Asian Pacific Century. Based on population and
economic growth forecasts, the concept of an Asia Pacific Century is one where Asian markets dominate
and set global trends for the next hundred years by eclipsing existing powers. In many ways, this has
come to pass and in many ways it has not but the century is still young.
Asia Pacific Map
Source: Public Domain
The logistics market in Asia Pacific is highly complex and fragmented. The region is dominated by China
and Japan, one country undeveloped and fast growing, the other mature but stagnating. In addition, an
array of up and coming consumer and production markets have emerged: Vietnam, Indonesia, Thailand
and Malaysia to name but a few.
Distributing product across such a contrasting mix of markets faces challenges which are unheard of and
little understood in North America and Europe. In addition to a variety of barriers to trade, quality of
transport infrastructure is often inconsistent or even non-existent. Ports, airports and roads suffer from
congestion, leading to additional supply chain costs. Many countries are still unable to provide a stable
commercial and legal environment.
Despite these problems, the region presents fantastic opportunities for investors. Rising disposable
income has led to the growth of domestic consumer markets; global manufacturers continue to out-
source production to the region attracted by lower costs; and the logistics supply side has plenty of
potential for consolidation and mergers and acquisitions for major logistics companies to exploit.
Geographically, the Asia Pacific region (APAC) is defined as being littoral East Asian nations (generally
excluding Russia), Southeast Asia and Oceania (including Australasia). The region contains some of the
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 9
world’s most advanced economies as well as some of the poorest. Developed markets with important
manufacturing regions, transport transit hubs, or financial centres include the following:
• Japan
• Singapore
• Taiwan
• Hong Kong
• Australia
• New Zealand
The nations listed above have reasonably well developed transport infrastructures, and have a logistics
industry engendered through the sophistication of the manufacturing and retail sectors operating in each
market.
The Asia Pacific region is also home to a substantial number of ‘rising economies’, some of which have
seen unprecedented growth over the last twenty years and continue to experience extremely high rates
of development. These nations include:
• China
• India
• South Korea
• Thailand
Though still hindered by its underdeveloped infrastructure, Vietnam has, in recent years, seen great
increases in foreign investment and rapid growth in GDP and can be expected to be added to the list
above within ten to twenty years.
In 2006, Asian developing economies grew by about 7.6 percent compared to developed nations in the
region, which grew by 2.2 percent. Exports saw impressive growth at 18 percent with the region
benefiting from healthy global demand. Developing countries in the region continued to accumulate
foreign exchange reserves reaching an unprecedented USD 2.5 trillion.
Many nations in Asia Pacific, both developed and developing, are members of one or both of the two
main economic associations in the region namely, the Association of South East Asian Nations (ASEAN)
and the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) organisation.
Established in Bangkok in 1967, ASEAN encompasses ten South East Asian nations and aims to facilitate
peace and stability in the region through economic cooperation. Statistics from 2007 put the total
population of ASEAN countries at 575.5m. The nations in the association at present enjoy an average
economic growth rate of 5.6 percent and an average nominal GDP of USD1231.9bn (per capita USD2227).
APEC is comprised of 21 ‘member economies’ (referred to as ‘economies’ rather than ‘nations’ because
membership includes regions such as Hong Kong counted separately from, though still under the
sovereignty of China, as well as Taiwan, where the sovereignty of the island is a fierce source of
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 10
contention). These economies encompass 41 percent of the world’s population, 56 percent of the world’s
GDP and 49 percent of world trade. The APEC forum is held annually in rotating locations and attended
by heads of state--Taiwan, or Chinese Taipei on the insistence of Beijing, sends a ministerial level
delegation-- and the meetings are designed to draft better integration of trade and to facilitate economic
growth and cooperation among members as a whole. Member economies that are not Asia-Pacific
countries include the United States, Canada, Mexico, Chile and Peru.
The allure of the emerging region for Western organisations is primarily due to its role as a low-cost
operating base, with a workforce that is often skilled and willing to work for a fraction of their Western
counterparts driving the creation of strong export based economies. As this region develops, however,
and rising costs of living increase wages, many Western organisations are beginning to focus on the
region, not only as a production base, but also as a growing end-user consumer base that has the
potential of sustaining entire industries on its own. Additionally, the liberalisation of local markets (e.g.
China) has provided many opportunities for expanding companies.
In 2007, while the US real effective exchange rate depreciated and contributed to a smaller current
account deficit relative to its GDP, the real effective exchange rate of a number of current account surplus
economies in East Asia (such as Japan, Taiwan, Hong Kong, China) also decreased, contributing to new
peak levels in the ratios of their respective current account surpluses to GDP.
The growth of per capita gross domestic product (GDP) in Asia Pacific has grown over the past 16 years
from an average of 1.4 percent in 1990-2000 to 3.1 percent in 2000- 2005 and 4.6 percent in 2006. From
2000, the per capita GDP growth in the region outpaced that of all other regions of the world (with the
exception of Africa) by at least a percentage point. The growth has been consistently quicker in low- and
middle-income countries than in high-income countries, more than twice the rate of global growth
between 1995 and 2005.
Employment in Asia Pacific has grown at an average annual rate of 1.5 percent over the past 15 years.
This growth, though impressive, is still much slower than in Africa (2.8 percent) and Latin America and
the Caribbean (2.5 percent). The strong long-term increase in labour productivity and the noticeable
structural shift in composition of sectors within Asia-Pacific economies are said to be the cause of the
region’s apparent relative inactivity in dealing with unemployment.
Within the region, employment has increased three times as fast in low-income countries as in high-
income countries. The total employment figures in low-income countries may, however, mask a large
and persistent underutilisation of labour resources, particularly in the agricultural sector, which
represents more than half of their total employment.
The Asia Pacific region has experienced a drop of about 4 percentage points in the employment-to-
population ratio. In spite of this decline, in 2006 the region still has the second highest ratio of working
age women employed (48.9 percent) surpassed only by North America (53.9 percent). An exception to
this is in South Asian countries, where the ratio experienced a gradual annual average decline in recent
years, dropping to 33.6 percent in 2006.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 11
Lack of access to gainful employment is one of the causes of migration in the region from poorer to richer
income countries. In 2005, 6 percent of the population of high-income countries in the Asia Pacific were
not born in the nations in question, compared with 4.7 percent in 1990. The percentages of foreign
populations in the total population of low- and middle-income countries saw a decrease over the same
period, from 1.4 percent to 0.8 percent and from 1.4 percent to 1.1 percent, respectively.
The region’s spectacular growth in GDP per capita has been attributed to punctilious macroeconomic
policies, exemplified by lower fiscal deficits and inflation. The current trends stand in stark contrast to
figures from as late as 1995 showing huge deficits in the majority of the countries in South Asia; for
example India ran a fiscal deficit of 5.1 percent. In 2006, the average fiscal deficit in South Asia had gone
down to 3.5 percent of GDP.
A major factor sustaining economic growth in the region has been the increasing integration of the Asia-
Pacific region into the global economy. As an indicator of the economy’s increasing dependence on
export driven growth, exports of goods and services over GDP increased from 19 percent in 1990 to 33
percent in 2005. This rise of 14 percentage points is unmatched by any other region. Additionally the
increase of imports over GDP was also substantial, seeing a rise from 19 percent in 1990 to 29 percent in
2005.
China’s export performance has been particularly impressive. In 1990, its exports over GDP were slightly
lower than regional average at only 18 percent but had risen to 42 percent by 2005, standing fully 9
percentage points over the regional average. This degree to which exports drive the Chinese economy is
unprecedented among populous nations with over 100m people. In comparison, exports over GDP stood
at 21 percent in India, 34 percent in Indonesia, and 13 percent in Japan (2004). The ASEAN member
economies have distinguished themselves as being highly dependent on export driven manufacturing,
with their exports over GDP having reached 88 percent on average.
Another indicator of the increasing role the region is playing in terms of globalization is its receipt of
foreign direct investment (FDI), though it is also increasingly becoming an origin of FDI. In the list of the
world's top 100 non-financial trans-national corporations (TNCs) in 2005, nine were from Japan, and six
out of the seven developing country TNCs were from Asia Pacific (South Korea (2); Hong Kong, China (2);
Malaysia (2); and Singapore (2)). In the 2005, the United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
(UNCTAD) listed of the top 100 non-financial TNCs from developing countries and 78 of the companies
listed were companies headquartered in the Asia Pacific region, with the majority coming from Hong
Kong, (25), Taiwan (18), Singapore (11) and the Chinese mainland (10).
One of the factors limiting growth in the region is inflation. Already by August, 2007, inflation had been
dubbed “the biggest challenge facing policy makers” by the International Herald Tribune after South
Korea saw the liquidity of its financial institutions grow by 10.4 percent in June.
Accelerated by rising oil prices and subsequent increases in global food prices, the inflation rates the
region was garlanded for having kept under control for so long, became a problem in 2008. Average
inflation in Asia Pacific decreased from 15.6 percent in 1995 to 3.5 percent in 2006. The latter figure
compared favourably to those of Africa (8.2 percent) and Latin America and the Caribbean (5.1 percent)
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 12
and was only slightly higher than that of North America (3.1 percent). Since 2007, however, signs have
been present that the region is having difficulty containing inflation growth.
For 2008, the Asian Development Bank (ADB) forecast a 7.6 percent increase in inflation for the region.
This is down from 8.7 percent for 2007, but not all countries are being affected equally. Vietnam has
been hit hardest with an inflation rate in excess of 25 percent. Singapore, Thailand, and the Philippines
and Indonesia are experiencing inflation rates between 7.5 percent and 11 percent. In March of 2008,
the Chinese government reported experiencing an eleven-year high with its own consumer inflation rate
reaching 8.7 percent, said to be a result of the rising food prices (particularly pork and rice prices – the
mainstay of the traditional Chinese diet) and fuel.
Steps taken by the respective governments to control the emerging potential impediments to growth
include regressive taxation policies, price controls (and in some situations, outright freezing of prices) as
well as export controls on food commodities such as rice and grain. The effects of these measures are
still under scrutiny and seem to have stopped inflationary increases for the time being but have, as yet,
failed to decrease inflation.
Another limit that the rapid economic growth of the region has met lies with the strains put on the
environment. While the staggering growth has contributed considerably to better economic, social and
general living conditions, it also produces a tremendous environmental impact that is creating worldwide
repercussions. One major cause is the rapid increase in energy consumption economic growth in the
region has created. Though still only a fraction of the energy consumption per capita levels of North
America and Europe, energy consumption per capita in Asia Pacific has increased at a rate unparalleled
anywhere else in the world as consumption has more than doubled since 1990. In some of the region’s
middle-income nations, per capita energy use even quadrupled.
Increased energy use is reflected in the region's carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions, which rose from 1.9
tonnes per capita in 1990 to 3.2 tonnes per capita in 2004. High-income countries (10.3 tonnes per capita
in 2004) are much worse polluters than low-income (1.1 tonnes per capita) and middle-income (4.1
tonnes per capita) countries. The increase in CO, emissions, however, was fastest in the latter group
(doubling between 1990 and 2004). Although CO2 emissions per capita in Asia and the Pacific are low
compared with those in North America (20.3 tons in 2004), they are increasing more rapidly than
anywhere else in the world. This trend compares poorly to that of Europe, which reduced per capita
emissions between 1990 (8.4 tons) and 2004 (7.9 tons).
The environmental strain caused by rapid economic growth is also making the population of Asia Pacific
increasingly vulnerable to the impact of natural disasters. The number of people in the region affected
by such disasters per 100,000 people rose from 5,542 in 1991-1995 to 6,731 in 2001-2005. This latter
number also compares poorly with Africa (2,436), Latin America and the Caribbean (1,002), North
America (93) and Europe (72).
Though hit hard by the economic crisis of 1997, the region has since showed great resilience. In spite of
the problems stated the overall picture for the region as a whole remains positive and is expected to
remain so for the rest of the decade and beyond.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 13
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 14
4 The Structure of Freight Transport in Asia Pacific
By providing efficient access to global markets, international transport links are a major pre-condition
for growth and development. In this capacity, investments in physical infrastructure are another factor
contributing to the acceleration of per capita economic growth in the Asia Pacific region. In China, for
example, road density increased from 151 to 201 km per 1,000 km squared between 1990 and 2004.
Vietnam and the Lao PDR nearly doubled their road density in the same period, while the Republic of
Korea and India nearly doubled their road networks in the 1990s. In addition to increasing total road
length, the region has also invested heavily in widening and paving roads within the existing network.
Improvements in mobility have contributed to economic growth and access to markets but have also
dramatically increased levels of pollution and frequencies of traffic accidents.
Railway density in Asia Pacific remains low when compared to more advanced regions but among
developing regions of the world, it is the highest. In 2005, it had a railway density of 7km per 1,000km
squared putting the region well above Africa and Latin America and the Caribbean but far below North
America and Europe. A little over half of the countries in the region have adequate intercity railway
systems. In recent years, with the exception of China and South Korea, only a handful of Asian developing
countries have made extensive investments in railways.
There have, in recent years, been greater levels of cooperation in the field of transport infrastructure
developments as evidence in the establishment of the Regional Action Plan supported by the Economic
and Social Commission of Asia Pacific (ESCAP), the largest of the United Nations five regional
commissions in terms of area and population covered. At a ministerial level meeting held in Busan, South
Korea in late 2006, representatives of member states set the stage for comprehensive and regionally
cohesive transport infrastructure development for a five-year period ending in 2011. Major points of the
Regional Action Plan as established are focused on transport infrastructure development through an
integrated intermodal approach that incorporates finance and private sector participation and
sustainable transport development.
For maritime-based freight movement, the fastest growth occurred in the ports of China and new ports
in Malaysia, Thailand, and most recently Vietnam. Increased East Asian freight movements have led liner
services to introduce large container ships that require deeper access channels, which can often only be
provided by voluminous dredging. Ports in river estuaries (such as Bangkok, Haiphong, Saigon, and
Shanghai Waigaoqiao) are likely to become less competitive than coastal deep-water ports (such as Laem
Chabang, Hong Kong, Busan New Port, Shanghai Yangshan, etc.). This general dynamic has spurred a
burst of investment in deepwater ports across the region in recent years.
As part of this general movement, many existing estuarial ports are already looking for, or currently
building, new developments on the coast. Given the limited scope for further reducing costs by increasing
vessel size, the next development is likely to be more direct services from what are currently feeder ports
thereby decreasing the costs of transhipment at regional hubs.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 15
4.1 Market Dynamics
In general, the Asian region has undergone a significant period of expansion in terms of local, regional
and intraregional trade. Accompanying this expansion of trade has been a tremendous growth of
investment and financial linkages. In particular, since the 1990s, growth in the intra-Asian trade market
has been remarkable.
This growth in intra-Asian trade has been seen by some as indication that many Asian nations are
strengthening their regional economic ties in an effort to insulate themselves from the cyclical nature of
dependence upon traditional international trade models. Conversely, the relative decline in Asia’s trade
with international partners, i.e., non-Asian states, has also been seen by some of evidence that Asia’s
reliance on external trading partners is diminishing in real terms.
However, despite the relative decline, the Asia region’s dependence on extra regional economies
remains strong. Export to GDP ratio has continued its upward trend reaching almost 55 percent of GDP
in 2005 compared with a global average of 28.5. In terms of incremental export-to-GDP ratio, measured
on a year-on-year basis have also witnessed an upward trend which by implication indicates the
increasing importance of the export sector as an engine of growth across the region as a whole.
The general liberalisation of Asia’s trading environment has led to a broad diversification of its export
base. In addition to this there has been a rapid growth in intra-Asian trade, as exports destined for other
Asian nations rose from 26.2 percent in 1985 to 37.3 percent in 2005. The overall general dynamic of this
shift has been to diminish the importance of the region’s single largest trading partner, the United States,
over the twenty-year period from 23.2 percent in 1985 to 17.6 percent in 2005. Japan and the EU-25 now
account for 25.8 percent of Asia's total export market, much larger than the US share. But taken together,
the G3 economies (the major export destination of global exports, the EU-25, the US and Japan) account
for only 43.3 percent of Asia's total exports, down from 53.2 percent in 1985.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 16
Asian Exports by Destination
Source ADB
This diversification of geographic spread implies that the economies of Asia are now slightly better
insulated against external demand shock originating from the G3 economies by creating the capacity for
mitigating growth in regional non-G3 Asian markets themselves. This said though, most evidence still
suggests that demand fluctuations in the G3 economies – especially the US – still play a major role in
dictating trade pattern fluctuations in the Asian economies. The chart above illustrates the close
relationship between US non-oil imports and Asian growth.
According to data from the Asian Development Bank (ADB), the US accounts for almost 50 percent of the
total G3 non-oil imports and there is a strong correlation between non-oil import trends between all
three G3 regions. Furthermore, according to analysis of ADB data, whilst the percentage share of Asian
exports destined for the G3 has consistently fallen over the period 1980-2008, the correlation between
growth in G3 non-oil imports and Asian export growth has in fact risen significantly from a 0.2 decadal
average correlation in the 1980s to a 0.8 correlation on average for the first seven years of the twenty
first century.
Despite the G3’s decreasing share of Asian exports as a whole, the increasing correlation between these
two factors is due in large part to the emergence of new dynamic driving inter-Asia trade. Namely, the
vertical integration of production processes spread geographically across the Asia region whose final
products are destined for countries outside the Asia region. In short, much of the growth in inter-Asia
trade has been in intermediate products shipped from one country to another for processing or
assembly.
Indeed, analysis based data from the Global Trade Analysis Project database confirms in decomposition
more than 70 percent of intra-Asia trade consists of intermediate goods used in the production cycle,
and of this half is driven by demand outside the Asia region. Consequently, around 61.3 percent of total
Asian exports in terms of finished goods are consumed in G3 countries.
Within Asia, the PRC is the largest driver of regional exports, but its final demand accounts for only 6.4
percent of total Asian trade, just half the contribution from Japan and slightly below a quarter of the US.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 17
The results show that the G3 economies are still the main ultimate export destinations for finished goods
leaving Asia, when taking into account the share of intermediate goods trade that is for assembly and
production within the region, but that is eventually shipped out of the region.
Based on these data, CEI estimates that of the total volume of finished goods leaving Asian countries as
exports, around 20 percent are destined for Asian markets, around 60 percent are absorbed by G3
countries, and the remainder headed for the rest of the world (ROW).
4.2 Freight Movements- Intra-regional
The 1997 financial crisis brought about a radical restructuring of policy and defined key issues with a shift
into more concrete sectors of the material economy – such as manufacturing - and away from speculative
markets such as real estate as viable long-term sources of capital for development. The basic tenets of
macroeconomic development have been reinforced as a result - namely, stability, high savings and
investment, expansions in education and training, and a stronger orientation toward exports.
As a result of the renewed focus on export, transport and developments in the flow of freight have seen
monumental improvements in the APAC region as a whole. In spite of vast improvements on
interconnectivity between nations within the APAC region, several problems still persist, and they are
numerous. These bottlenecks include:
• A lack of simplified, standardised and harmonised documentation and procedures
• A lack of transparency in application of procedures
• Differing freight tariffs between nations
• Poor infrastructure and complex paperwork
• Poor freight tracking
• Outright denial of access to foreign vehicles
• An incompatibility of vehicle weights and dimensions, insurance and driver’s licensing
qualifications
• Operational difficulties from differences in the capacity of vehicles used in cross-border
traffic
• Inadequacy of transport and cargo handling and storage facilities both at, and in the
vicinity of border regions
• Lack of multimodal transport and logistics services
Even with these impediments to trade, intra-regional freight movements in APAC are growing faster than
any region in the world. While the bulk of freight movements are still being conducted by the larger
players such as China, Japan and Korea, the regional average growth in freight movement terms stands
at 7.2 percent of global trade.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 18
The region does however still need to address intra-regional boundaries as a means of ensuring
continued dynamism in regional trade and investment flows. As a means of addressing these issues, the
APAC forum has stated that nations should take advantage of complementarities and build on existing
strengths in order to achieve more efficient and competitive freight movement rates collectively. Among
the regional agreements set into play include, for example, the Greater Mekong Sub-region (GMS) which
holds as its mandate, among others, a need to go beyond tariff and non-tariff barriers on freight transport
and into trade facilitation measures such as conformity of standards and procedures across borders in
the APAC region as well as the GMS.
Another such measure is the China-ASEAN Free Trade Agreement (FTA). In November 2002, the Chinese
and ASEAN leaders signed the Framework Agreement on Comprehensive Economic Cooperation
between China and ASEAN declaring that a China-ASEAN FTA would be set up in 10 years. The process of
establishing the China-ASEAN FTA was thus set in motion.
Starting on January 1, 2004, the two parties began implementing an Early Harvest Plan (EHP), cutting
tariffs on more than 500 products, as part of the effort to facilitate the birth of the FTA. At the Eighth
China-ASEAN Summit convened on November 29, 2004 in Vientiane, capital of Laos, the two parties
signed a package of agreements on trade in goods and dispute settlement, laying down foundations for
standardizing tariff cutting and resolving disputes.
The Framework Agreement on Comprehensive Economic Cooperation between China and ASEAN helped
advance bilateral trade, with the China-ASEAN trade volume crossing the threshold of USD100bn for the
first time in 2004 and hit USD130.37bn in 2005.
Starting from July 20, 2005, China and ASEAN began to cut tariffs on more than 7,000 products, marking
the beginning of the phase of substantial tariff reduction between China and ASEAN in the run-up to the
establishment of the FTA. Upon full implementation, the China-ASEAN FTA will be the largest FTA in Asia,
the most populous FTA in the world.
4.3 Freight Movements- International
By and large, most international or global freight movements from APAC are maritime based and while
the fleet sizes of the region as a whole increased by 20 percent in the two decades from 1980 to 2000,
handling capacity only increased by 8 percent, thus sparking a shift in focus to developing more berths
and increased efficiency in handling methods.
As a result, ports throughout the region continue to add berths and change general cargo berths to
container handling ones, which has spawned massive growth in port and terminal development.
However, numerous difficulties and inefficiencies remain within the region, witnessed by the fact that
international logistics costs for products produced within the Chinese mainland can still escalate as high
as 30 percent of total production costs, the bulk of which is accumulated between the point of production
and the container terminal gate.
Alternate measures for freight movement have received a lot of attention in recent years, namely by rail.
One recent example is the ‘New Silk Road’ or the Eurasian Land Bridge designed to facilitate freight
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 19
movement by rail on a line that begins in Lianyungang Port and ends in Rotterdam. In addition to the
intra-regional difficulties, previous to recent improvements the time required to send goods over this
land bridge was too long to be considered economical.
Recently though, large steps have been taken toward improving the time taken and currently the
Lianyungang to Rotterdam line, in earlier tests conducted by Deutsche Bahn (DB), successfully saw a trip
from Beijing to Hamburg completed in less than twenty days. In addition, DB estimates that they may be
able to reduce the travel to time to as little as 15 days. This would greatly reduce transport time for
freight movement compared to conventional shipping methods currently employed, but would remain
more costly. It is still cheaper than airfreight, though slower so that the decision as to which mode to
choose depends on the nature of the freight itself. It has been proposed that for many agricultural
products and small to medium intermediate and finished manufactured goods, rail exists as a viable time
and cost effective alternative.
However, taking into account recent estimates by Goldman Sachs predicting the arrival of USD200 a
barrel oil in the foreseeable future – especially given the current instability in the Middle East – it is
possible that there may be a renaissance of interest in land routes out of Asia. Furthermore, given the
current vulnerability of supply chain lines to acts of terrorism, governments may in future feel the need
to secure alternate lines of supply in the event that, for instance, one of the major global traffic choke
points becomes closed – I.e. the Panama Canal, the Straits of Malacca the Suez Canal etc.
4.4 Modal Split (Road, Air, Sea, Rail)
With mountain ranges like the Himalayas and bodies of water such as the Pacific Ocean separating
trading partners in the region, shipping is the natural choice for the majority of regional trade. Major
inland waterways such as the Mekong, the Yangtze, and the Pearl River extend waterborne cargo into
the hinterland of the Asia.
The rest of inland traffic falls primarily to road and rail. The intermodal business between the two has
had ups and downs since the introduction of the double-stack cars into APAC over a decade ago. Shippers
have been drawn to rail's natural economies, yet put off by service problems and congestion over the
mode and much of the volumes has been shunted to road.
These days, intermodal transport seems poised to turn away from trucking based on inefficiencies in the
industry. Pressures on the trucking industry—particularly the issues of fuel, driver availability and road
quality—have increased the favourable posture of intermodal rail terminals relative to long-haul trucking
over recent years. It appears as though this trend in the APAC region is expected to continue.
The most comprehensive plan for the development of intermodal transport in APAC was laid down in
November of 2006 at the Ministerial Conference on Transport held in Busan, South Korea. The Group's
efforts are focused on the facilitation of domestic policy regulations, development of intermodal supply
chain and secure transport activity, including building the capacity of all economies in the region to help
them reach the eventual goal of free and open trade and investment in the APAC region. At the same
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 20
time, parallel measures are being undertaken by economies to strengthen security in all transport
modes, namely land, sea and air transport.
Most recently, the Ministerial level meetings have focussed on the important role of “dry ports” and
their potential to become centres for development. Consequently, there has been an increased focus on
intermodal nodes developed at inland locations as centres of growth designed to create economic
stimulus by attracting manufacturing, agricultural processing and other associated services.
Member economies of the APEC Forum met in Lima in August of 2008 to promote intelligent and secure
transport systems inside the region. The meeting concluded with a plan to strengthen effective
intermodal transport by development of technology and intelligent transport systems. It highlighted an
interest in satellite navigation systems at the global level with the objective of unifying the international
norms of these technologies and, consequently, making its implementation easier. In addition, other
approved points included sustainability in intermodal expansion and scalability as well as moves toward
energy conservation and environmental protection.
Air garners a significant share of high-value / low-weight and time sensitive freight volumes, with Asian
airlines leading the industry in freight tonne-kilometres on both domestic and international routes. This
trend that is likely to continue as developing economies begin exploiting cash crops such as cut flowers
and more developed nations continue to produce semiconductors and other electronic components.
Boeing projects that Asia's freight market will continue lead the world in average annual growth rates
and forecasts that domestic Chinese and intra-Asia markets will expand 10.8 percent and 8.6 percent per
year respectively.
4.5 Infrastructure
4.5.1 Roads
Road density and access to effective networks remains much lower in most Asian countries compared to
European and North American areas with similar settlement patterns. While Singapore, Macau, Hong
Kong and Japan have road densities that rank among the highest in the world, other nations in Asia Pacific
rank among the lowest. Singapore, with the highest road density in the region has 4,627 km per 1,000
square km Kazakhstan, on the lower end of the spectrum in the region, has but 33 km per 1,000 square
km. As low as many of the nations place in these rankings, the region has also seen some of the highest
growth rates in road densities. From 1990-2004, Bhutan, Nepal, Vietnam and Lao PDR more than doubled
their road density rates.
In addition to road lengths, Asian nations have also seen an estimated USD170bn that have gone into
road widening investments. This figure would account for fully one-third of all logistics infrastructure
investments made in the region. There have also been large expenditures made into road improvement
reflected in the increase in km of paved road throughout the region.
In Asia, there is a great need for further development and expansion of road infrastructure. Both the
World Bank and the ADB are actively involved in several projects throughout the region. The ADB
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 21
currently is involved in a USD18.7bn project to rebuild and pave the ancient routes of the Silk Road linking
Asia to Europe though a series of land routes.
Asian Highway Network
Source:UN
In July of 2005, the Intergovernmental Agreement on the Asian Highway Network came into force.
Participation and implementation of the Agreement by member states is supported by institutions such
as ADB and the Economic and Social Commission of Asia Pacific (ESCAP). The total number of signatory
states on the agreement now stands at 28 of which 20 are full parties to the agreement.
A major requirement of the Agreement is to meet the Asian Highway Classification and Design Standards,
which require the upgrading and improvement of 16 percent of the 141,000 km of Asian highway routes.
Another agreement stipulates placing Asian highway route signs at access points. Additional funding will
be required to meet these standards and in response, ESCAP has continued to promote investment in
the Asian Highway Project and has facilitated summits between member countries and potential donors
and international financial institutions.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 22
Asia Pacific Road Network (km) - 2007
Total Roads (km) Paved (km) Unpaved (km) Motorway (km)
China 1,930,544 1,575,571 354.973 41.005
South Korea 102,293 78,581 23.712 3,060
Japan 1,193,000 942,000 251,000 7,383
Taiwan 40.262 38.171 2,091 976
Hong Kong 2.009 2.009 -
India 3,383,344 1,603,705 1,779,639
Singapore 3,262 3,262 150
Indonesia 391,009 216,714 174,295
Australia 812,972 341,448 471,524
Source: World Fact Book (CIA)
4.5.2 Rail
As a means of facilitating the movement of goods and people both nationally and internationally, the
importance of rail in Asia as a whole has witnessed a growing level of attention in recent years. Several
features of Asia as a landmass naturally promote greater utilisation of rail. For instance, Asia has 30
landlocked nations of which twelve are located thousands of kilometres from the nearest port, leaving
rail as a the most cost efficient mode for connecting the nations to international markets. Since many of
these nations are major producers and exporters of minerals, expanding rail provides a much needed
logistic solutions for these land locked nations.
The distances favour economic investments in rail over road both within nations and between them.
Globalisation has resulted in intensification of trade facilitating increased intermodal transport and
standardisation through containerisation of rail shipments. However, thus far, development of this mode
has been unequally distributed with nearly all significant investments into rail on the continent having
occurred in China and, to a lesser extent, South Korea.
Given the extent of the territory covered, the differences in gauges and in the levels of technical
development between railways in the region, the network can be roughly sub-divided into four sub-
networks. These are:
• a north-eastern network that links China, Kazakhstan, Mongolia, the Russian Federation
and the Korean Peninsula;
• a south-western network that connects Thailand, Vietnam, Cambodia, the southern
Chinese province of Yunnan, Myanmar, Bangladesh, Malaysia, and Singapore. By ferry it
also links lines that connect the islands of Sumatra and Java in Indonesia.
• an Indian sub-continent network that links India and Pakistan to Iran.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 23
International events during the 1960s, 1970s and early 1980s saw the shelving of the
Intergovernmental Agreement on the Trans-Asian Railway (TAR) Network. However, recent political
and economic changes have taken place in the region, and have seen a revival of the development of
the TAR as a result.
Asian Rail Network
Source:UN
Signed by 18 member states on 10 November 2006 at the MCT in Busan, the final adoption of resolution
62/4 for the TAR network was set at the 62nd session of the Commission in April 2006 in Jakarta. The
United Nations is still actively liaising with member States to encourage them to sign and ratify the
Agreement so as to ensure its early entry into force. The TAR Network comprises 81,000km of railway
lines selected by 28 countries as vital arteries for the development of their international trade.
With the objective of providing a continuous 14,000 km rail link between Singapore and Istanbul (Turkey),
The Trans-Asian Railway (TAR) was initiated in the 1960s. Also under proposal are onward connections
to Europe and Africa. By using international transport as a means of expanding trade, encouraging
economic growth and facilitating cultural exchange, the links offer the potential to greatly reduce travel
time and shorten distances between regions and nations.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 24
The implementation of the TAR project has required a number of factors to be taken in to consideration.
First, it has been necessary to identify the major links of international importance. Second, a degree of
conformity that exists between various rail systems has been assessed and technical requirements--e.g.
loading gauges, axle-load, speed-- compared. Third, the compatibility of operational practices as the lines
has been evaluated to determine difference cross-border practices. Fourth, two crucial infrastructure-
related elements were considered, namely: the existence of break-of-gauge points along specific linkages
with a review of proposed solutions designed to overcome apparent technical incompatibilities; and the
existence of ‘missing links’ that make end-to-end movements on some of the linkages impossible.
In moving towards joint coordination between various financial, operational and commercial actors in
the region, institutional and technical bottlenecks will need to be identified and solutions designed and
implemented before the sub-networks will function as a cohesive unit. In addition to developing physical
compatibility of the rail networks of the project, the information systems that facilitate the movement
of cargo along the lines will require standardisation as well.
Additionally, the project has necessitated a review of tariff-related issues and institutional frameworks
regarding the passage of goods across borders. In the longer term, authorities along the corridors must
be able to act on behalf of their respective railway administrations in areas such as tariff-setting, service-
definition, and marketing. While maintaining these administrative roles, many of the region’s state run
rail authorities will need to grant the private sector the ability to engage in bulk purchasing and sales of
cargo space.
Currently, intercontinental rail transport faces a number of obstacles in moving towards efficient
operations, but developments have seen steady improvement in recent years.
Asia Pacific Rail Network (km) 2007
Total Rail Electrified
China 75.438 20.151
South Korea 3.472 1.342
Japan 23.474 16.626
Taiwan 1.588
Hong Kong
India 63.221 17.508
Singapore
Indonesia 6.458 125
Australia 38.550 4.330
Source: World Fact Book (CIA)
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 25
4.5.3 Shipping
During the 1990s, Asia Pacific saw a decline in its share of world total shipping volume. This was almost
entirely due to the reduction in the tonnage registered under the flags of Japan and the Russian Federation.
Since the turn of the century, the regional fleet has once again increased at about 3.7 percent per annum
compared to the world growth rate of 1.2 percent. Already by the end of 2003, the aggregate capacity of
vessels registered under the flags of Asia Pacific back to its pre 1990s level of 28 percent of the world total
at 169m gross tonnes.
Today, nearly a quarter of the world’s bulk carriers and general cargo vessels fly an Asian flag. Of all vessels
above 100 GT, twenty-one percent are registered in Asia. The bulk of these registries are sailing out of either
Hong Kong or Singapore, with both harbours having registered in excess of 32m GT in 2006. Other major
fleets in the region include mainland China at 23m GT, South Korea at 10m, India at 8m and Malaysia at 6m,
closely followed by Indonesia at 5m. Viet Nam, whilst still small in relative terms, has seen tremendous
growth in recent years in terms of commercial shipping and looks set to continue well into the future.
In terms of gross tonnage, more than 88 percent of new shipping capacity is built at shipyards in the region.
China makes up approximately 14 percent of the world total, making it the third largest shipbuilding country
in the world after Japan and Korea.
Mainline container ship sizes have increased steadily over the last twenty-five years. From 4,000 TEU in
1991, the size of the largest vessel in operation rose to 6,800 TEU in early 2000 and 9,200 TEU in 2005. At
present, the world’s largest container ship is the Emma Maersk with a capacity of 11,000 TEU. In October
2006, it called at Hong Kong, Shenzhen and Guangzhou as part of its maiden voyage.
Presently, nearly all vessels in the world fleet over 5,000TEU operate on one of two routes – the trans-
Pacific route between Asia and North America and the Asia-Europe route. Also, feeder vessels of up to 2,000
TEU are now common. As a result of the large increases in tonnage and absolute numbers of ships in service
in 2006, fleet size expansion relative to cargo transported the industry as a whole saw a decrease in the
tonne-miles performed per deadweight tonne of 29.4 percent. But even with this decrease, the world
shipping fleet still saw a global surplus tonnage of only 1 percent of world fleet in 2006 (up from 0.7 percent
in both 2004 and 2005 but still lower than 2003 rates at 1.2 percent considerably lower than 1990 at 9.7
percent).
The oil tanker fleet owned by APAC countries in January 2004 accounted for 38 percent of the total global
capacity – significantly up from 23 percent in 2000. Dry bulk fleet owned by APAC countries reached 60
percent of the global capacity by 2004.
Twelve of the world’s top 20 container shipping operators are based in the APAC region, and represent 31
percent of the world cellular capacity.
The trend has been towards carrier alliances on a global basis, where carriers enter into partnerships that
covered their operations worldwide or at least on the main East-West routes, rather than on a single trade
route. Major carriers have entered into groupings by integrating their service structures with those of their
main competitors. Also, there has been a recent resurgence in mergers and acquisition activity
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 26
Growth Forecasts For Asia’s Maritime Industry
Global Asia Pacific
USDbn
CAGR 2006-
2010 (percent)
USDbn ( percent
Global)
CAGR 2006-
2010 (percent)
Merchant Shipping 379 6 148 (39 percent) 8
Maritime
Engineering
98 4 61 (63 percent) 4
Ports and
Terminals
101 5 43 (42 percent) 6
Services 34 6 9 (28 percent) 10
Freight Forwarding 7 6 3 (37 percent) 8
Offshore 136 4 31 (23 percent) 8
Total Maritime 755 5 295 (39 percent) 7
Source Fusion, Hong Kong
4.5.4 Ports
Asian Pacific ports in recent years have continued to grow at an unprecedented pace, with Yantai, China,
leading growth with a 112 percent increase, followed by Yingkou, China, with 59 percent, and
Guangzhou, China, with 40 percent. On average, mainland Chinese ports grew by 35 percent in 2006
compared with about 29 percent in 2005. Ports in other developing countries that made double-digit
gains include: Jawaharlar up 23 percent, Gwangyang up 22 percent, Ambarli up 21 percent, Incheon and
Ho Chi Minh up 19 percent, Dubai 17 up percent, Tanjung Pelepas up 14 percent, Port Klang up 14
percent, Chittagong up 12 percent and Laem Chabang up 11 percent, and Bangkok up 10 percent.
Across the Asia Pacific region there is widespread expectation that this level of growth in port operation
and services is likely to continue. At present the Asia Pacific region accounts for 42 percent of the global
market value of port operations worldwide and is expected to reach 44 percent or USD54bn by 2010, an
overall regional CAGR of 6 percent.
Numerous factors are contributing to the tremendous growth in the port sector. These include the
liberalisation of trade, growth of global GDP and the rise of China and India. Between 2000 and 2005 we
have the container trade business grew by 10 percent globally; this is expected to continue at least until
2010, far outstripping global GDP growth figures of around 4 percent. In part, this growth has been
generated by the general growth of containerisation which is increasingly used for non-traditional
containerised products. It is this growth that has attracted a huge amount of interest and investment in
the sector over recent years, and has driven the industry toward a far more collaborative, and some
would say, monopolistic structure.
Within the market segment, the primary driver of growth in the 21st century has been the rapid
emergence of China as a maritime nation. In the future, the primary areas of growth are likely to be
China, India, and Korea. By 2011, it is estimated that the Asia Pacific region will handle 206m TEUs of
throughput, among which 65m will be transhipment consignments.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 27
Global terminal operators headquartered in Asia include, COSCO Pacific, DP World, Evergreen, Hanjin,
Hutchison Port Holdings (HPH), ICTSI, NYK/Ceres and PSA International. Together they have a throughput
of over 220m TEUs and about half of the world’s total throughput of containers.
Major Ports
China
Dalian, Fuzhou, Guangzhou, Haikou, Huangpu, Lianyungang, Nanjing, Nantong, Ningbo,
Qingdao,
Qinhuangdao, Shanghai, Shantou, Shenzhen, Tianjin, Wenzhou, Xiamen, Xingang, Yantai,
Zhanjiang
South Korea Chinhae, Inch'on, Kunsan, Masan, Mokp'o, P'ohang, Busan, Tonghae-hang, Ulsan, Yosu
Japan Akita, Amagasaki, Chiba, Hachinohe, Hakodate, Higashi-Harima, Himeji, Hiroshima, Kawasaki,
Kinuura, Kobe, Kushiro, Mizushima, Moji, Nagoya, Osaka, Sakai, Sakaide, Shimizu, Tokyo,
Tomakomai
Taiwan Chi-lung (Keelung), Hua-lien, Kao-hsiung, Su-ao, T'ai-chung
Hong Kong Hong Kong
India
Chennai (Madras), Cochin, Jawaharal Nehru, Kandla, Kolkata (Calcutta), Mumbai (Bombay),
Vishakhapatnam
Singapore Singapore
Indonesia Cilacap, Cirebon, Jakarta, Kupang, Makassar, Palembang, Semarang, Surabaya
Austrailia
Adelaide, Brisbane, Cairns, Darwin, Devonport (Tasmania), Fremantle, Geelong, Hobart
(Tasmania), Launceston (Tasmania), Mackay, Melbourne, Sydney, Townsville
Source:World Factbook
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 28
Of the Top 100 Container Terminals Worldwide, 45 Are In The Asia Pacific Region
Port 2007 throughput in TEU percent change over previous year
1 Singapore 27,900,000 12.50
2 Shanghai 26,152,000 20.50
3 Hong Kong 23,998,000 1.90
4 Shenzhen 21,099,000 14.20
5 Busan 13,260,477 10.10
6 Kaohsiung 10,256,829 4.90
7 Qingdao 9,462,000 22.90
8 Ningbo-Zhoushan 9,430,000 33.40
9 Guangzhou 9,260,000 40.30
10 Port Klang 7,118,714 12.50
11 Tianjin 7,103,000 19.40
12 Tanjung Pelepas 5,470,000 14.60
13 Laem Chabang 4,848,478 15.00
14 Xiamen 4,627,000 15.70
15 Jawaharlal Nehru 4,060,000 23.10
16 Jakarta 3,900,000 17.50
17 Dalian 3,813,000 18.70
18 Tokyo 3,720,682 0.60
19 Yokohama 3,428,112 7.10
20 Ho Chi Minh 3,200,000 23.10
21 Nagoya 2,896,221 5.30
22 Manila 2,800,000 6.10
23 Salalah 2,639,000 10.40
24 Kobe 2,472,808 2.50
25 Osaka 2,309,820 3.50
26 Keelung 2,215,482 4.10
27 Melbourne 2,188,610 9.50
28 Shajah 2,173,867 8
29 Surabaya 2,109,677 13.40
30 Lianyungang 2,003,000 54.10
31 Suzhou 1,900,000 53.20
32 Gwangyang 1,723,000 -1.90
33 Sydney 1,696,282 10.90
34 Incheon 1,663,800 20.80
35 Bangkok 1,558,511 7.40
36 Yingkou 1,371,000 35.70
37 Zhongshan 1,270,000 8.20
38 Yantai 1,250,000 19
39 Taichung 1,247,750 4.10
40 Fuzhou 1,202,000 19
41 Nanjing 1,060,000 32.20
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 29
42 Chennai 1,052,993 27
43 Callao 1,022,246 0
44 Quanzhou 1,020,000 21.60
45 Johor 927,288 5.30
Source: Cargo Systems
4.5.5 Inland Waterway Transport
Although used less now than historically, inland waterway navigation can still be a relatively effective
and cheap means of transportation depending on the waterway. While advances in inland waterway
systems in Asia Pacific, particularly in China and the Mekong basin, have made headway, as a mode of
transport, it is limited in the following aspects:
• road transport is already much more developed and requires a relatively lower
investment threshold on the part of the logistics providers to enter the market
• rail transport in many aspects is more advanced
• inland navigation never works alone, pre- and post haulage is needed, but due to the
logistics problems of internal loading/unloading and the administrative work related to
this, it is often not cost-effective enough for logistics service providers
• inland waterways are often difficult to navigate due to shallows
Despite these limitations, there has been a push to develop inland waterway transport in Southeast Asia.
Using the Europe as example, nations such as Vietnam are working to create integrated inland waterway
systems to promote economic activity in the hinterland.
Different river tributaries are being connected to create what some have referred to a "water highway"
for economic prosperity. The hope is to link up rivers such as the Mekong in Vietnam, the Rajang in
Malaysia, the Chao Phraya in Thailand, and the Mahakam in Indonesia to create a large network of water
based highways for cargo movement and passenger transport. While these rivers already carry
substantial "back roads" traffic, upgrading them to a "highway" will likely prove difficult. Rivers such as
the Mekong are relatively shallow and would require massive dredging to achieve substantial cargo
movements.
India's prospects are somewhat brighter. The country has an extensive river system with over 14,000 km
of navigable waterways, out of which 5,700 km are navigable by motorized craft. The Indian government
estimated that development of the water way would prove 5 to 10 percent cheaper than the equivalent
cost of developing similar length express highways or rail lines. Though the country is working to
develop these channels with help from the ADB, it still lacks sufficient infrastructure. Furthermore,
though companies in the sector turn a profit, others such as The Central Inland Waterway Transport
Corporation (CIWTC), India’s largest IWW operator have been losing money year after year and rely on
government support to continue operating.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 30
China similarly has potential, but faces obstacles. The major of inland water ways in China consist of four
rivers and one canal that carry 80percent of all IWW traffic. The Yangtze River system is by far the largest
IWW.
Significant under-funding in the sector has caused infrastructure and floating equipment to deteriorate
badly and reduced the net size of navigable network. The lack of a multipurpose infrastructure
development approach or coordination between the ministries has contributed to the rapid decline.
Moreover, many hydropower and irrigation projects have left some stretches of rivers unnavigable.
This said though, there are concerted efforts, primarily on the part of the Chinese government, to utilise
this under used resource. As an integral part of the Chinese government efforts to open the interior to
investment, massive investments are currently being made to open the upper reaches of the Yangtze
River and develop the handling capacity of the inland ports along its shores. A project which some have
dubbed ‘China’s third coast’. Over the next 20 years, though, a comprehensive river transport system
that links the sea and all major rivers in the western region will be developed. The Yangtze River will be
the main regional navigation channel. With completion of the Three Gorges Dam Project, vessels of up
to 10,000 tons will be able to sail directly from Shanghai to Chongqing.
4.5.6 Air Transport and Airports
The APAC region has been the leading global air freight growth sector in recent years and now accounts
for 35 percent of the world’s freight and mail shipments by air (in terms of tonne-km performed). Freight
carried, in terms of ton-km, is expected to increase at a rate of 6.4 percent annually up to 2015, compared
to 5.5 percent for the world.
Since 1994 there have been major airport projects at Guangzhou; Hong Kong; Kuala Lumpur; Nagoya;
Osaka; Seoul and Shanghai and more recently Bangkok and Beijing. These developments in new airport
construction as well as major terminal expansions on existing airports such as that at Singapore, has
brought considerable airport congestion relief at these major Asia Pacific hubs. Combined investments
in these and other new mega-airports in the APAC region has accounted for more than USD 50bn. New
airports are being constructed at Bangalore and Hyderabad in India. Development plans are to continue
the on these new facilities, to upgrade existing hub airports and to construct completely new airports
requiring at least another USD20bn funding by 2010.
More than half the national airlines in the Asia Pacific region continue to be state-owned to varying
extents. Full government control over airlines still exits among the Pacific islands and in South and South-
East Asia. The government of Malaysia recently raised its shareholdings and took majority ownership of
their national carriers to avoid their imminent collapse. In 2004, 40 government-owned carriers around
the world were reported to be in various stages of preparation for partial or full privatization. Airlines in
Australia, Japan, Hong Kong, and South Korea are privately owned. Many countries are steadily
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 31
liberalising foreign ownership regulations, some rather radically, and ten Asia-Pacific carriers have shares
in foreign airlines.
The global commitment to greater liberalisation of air transport services was reaffirmed at ICAO’s Fifth
Worldwide Conference on Air Transport in Montreal in March 2003. As a result, nations and carriers are
relaxing the provisions of the 4,000 bilateral air services agreements in existence today. Of the 100 open
skies agreements concluded from 1992 to 2004, 34 involve at least one Asia Pacific nation. Of these, 11
were between an Asia Pacific region and the United States and 12 were between nations from within the
region.
Since 1995, there has been a dramatic increase in interest in regional or sub-regional initiatives to
liberalise among groups of countries. Of the dozen new initiatives, many are being actively implemented
in the Asia Pacific region resulting in new technological developments and new route structures
introduced. Since 2001, these have had positive effects in terms of increasing traffic flow and enhancing
safety provisions in the very busy routes over the South China Sea and between Pacific Rim countries
and Southeast Asian airports. Long-range versions of new aircraft have resulted in airlines developing
direct services connecting a far greater number of cities than was previously possible.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 32
APAC Regional Composition of Airport Facilities
Country
Total
Airports
Airports With
Paved Runways
Airports With
Paved
Runways
Paved Runways
China 467 403 64
over 3,047 m: 58; 2,438 to 3,047
m: 128; 1,524 to 2,437 m: 130;
914 to 1,523 m: 20; under 914
m: 67 (2007)
South Korea 105 68 37
over 3,047 m: 3; 2,438 to 3,047
m: 21;
1,524 to 2,437 m: 14; 914 to
1,523 m: 11; under 914 m: 19
Japan 176 145 31
over 3,047 m: 7; 2,438 to 3,047
m: 41;
1,524 to 2,437 m: 40; 914 to
1,523 m: 28; under 914 m: 29
Taiwan 41 38 3
over 3,047 m: 8; 2,438 to 3,047
m: 9;
1,524 to 2,437 m: 11; 914 to
1,523 m: 7; under 914 m: 3
Hong Kong 2 2
over 3,047 m: 1; 1,524 to 2,437
m: 1 (2007)
India 346 250 96
over 3,047 m: 1; 2,438 to 3,047
m: 52;
1,524 to 2,437 m: 75; 914 to
1,523 m: 84; under 914 m: 21
(2007)
Singapore 8 8
over 3,047 m: 2; 2,438 to 3,047
m: 1;
1,524 to 2,437 m: 4; 914 to
1,523 m: 1
Indonesia 652 158 494
over 3,047 m: 4; 2,438 to 3,047
m: 15;
1,524 to 2,437 m: 51; 914 to
1,523 m: 49; under 914 m: 39
(2007)
Australia 461 317 144
over 3,047 m: 11; 2,438 to 3,047
m: 12; 1,524 to 2,437 m: 138;
914 to 1,523 m: 143; under 914
m: 13
Source: ESCAP
4.5.7 Multimodal Transport
Recent years have seen an increased demand for intermodal transport that integrates different transport
modes, i.e., rail, roads, sea, and air. As national economies become increasingly interconnected,
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 33
advanced logistics systems have had a significant effect on the competitiveness of enterprises. The
development of intermodal systems play a key role in permitting the most appropriate mode for different
stages of the journey, combining the ability of sea and inland water transport to move large quantities
of freight over greater and more complex distances with the line haul efficiency of rail transport and the
last-mile flexibility of road operations.
Countries within the Asia Pacific region have varying levels of intermodal infrastructure and face different
geophysical and institutional challenges in upgrading existing infrastructure or in the creation of new
intermodal terminals. Promoting the use of these systems is an additional challenge for a region that has
become accustomed to more traditional methods of transport. The APAC countries are at differing stages
in devising solutions for removing inefficiencies and competition between companies operating different
modes. The respective governments and industry groups, however, recognize the benefits attained by
establishing intermodal freight systems that can deliver improved economic performance.
Issues which continue to offset the development and use of multimodal systems within the region
include substandard infrastructure (e.g., poor rail and road access to ports); poor coordination of loading
and unloading activities; different rail gauges (resulting in costly and time intensive methods of moving
freight from one rail gauge to another); lack of land available in proximity to major ports, poorly planned
intersections between highway and rail routes; conflicting customs and immigration procedures.
Furthermore, in many of the nations there has been a general lack of coordination on institutional levels,
creating bottlenecks, delays, and that prevent freight movement from one nation to another.
The establishment of investment environments in intermodal transport infrastructure to support
effective multimodal transport operations have been made China, India, and Thailand, setting positive
benchmarks for what can be done in the realm of inland container depots (ICDs). For example, the ICD
facility at Lard Krabang in Thailand shows the effectiveness of policy implementation, combined with
financial incentives in new infrastructure implementation. Also vital are improved interfaces at seaports
and a range of initiatives in (among other places) Australia; Hong Kong, China; Japan; Malaysia and South
Korea.
4.6 Asia Pacific Distribution Strategies
4.6.1 Distribution Centres
The European ‘freight village’ concept takes the concept of the clustering related logistics activities to a
new level. Within the Asia Pacific region there are well-established logistics centres and distribution parks
that share many features with the European model. Many ports of the APAC region have shifted, or are
shifting, their emphasis from traditional cargo-handling services to value-added logistics services as a
means of remaining competitive in the regional and international markets.
"Logistics centre" and "distripark" are widely used and oft times interchangeably. Both provide value
added services necessary facilitate transport activity in addition to providing the necessary infrastructure
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 34
lay-outs. Logistics centres in Asia Pacific are generally large-scale, advanced, value-added centres that
focus on consolidation and deconsolidation of containerised goods for distribution.
The government of Singapore is credited with having initiated the concept of the first logistic centre in
the 1980s when it embarked on a campaign to develop the city-state into a transhipment hub for
products originating in South East Asia (specifically Malaysia, Indonesia, Thailand, and Singapore itself).
Beyond developing the concept itself, the government of Singapore initiated a range of incentive
schemes including tax exemptions to actively encourage multinationals and international logistics service
providers to set up shop in Singapore by establishing their regional or global distribution centres there.
Logistic centres are typically located close to container terminals and multimodal transport facilities so
that transport between the facilities is quick and inexpensive. In addition to these benefits, customers
are often able to choose among intermodal transport options with the possibility of further reducing
delivery time and costs. Logistic centres are often located in Free Trade Zones.
Common features of Logistic centres within the Asia Pacific often include:
• implementation of value added services
• on-site customs clearance service facilities
• facilities for distribution operations
• located close to cargo terminals so that empty containers are easily and cheaply taken
back into the system
• located close to various inland transport facilities
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 35
Selected Logistics Centres and Free Trade Zones in the APAC Region
Singapore
Keppel Distripark
Keppel Distripark (KD) is a cargo distribution complex that provides extensive
warehousing facilities. It is connected to PSA’s container terminals via a flyway that
allows cargo to be speedily delivered to and from the port. It is located on a 23-hectare
site along Singapore’s Southern Seafront.
There are 41 warehousing modules in KD totalling 113,000 square metres, including
four blocks of storage space, a five-storey office block, and open storage yards. KD has
a 14 metre-high ceiling to support high rack automated storage and retrieval systems.
The distripark provides not only conventional warehousing services such as storage and
regional redistribution of cargo, but also value-added services such as bar-coding,
online tracking, fumigation, sampling, surveying, topping-up of cargo, quality assurance
and control, pick-and-pack, and repackaging-and-re-labeling of goods to be carried out,
without the requirement for customs formalities. It is home for many major shipping
lines, international freight forwarders, and domestic IT firms.
Pasir Panjang Distripark
Pasir Panjang Distripark, located next to the main conventional terminal and new
container terminal, comprises nine single-storey warehouses, and has a total
warehouse area of 144,000 square metres. Its single-storey warehouse offers tenants
exclusivity in operations. It is ideal for those dealing in odd-size cargo or cargo with a
very fast turnover.
The warehouse is supported with an ample open storage yard for heavy machinery
storage and heavy lift operations. Also located in the distripark is the three-storey Pasir
Panjang Districentre, which is specially designed for high value goods that require good
security, clean environment and facilities for a quick turnover.
The distripark provides some 250,000 square metres of warehousing and office space.
Hong Kong
ATL Logistics Centre Hong Kong Ltd. – Logistics Centre
Logistics Centre is the world’s first and largest intelligent multi-storey drive-in cargo
logistics centre designed for fast turnaround of cargo. Conveniently located in the heart
of Kwai Chung Container Terminals and within near reach of Hong Kong’s commercial
and population centres, airport, as well as the Mainland border, the Centre offers
warehouse and leasing as well as a full range of cargo handling, a container freight
station (CFS) and distribution services.
ATL Logistics Centre is comprised of 7 floors at Centre A and 13 floors at Centre B
providing over 9.3m square feet total floor area and over 6million square feet
leasable area to CFS, Logistics, Air-freight and all kind of business operators under one
single roof. It has a 3 lane ramp (2 lanes up and I lane down) for vehicular access and its
traffic throughput averages 8,000vehicles a day.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 36
Malaysia
North Port – Port Klang
Established in 1993 as Malaysia’s pioneer distribution centre within the Free
Commercial Zone (FCZ) of Port Klang.
Currently it offers a wide range of services, which include warehousing, pre-shipment
activities such as documentation, internal haulage, packing and relabeling, minor
assembly and other value-added activities to complement the core business activities
at Northport. Contents of containers are stored here, processed if necessary and then
distributed further. The centre has a total land area of 296,594.11m2 and a covered
warehouse area of 44,296.17m2
South Korea
Masan and Iksan Export Processing Zones were established as Export Processing Zones
with special incentives such as preferential tariffs and taxes to attract foreign direct
investment for promoting export, employment and technology transfer. In 2000, the
name of Export Processing Zone was changed to Free Trade Zone (FTZ).
In January 2002, Busan and Gwangyang ports were designated as Customs Free Zones.
In January 2003, Incheon Port and Incheon International Airport were also designated
as Customs Free Zones to promote the international logistic industry.
There were differences between Free Trade Zone (former Free Export Zone) and
Customs Free Zones at first. Free Trade Zone was a manufacturing oriented special
zone while Customs Free Zone was a logistics related zone where manufacturing was
not allowed. However, in 2003 the two concepts were integrated with the
establishment of a law named ‘FTZ Act.’ Under the ‘FTZ Act’, the areas able to be
designated as FTZ may be industrial complexes, adjacent hinterlands of airports and
seaports, distribution complexes and freight terminals. Currently the Republic of Korea
has placed a great amount of effort into developing FTZs by exploring various policies
such as simple regulations, strengthening marketing strategies and improving
administrative efficiencies and by developing large logistics land areas around ports.
For example, the
FTZ at Incheon Port has a land area of 2,167,000 m2 with a planned expansion area of
117,000 m2.
Singapore
FTZs in Singapore were first established in 1 September 1969. Their aim was to
facilitate inter-port trade in dutiable goods. Presently, Singapore has seven FTZs, six for
seaborne cargo and one for air cargo.
A wide range of facilities and services are provided for storage and re-export of
dutiable and controlled goods. Goods may be stored within the zones without any
customs documentation until they are released in the market. They can also be
processed and re-exported with minimum customs formalities. However, the FTZs in
Singapore are primarily for transhipment cargoes.
The FTZs are located at the Port of Singapore, Jurong Port, Sembawang Wharves, Pasir
Panjang Wharves and Changi Airport. The FTZ offer 72 hour free storage for
import/export of conventional and containerised cargo and 14day free storage for
transhipment/re-export cargo.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 37
China
Shanghai Waigaoqiao FTZ
Approved by the State Council in 1990 the Shanghai Waigaoqiao Free Trade Zone is one
of China’s earliest and largest free-trade zones. The free-trade zone encourages
investment in international trading, export processing, distribution, cargo forwarding
and commodity exhibition.
The Waigaoqiao FTZ is at the north-east corner of the city and is next to the
Waigaoqiao Container Port at the estuary of Yangtze River. It lies at the intersection of
China’s eastern coastline and the golden waterway. It is around 20 km from Pudong
International Airport. The FTZ can also be accessed from city downtown through a
dedicated road system.
Overall capital investment in the zone has reached USD4.63bn. The zone currently
accommodates 3,582 enterprises producing an annual output of around CNY 6.32bn.
The planned area of the zone is around 10 square kilometres and is divided into four
areas. Besides the division of the port area, the other three areas are managed and
developed by three different entities. They are: 1) Shanghai Waigaoqiao Free Trade
Zone United Development Co., Ltd. managing and developing around 4 square
kilometres; 2) Shanghai Waigaoqiao Free Trade Zone 3-United Development Co., Ltd.
managing and developing around 3square kilometres; and 3) Shanghai Waigaoqiao
Free Trade Zone Xin Development Co., Ltd. managing and developing around 3 square
metres. All three companies are within the same group named Shanghai Waigaoqiao
Free Trade Zone (Group) Co., Ltd.
Source: China Development Zone Association
4.6.2 Issues in Regional Distribution
Over the past two decades, the global contract logistics sector has been at the vanguard of many changes
experienced in the logistics industry. Aside from the traditional outsourcing of warehousing and
distribution services, manufacturers and retailers are increasingly outsourcing more diverse value added
logistics functions. This trend has become increasingly important in Asia Pacific. A typical strategy has
also been using client bases outside the APAC region as leverage to lure new clientele and keep existing
ones loyal.
Opportunities abound for logistics companies for widening the range and breadth of outsourced services
that can be provided and is a trend expected to accelerate growth of the contract logistics market further
into the future.
The industry continues to experience pressures from a variety of sources including congested
infrastructure, rising fuel prices, labour shortages and environmental protection laws.
A 2006 study published by the Supply Chain Management Review involving a survey of CEOs of major
contract logistics providers and freight forwarders serving the APAC region identified some of the issues
that are broadly experienced as challenges for collaboration in the Asia Pacific market. Of the eleven
CEOs interviewed, nine acknowledged greater efforts in customer management as a strategy for
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 38
facilitating growth. This has been accomplished by establishing higher levels of collaboration with their
customers.
Greater collaboration between manufacturers and retailers and the logistics service providers seems to
be the solution to responding to ever increasing demands from logistics service users. Collaboration
involves the cooperation of manufacturers, retailers, and their suppliers and logistics providers - parties
that have not always acted cohesively in the past. Typically, collaboration has been reliant on a number
of factors.
• intimate knowledge of customer business, anticipating their requirements and acting
upon them in such a way as to function as an extension of the customer’s business.
• a need for standard operational culture, processes, and measurements
• IT integration to reduce costs and improve services by enabling an information-driven
supply chain through the development of global visibility and knowledge management
services
• Industry specific solutions by geography within the APAC region
• Establishment of dedicated account management teams with points of contact at
national, regional and global levels
CEOs in the survey claimed a difficulty in reaching top management within the client’s organisation and
when contact was possible, achieving the ‘face time’ required to establish the relationship with the
individual in question was difficult. Other problems cited included constant shifts in management
personnel that required constant updating and a lack of continuity in relationships. Additionally, many
of the retail and manufacturing clients had extremely complex organisational structures that made
collaboration difficult and required several points of contact between the service providers and the
client.
4.6.3 Contract Logistics Market Size and Forecasts
In line with global trends, businesses in the APAC region continue to increase their focus on operational
efficiency and profitability by outsourcing more and more of their logistics operations to 3PL providers.
Progressively larger shares of enterprise expenditures on logistics are going from in-house to outside 3PL
operations. This results in larger market opportunity for global logistics service providers, and organised
3PL providers are therefore expected to increase their market penetration as customers look for supply
chain integration through one-stop integrated logistics service providers, and hence are more likely to
use a major 3PL. The industry will thus continue to see further consolidation as players aspire to serve all
of their clients' needs.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 39
Globally, the contract logistics market is highly fragmented as shown by the fact that the industry’s top
twelve providers are account for only about one-sixth of total revenues. As larger providers have distinct
advantages in terms of their network capacity, smaller logistics providers are being forced to rely on
larger players with broader shipping and carrying resources to better meet customer demands.
The APAC region is expected to account for 20 percent of 3PL revenues by 2010. As the industry on a
global scale is expected to see only single figure growth between now and 2010, the largest growth is
expected to occur in Asia Pacific though in absolute terms, the EU will continue to see the largest levels
of expenditures in the industry globally. Customers are looking for supply chain integration through one-
stop integrated logistics service providers, and hence are more likely to use a major 3PL. The industry
will thus continue to see further consolidation as players aspire to serve all of their clients' needs.
Emerging markets are expected to drive global GDP growth to about 4 percent per year over the next
five years and this should also increase expenditures on logistics. This is good news for the Asia Pacific
markets especially when taken with the fact that the region’s emerging markets are benefiting from the
eastward shift in manufacturing.
However, the cost pressures are likely to continue in the form of increasing fuel prices, infrastructure
congestion, labour shortages and environment protection laws. Only players that can efficiently provide
multimodal services across various geographies and varied supply and demand are expected to turn over
the highest revenues.
In the aforementioned survey of CEOs of APAC logistics providers, the industries that were seen to
provide the greatest growth in the region included those in high technology sectors, automotive,
consumer goods and retailing and pharmaceutical and health care sectors. Regionally, China and India
are expected to see the largest growth but other nations in the region may see larger growth as well as
other governments try to stimulate greater growth in general.
The most important industry dynamics mentioned are expected to be the ongoing downward pressure
on pricing. Also anticipated are the large mergers of smaller 3PL providers as a result of the increasing
pressure to internationalise services offered. Opportunities related to the a lack of reliable ground level
transport facilities in the region are also existent and are likely to be capitalised on by larger foreign
providers being able to extend their networks through working with locally based providers and possible
mergers and acquisitions.
4.6.4 Freight Forwarding Market Size and Forecasts
Unlike the deeply fragmented 3PL industry, sea based freight forwarding is strongly consolidated with
the top ten freight forwarders taking up to nearly half of the revenues for the industry as a whole.
With more economies moving towards globalization and product life cycles increasingly getting shorter,
air cargo becomes more important in the global supply chain. This is especially true in the Asia Pacific
region where it is projected to have the biggest share of airfreight traffic in the next decade.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 40
The integrators such as UPS, DHL, FedEx, etc, have a simpler process flow since there are fewer players
involved in the process. As the integrator may own aircraft, the problem of space availability is less of an
issue. Moreover, the integrator often uses the unit load device (ULD) to store its cargo and therefore
does not spend much time to palletize the cargo. This practice speeds up the process although a higher
cost may be incurred due to the rigidity of the ULD.
Information flow for the integrator is very efficient compared to the traditional air cargo information
flow. Currently, much of the shared information within the traditional air cargo industry is transferred
from one document to another or from one independent in-house system to another independent in-
house system manually so that developments in integrated IT systems are an area for growth in the
freight forwarding market.
Generally, airlines offer cargo space in two stages. Freight forwarders are invited to bid for required space
or ‘allotments’ over the next season during the first stage. The remaining space, termed ‘ad-hoc space’,
is open for booking in the second stage, within a few weeks before the flight departs.
Identified issues in the air cargo industry have been and continue to be:
• difficulties in improving accurate space booking on airlines
• spot pricing and revenue management
• shipment re-accommodation
• shipment tracking
• manpower shortages
• pallet circulation and imbalance
• airport terminal space limitation
• operation efficiency using ASRS (Automated Storage/Retrieval System)
• cargo damages and terminal environment
• air cargo close-out time
• paperwork and duplication
• information accuracy
Further problems in freight forwarding fall into three major areas:
• Airport terminal operations.
• Booking and yield management.
• Air cargo network analysis.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 41
Problems in these areas include developing new methodologies or new processes that will help to
increase the productivity and operations efficiency of the air cargo systems. Limits to growth are likely
to increase over the coming years due to rising fuel, labour and environmental costs.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 42
5 Australia
Humans first settled on Australia over forty thousand years ago and lived by hunter gatherer subsistence
until the arrival of the first Europeans in the 18th Century. When James Cook arrived in 1770, he made
the first formal claims of the land southeast of Asia in the name of the King of Great Britain. During the
18th to 19th centuries, six colonies were established and these colonies were confederated into the
Commonwealth of Australia in 1901.
Rich in resources and with enormous agricultural potentials that were exploited by a prison population,
with the advent of the industrial revolution manufacturing took hold on the continent and were major
contributors to Britain’s efforts during both World Wars. Since the end of the Second World War, the US
has replaced Britain as Australia's main military ally. A mass immigration programme that started in 1947
resulted in sweeping demographic, cultural and social change—and stronger ties with Asian neighbours.
Since then, Australia has become an internationally competitive, advanced market economy. Economic
reforms of the 1980s culminated in the former colony becoming one of the world’s fastest growing
economies during the 1990s. Climate change, depleting atmospheric protection in the form of the ozone
layer, conservation efforts of the continents unique natural environment, and chronic water shortages
are long-term concerns for Australia.
The Commonwealth of Australia is a democratic federal state within the Commonwealth of Nations. As
a result of a recent referendum on whether to retain the monarchy’s role in Australia or to become a
republic, formal executive powers are still vested in the governor-general, the representative of Queen
Elizabeth II in Australia. The legislature consists of a federal parliament with its 76-member Senate (upper
house) and a 150-member House of Representatives (lower house). Elections are held at maximum
intervals of three years, when one-half of the senators (who serve six-year terms) and all the
representatives are elected by compulsory ballot. Each of the six states in the federation has its own
government, with a governor and a bicameral legislature, apart from Queensland, which has a
unicameral legislature.
In recent years, issues that have dominated Australian politics include its labour market and taxation
reform. Foreign relations and defence are being accorded a high priority, and various free-trade
agreements are being pursued with Australia and China having recently reopened negations on freer
trade terms (a move initiated by a more China friendly government elected earlier in 2008). Of greater
importance to regional development include reform of the public health system; higher-education and
welfare systems; and a voluntary public pension contribution scheme
5.1 Economy and Trade
Australia has a strong economy with a per capita GDP comparable to any of the dominant West European
economies. Its economy is strongly reliant on the export of raw materials, mining and agricultural
products have resulted in strong business and a high level of consumer confidence. Australia has attained
a solid level of growth over the last sixteen years through an emphasis on reforms, low inflation, a
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 43
housing market boom, and growing ties with China. Growth has been constrained by drought, high
demand for imports, and a strong currency have pushed the trade deficit up in recent years, while
infrastructure bottlenecks and a tight labour market are constraining growth in export volumes and
stoking inflation. Australia's budget has been in surplus since 2002 due to strong revenue growth.
However, high levels of taxation are an issue in Australia. A 30 percent corporate tax rate applies to both
retained earnings and to dividends. Credits for corporation tax already paid on dividends are granted to
shareholders. Personal income tax is progressive, with the top marginal rate of earners over AUD150,000
experiencing a 45percent tax levied on their earnings. In addition, the federal government also collects
a 1.5percent taxation of personal taxable income tat are allocated toward the countries healthcare
system.
Export revenues grew to USD169.9bn in 2007 (IMF data, balance-of-payments basis); but was not enough
to offset growth in goods imports, which rose to a total of USD191.3bn, greatly widening the trade deficit
to USD21.4bn, from USD12.7bn in 2006
Key Economic Indicators 2007
Population (m): 20.4
GDP (USD bn; market exchange rate): 908.5
GDP (USD bn; PPP): 759.9
GDP per head (USD; market exchange rate): 44.455
GDP per head (USD; PPP): 37,184
Real GDP growth: 3.3
Inflation: 2.7
Exchange Rate: 1.20 (b)
Source: Economist
Geographical Facts
Land area (sq km): 7,617,930 sq km
Water area (sq km): 68,920 sq km
Total area (sq km): 7,686,850 sq km
Source: World Factbook
Major Exports percent 2007
Metalliferous ores/metal scrap 21.1
Coal, coke and briquettes 12.4
Non-ferrous metals 8.1
Petroleum/petroleum products 6.7
Source: Economist
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 44
Major Imports percent 2007
Road vehicles 12.9
Petroleum/Petroleum products 12.5
Telecommunications equipment 5.4
Industrial machinery 5.3
Source: Economist
Exports Partners percent 2007
Japan 18.7
China 14.3
South Korea 7.9
India 5.8
US 5.2
Source: Economist
Import Partners percent
China 15.6
US 14
Japan 9.9
Singapore 6.6
Germany 5.6
Source: Economist
5.2 Transport Infrastructure
Transport Data
Total Road Length (km) 812,972 km
Motorways (km) paved: 341,448 km
Railways (km)
Total 38,550 km
Airports
Total 461
Sea Ports
Total 11
Source: World Factbook
5.2.1 Road Network
Australia is a vast land with little population, especially in the arid interior of the nation. However, roads
of varying quality exist and need to be maintained at exonerated costs in order to keep otherwise isolated
parts of the country inside the transport network. The costs of maintaining its vast network usually falls
on the Australian taxpayer as roads are generally funded and owned by the government sector, although
construction is almost universally contracted out to private companies.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 45
Several factors have been identified as relevant to road administrations in terms of enhancing
organisational effectiveness and decreasing maintenance costs. For example, Australia hopes to be able
to reduce the cost of maintaining its vast road network by 40 percent through contracting out its
maintenance works to the public sector. The private sector's role in road ownership is also growing with
a growing number of new road systems being privately owned and operated. Intra-state highways were
previously owned and operated by state governments (with costs being covered by state revenue), but
many of these operations have become privatised since the 1990s. With a road network growth of only
0.05 percent, Australia stands last in the ranking of APAC nations in terms of growth of its road network.
5.2.2 Rail Network
Developments in rail systems were an early strategy used in Australia for purposes of developing the
interior and providing a cost effective way of getting unexploited resources from the interior to ports
and harbours along the coast.
A locomotive fleet of over 1,000 railcars are dedicated to the transport of minerals, most of which
operate in remote, sparsely populated areas, and unlike roads, the construction, operation and
maintenance thereof has long been privately funded. The interior of Australia features large tracts of
‘missing links’ of rails that do not connect directly to the national network and additionally, Australia
suffers from a domestic discontinuity of track gauges.
5.2.3 Airports
Australia’s airports are many and vary greatly in terms of runway quality and frequency of flights. With
larger centres such as Sydney and Melbourne boasting some of the most modern facilities in the world,
‘bush’ destinations in many areas in the interior have clay runways and are equipped to only handle the
occasional single propeller plane with infrequent take-offs and arrivals. Australia’s airlines, including its
flag line, Qantas, are privately owned and in recent years budget airlines have captured a major share of
the traffic in Australia, a trend that is receiving active support from governments and airport operators.
5.2.4 Sea Ports
Reform of Australia’s ports has until recently been slow in spite of major concerns brought about by
Australia’s natural lack of physical infrastructure at ports creating problems for the country to handle
freight volumes, containers and its raw material exports. Bottlenecks in some major ports, particularly
those serving the rapidly expanding coal mining industry were further hampered by a lack of investment
in new infrastructure. At times, decisions by competition regulators contributed to the lack of
investment. These infrastructure crunches have led in recent years to massive shipping backlogs at raw
material export points like Newcastle.
For example, Prime Infrastructure, the owner of Dalrymple Bay Coal Terminal in Queensland was
reluctant to expand capacity, stating that the coal loading price caps (a decision by the Queensland
Competition Authority (QCA)) made further investment in the port economically unfeasible. QCA
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 46
eventually reversed its decision in April 2005, after coming under intense fire from the Queensland state
government, the Productivity Commission and Prime Infrastructure. The reversal of the decision granted
Prime the right to charge higher fees and cleared the way for a three-stage expansion of Dalrymple Bay.
The first stage of the expansion will lift capacity from 59m tonnes/year (t/y) to 68m t/y cost
approximately AUD530m, was close to completion in early 2008. The QCA approved the second and third
stages of the expansion in October 2006, at a cost of UAD639m. When this stage sees completion by the
end of 2008 it will take capacity to 85m t/y.
5.3 Australian Logistics Market
5.3.1 Overview
As a consequence of the country's substantial landmass, its scattered population and the large distances
to export markets, transport plays a vital role in the Australian economy. Development in transport and
developments in the logistics market are now firmly based on integration with the Asia Pacific community
and Australia was one of the key players in formation of the Asia Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC)
forum and established the first international container service was introduced on India-Australia corridor
in September 1978. These moves have actually been better news for Australia’s APAC trading partners
than for Australia itself as Australian logistics industry revenues are predicted to decline to an average of
12 percent, while average revenues generated in India will more than double to 13 percent by 2008. The
balance, 24 percent of the revenues, will originate in other APAC countries.
Australia has recently engaged in a major program toward increased intermodal transport methods to
move freight interstate and internationally. Several State Governments have set targets for moving
freight to rail (typically 30 to 40 percent of port-related container movements). In pursuit of these
targets, the States, in conjunction with the Australian Federal Government’s new ‘Auslink’ funding
programme and the private sector, have fostered a significant amount of investment into intermodal
facilities. As a result, Australia has an advanced intermodal framework of planning and infrastructure. All
of this equates to what has been forecasted as steady but slow growth in the Australian logistics market.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 47
Australia Logistics Performance Index*
Overall LPI
score 3.79
rank 17
conf 0,09
Customs
score 3.58
rank 17
conf 0,22
Infrastructure
score 3.65
rank 20
conf 0,28
International shipments
score 3.72
rank 12
conf 0.22
Logistics competence
score 3.76
rank 19
conf 0.22
Tracking & tracing
score 3.97
rank 12
conf 0.21
Domestic logistics costs
score 2.8
rank 97
conf 0,33
Timeliness
score 4.1
rank 20
conf 0.24
Source: World Bank
5.3.2 Distribution Clusters
Australia’s Parkes facility is located about 365 km west of the city of Sydney and 170 km south of Dubbo.
Owned and operated by FCL, the facility is located at what is called the ‘crossroads of Australia’ where
the Newell Highway, linking Brisbane and Melbourne, intersects with the Sydney to Perth
* The Logistics Performance Index is based on a survey of operators on the ground worldwide (global freight forwarders and express
carriers), providing feedback on the logistics ‘friendliness’ of the countries in which they operate and those with which they trade.
They combine in-depth knowledge of the countries in which they operate with informed perceptions of other countries with which
they trade, and experience of global logistics environment. Feedback from operators is supplemented with objective data on the
performance of key components of the logistics chain in the home country, data collected for 100 countries. The LPI consists
therefore of both perception and objective measures and helps build profiles of logistics friendliness for these countries. The scores
are from one to five, one being the worst performance for the given dimension.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 48
transcontinental railway. Unlike many logistic centres internationally, services for the Parkes logistics
centre focus mainly on the domestic intermodal market moving freight all around Australia.
With 1,000,000 m2 of land, of which 15,000 m2 (1.5 percent) is paved hardstand, the facility includes a
covered container storage area of 5,000 m2. The park can accommodate a maximum train length of 600
m. The average daily handling capacity of the facility sees a single train and 30 trucks for processing. From
2004-2005, the total annual rail throughput was nearly 20,000 TEU. Total annual containerised
throughput by road was 800 TEU and 70,000 tonnes of non-containerised cargo for the same period.
With containerised cargo expected to double and a rise in non-containerised anticipated at around 50
percent over the next five years, growth expectations for the terminal are high.
Additionally, total non-containerised cargo throughput during these aforementioned periods is
estimated at 75,000 and 100,000 tonnes within the next five years. FCL owns a significant area of land
around its present facility, which has been earmarked for future factory and warehouse developments
to handle the increase in throughput. Other investments focus on raising height clearances, upgrading
communications systems, and strengthening and upgrading bridges to improve efficiency and capacity.
There are a number of elements driving the expected expansion of throughput to this facility. The main
signal of growth comes from AUD21m to be invested by the Australian Rail Track Corporation (ARTC) for
linking Parkes and Broken Hill through the Main Western Line, the main trade route of the Sydney to
Adelaide corridor.
5.3.3 Logistics Market Size and Growth
Australia’s logistics market is large but relatively stagnant. As prices for Australia’s export goods are
expected to rise with higher commodity prices from the rest of APAC, this situation is likely to be a change
for the better.
With demands of customers becoming much more complex, and increasingly looking for ‘whole supply
chain partners’, both the Federal Government and a number of state governments in Australia have
begun to actively promote private investment in transport infrastructure through the introduction of
policies, principles or guidelines, and the establishment of specific units typically attached to treasury
and finance ministries with roles that typically include:
• Development and overseeing the policy framework;
• Assessment of projects for private participation; and
• Providing support to agencies embarking on a bid process.
As an example of the trend supported by these government initiatives to promote streamlining and
development in logistics markets to facilitate growth, Australia Post, in 2005, put forward a successful
bid to acquire third party logistics provider J R Haulage, trading as State Warehousing & Distribution
Services (SWADS). This acquisition established effective business-to-business capability for Australia Post
and added an important component to its rapidly developing logistics business. It also complemented its
logistics capability extending in and out of Australia to destinations in APAC, particularly China.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 49
The emphasis of strengthening links to the emerging markets is a reflection of Australian logistics
market’s hopes of being able to benefit through the closer relationship to APAC and growth in the region
as a whole as a means of accelerating growth in the logistics market locally.
The positive drive for cost-effective and reliable alternative supply chain solutions, including IT
developments, spell a reasonable amount of potential growth for the market that has, for the most part
lagged behind its neighbours in the APAC region. Future growth in this market is likely to be fuelled in
large part by the demands for raw material and agricultural product in the emerging economies.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 50
6 China
China is the largest country in East Asia, spanning over 5000km across the East Asian landmass and
sharing borders with 14 other countries. China is separated from Mongolia and Russia’s Siberia in the
north by the Gobi desert and the Manchurian forest steppes. In the south, subtropical forests act as the
boundary between China and Vietnam, Laos, and Myanmar. Its neighbour, India, lies beyond the
Himalayan and the Tianshan mountain ranges in the west. China’s 14,500km long coastline gives it access
to the East and South China Seas, Bohai Bay and the Yellow Sea.
For centuries China stood as a leading civilisation, outpacing the rest of the world in the arts and sciences,
but in the 19th and early 20th centuries the country was beset by civil unrest, major famines, military
defeats, and foreign occupation. In the wake of World War II, the Communists under Mao Zedong
established an autocratic socialist system that, while ensuring China's sovereignty, imposed rigid controls
over everyday life and implemented disastrous economic policies that have been blamed for devastating
the lives of tens of millions of people. After 1978, his successor Deng Xiaoping and other leaders focused
on market-oriented economic development and by 2000 output had quadrupled.
Now, China is a single-party socialist republic, with Beijing as its capital city. There are twenty-three
provinces, five autonomous regions, four municipalities and two special administrative regions. The
population has grown to over
1.3bn people, making up one
fifth of the world’s total, the
single most populous country
in the world. For much of this
population, living standards
and personal freedom have
improved radically; however, political control remains tight.
6.1 Economy and Trade
After more than a quarter century of reform and opening to the outside world, by 2005 China’s economy
had become the second largest in the world after the United States when measured on a purchasing
power parity (PPP) basis. The government has a goal of quadrupling the gross domestic product (GDP)
by 2020 and more than doubling the per capita GDP. Central planning has been curtailed, and widespread
market economy mechanisms and a reduced government role have prevailed since 1978. The
government fosters a dual economic structure that has evolved from a socialist, centrally planned
economy to a socialist market economic system, or a ‘market economy with socialist characteristics.’
Despite successes, China’s leaders face a variety of challenges to the nation’s future economic
development. They have to maintain a high growth rate, deal effectively with the rural workforce,
Geographical Facts
Land area (sq km): 9,326,410
Water area (sq km): 270,550
Total area (sq km): 9,596,960
Source: World Factbook / Economist
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 51
improve the financial system, and continue to reform the state-owned enterprises, foster the productive
private sector, establish a social security system, improve scientific and educational development,
promote better international cooperation, and change the role of the government in the economic
system. A failure to meet these challenges may cause widespread political discontent. Despite
constraints the international market has placed on China, it nevertheless became the world’s third
largest trading nation in 2004 after the United States and Germany.
The Fifth Plenum of the Sixteenth CCP Central Committee took place in October 2005. The Fifth Plenum
approved the new Eleventh Five-Year Plan (2006–10), which emphasises a shift from extensive to
intensive growth in order to meet demands for improved economic returns; the conservation of
resources to include a 20-percent reduction in energy consumption by 2010; and an effort to raise
profitability. Better coordination of urban and rural development and of development between nearby
regions also is emphasized in the new plan.
China's GDP grew 11.4 percent year-on-year to CNY24.6619 trillion (USD3.43 trillion) in 2007. China’s
PPP was estimated for 2005 at nearly USD8.9 trillion. PPP per capita in 2005 was estimated at USD6,800.
China’s annual rate of inflation averaged 6 percent per year during the 1990–2002 period. Although
consumer prices declined by 0.8 percent in 2002, they increased by 1.2 percent in 2003. China’s
estimated inflation rate in 2005 was 1.8 percent. Despite having been attributed with almost singled-
handily holding global wage rates and inflation in check for most of the last ten years, in 2008 China
experienced its highest rate of inflation for 11 years, reaching 7.9 percent in the first half of this year
leading many speculators to conclude that China may indeed become a leading exporter of inflation in
coming years.
According to China’s National Bureau of Statistics, the world’s fourth biggest economy expanded by 10.4
percent in the first half and 10.1 percent in the second quarter, down from the 11.9 percent recorded
for 2007. According to the General Administration of Customs one of the primary causes for this
unexpected downturn is the slowing of trade growth with the United States - particularly as the fall out
from the super credit bubble begins to land.
On the production side of the equation, contributing to this overall decline in trade growth are factors
ranging from the appreciating Yuan, rising fuel, food, land, and wage prices. According to Chinese
government statistics, the industries most heavily impacted by the current slowdown in trade growth
have been the textile, garment, shoe, toy-making and electronic component sectors particularly in the
southern industrial workhorse region of Guangdong.
Since being unpegged from the US dollar in 2005 the Yuan has appreciated almost 20 percent against the
dollar making Chinese textile products more expensive, eroding China's price advantage against products
from Vietnam and India.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 52
Key Economic Indicators 2007
Population (m): 1,321.3
GDP (USD trillion; market exchange rate): 3.43
GDP (USD bn; PPP): 7,238.0
GDP per head (USD; market exchange rate): 2,453
GDP per head (USD; PPP): 5,478
Real GDP growth: 9.8
Inflation: 6.5
Exchange Rate: 6.93
Source: The Economist/China Daily
Major Exports percent 2007
Electrical Machinery 22
Coal, coke and briquettes 12.4
Non-ferrous metals 8.1
Petroleum/petroleum products 6.7
Source: Economist
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 53
Major Imports percent 2007
Road vehicles 12.9
Petroleum/Petroleum products 12.5
Telecommunications equipment 5.4
Industrial machinery 5.3
Source: Economist
Exports Partners percent 2007
Japan 18.7
China 14.3
South Korea 7.9
India 5.8
US 5.2
Source: Economist
Import Partners percent
China 15.6
US 14
Japan 9.9
Singapore 6.6
Germany 5.6
Source: Economist
6.2 Transport Infrastructure
The incredible rate at which the Chinese economy has been able to grow has been slowed considerably
by recent transport and communication deficiencies. The cost of goods lost to ‘poor or obsolete transport
infrastructure’ amounted to one percent of China’s GDP according to World Bank statistics’ most recent
survey. Logistics costs account for 20 percent of a product's price in China, compared to 10 percent in
the United States, and 5percent in countries that are even better developed”.
Since the establishment of the People’s Republic under Mao Zedong in 1949, China has experienced rapid
development in transport and infrastructure. Spurred by double digit growth rates over the past two
decades, foreign logistics providers have been extremely quick to capitalise on the recent market
liberalisations in the transport sector. Local and international investment in roads, railway and airport
construction has provided huge employment opportunities in China, and has contributed to the 31
percent of China’s labour force employed in related services.
China’s transport infrastructure, however, is not evenly distributed, with large divides in development
varying by geography. Many rural areas still rely on non-mechanized means of transport.
Ports are being improved for greater use of China’s inland waterways, and airports are being improved
across the country. Under a plan unveiled in early 2008, the government intends to spend over USD19bn
on airport construction and renovation over the next five years – a figure in excess of total airport
investment between the founding of the People’s Republic, 1949, and 2007. Related industries such as
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 54
construction equipment, engineering, container security, and electronics and safety devices have also
grown rapidly.
Transport Data
Total Road Length (km) 1,930,544
Motorways (km) 41,005
Railways (km)
Total 75,438
Airports
Total 467
Sea Ports
Total 2000+
Source: CIA
6.2.1 Road Network
While improved, China’s vast road network remains the subject of enormous investment attention from
both the Chinese government and various international institutions. Their first priority remains the
improvement of the national highway system, and a plan linking each provincial capital with Beijing and
Shanghai was completed by the end of 2008.
A priority for the Chinese government is the development in highways. At present, the nation’s highway
density has reached 19.5km/100sq km, possible due to CNY350bn of investment into highway
construction.
In 2005 China had a total road network of more than 3.3m km, although approximately 1.47m km of this
network is classified as "village roads". Paved roads totalled 770,265 km in 2004; the remainder were
gravel, improved earth standard, or merely earth tracks.
Road usage increased in the middle of this decade as a result of the better infrastructure and accessibility
to vehicles and fuel. China now depends hugely on its highways and motor vehicles for the transport of
13.5percent of its cargo, and 49.1percent of its passengers.
Foreign investment has also been used to combat issues associated with traffic congestion and pollution.
In 2004, USD4.25bn was invested in Beijing’s infrastructure and another USD22bn were invested before
the 2008 Olympics to improve Beijing’s traffic congestion issues.
Some 270,000 km of rural highways are to be built and upgraded by the end of 2008. By comparison,
423,000 km of countryside highways were built or upgraded in 2007, a record high. According to China's
Transport Ministry, as of the end of 2007, 98.54 percent of villages and towns had already been
connected by highways.
6.2.2 Rail Network
The Chinese rail network extends into every province-- excepting Hainan-- along a 52,000km track. It
carries approximately 24 percent of the world’s railway transport volume, being the third largest in the
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 55
world. China's railways carried 1.36bn passengers in 2007, up 8 percent over the previous year's figure,
but the country's booming economy means demand will be even greater this year. In addition, more than
3bn tonnes of cargo were transported by rail, an increase of 8.6 percent, according to Railway Ministry.
Only India had more passengers/km and the United States more net ton/km than China
The Chinese national rail system is operated on an austere budget due to its limited capital and
overburdened infrastructure. From the year 2003, the ministry of railways allowed foreign capital
investment in the freight sector, followed by international public stock offerings which were introduced
in 2006. China Railways Container Transport Company, China Railways Parcel Express Company, and
China Railway Special Cargo Service Company were established in 2003 as three public shareholder-
owned companies in another bid to reform and better capitalize the rail system. China Railway High-
Speed is the main operator of high-speed rail, controlling 8 percent of China’s 76,000km rail track since
2007.
Whilst foreign investment has been permitted for several years now, foreign capital has been slow to
invest, given Beijing’s inability to embrace full marketisation of freight rates, as subsidised rates have
created a dependency culture among state-owned enterprises.
China is the final destination of the proposed New Silk Road or Eurasian Continental Land Bridge project
that was launched in 1992. In China the project involves the modernization and infrastructure
development of a 4,131-kilometer-long railroad route starting in Lianyungang, Jiangsu Province, and
travelling through central and north-western China to Urumqi, Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region, to
the Alataw Pass into Kazakhstan. From that point, the railroad links to some 6,800 kilometres of routes
ending in Rotterdam. China also has established rail links between seaports and interior export-
processing zones. In 2004 Chengdu in Sichuan Province was linked to the Shenzhen Special Economic
Zone in coastal Guangdong; exports clear customs in Chengdu and are shipped twice daily by rail to the
seaport at Shenzhen for fast delivery.
6.2.3 Airports
Since 1978 China has spent over USD15bn developing airports and air traffic control facilities. It has built
over 50 airports and renovated or expanded more than 80 others while air passenger volumes have
increased almost 50 fold over the same period. In 2007 China had 467 airports. Of these, Beijing Capital
International Airport (PEK), located 27 km northeast of central Beijing, has the greatest flow of
passengers annually.
In terms of development, China plans to spend more on airport development over the next five years
than it has since the start of the open door policy in 1978. According to China’s Ministry of
Communications, almost USD20bn will be spent by 2013.
The Civil Aviation Administration of China (CACC) predict by 2010, there will be 186 domestic cargo
airports, including three large scale comprehensive hub airports, seven large hub airports, 24 medium-
sized hub airports, 28 medium-sized airports, and 124 smaller scale regional airports. Expansion projects
at Beijing, Shanghai, and Guangzhou were intended to meet the needs of Beijing Olympic Games,
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 56
Shanghai World Expo and the Guangzhou Asian Games and the general development demand of the
market
China’s airfreight sector is currently constrained by inadequate infrastructure. According to Boeing’s
World Air Cargo Forecast forecasts from 2006 to 2021, the annual growth of the domestic air cargo
market in China is likely to average out at around 10.3 percent, making it the fastest growing major
market in the world, with much higher growth rates for services catering to high-value products such as
electronics and pharmaceuticals. China is currently the second-largest domestic airfreight market in the
world after the United States. According to Boeing’s report, this market has grown at more than 20
percent annually since 1991.
In 2006, China’s total air cargo throughput reached 7.532m tonnes, an increase of 19 percent over the
previous year, of which domestic routes accounted for 5.042m tonnes (including a throughput volume
of 466,000 tonnes from the mainland to Hong Kong and Macao); and international routes accounted for
a total of 2.49m tonnes, a year-on-year increase of 23.6percent. According to the latest estimates from
the Ministry of Communications, total air cargo volume from January to November 2007 reached 3.59m
tonnes.
6.2.4 Sea Ports
With over 2,000 ports, 130 of which are open to foreign ships, China’s major ports, including river ports
accessible by ocean-going ships, are Beihai, Dalian, Dangdong, Fuzhou, Guangzhou, Haikou, Hankou,
Huangpu, Jiujiang, Lianyungang, Nanjing, Nantong, Ningbo, Qingdao, Qinhuangdao, Rizhao, Sanya,
Shanghai, Shantou, Shenzhen, Tianjin, Weihai, Wenzhou, Xiamen, Xingang, Yangzhou, Yantai, and
Zhanjiang.
Shanghai Port, China’s largest in terms of TEU throughput, registered a total TEU throughput for 2007:
26,152,000 TEU, up 20.4 percent from the 21,710,000 TEU attained in 2006
In 2007, Shanghai Port recorded a container throughput of 26.15m TEU, exceeding Hong Kong for the
first time, making the port the world's number two container terminal in handling terms after Singapore.
On March 18th at TOC Asia, Shanghai, SIPG revealed that Yangshan had been operational for 362 days
and had already handled more than 10m TEU.
At the end of 2007, Shanghai’s Yangshan deep-water port completed construction of Phase 3 adding four
new berths to the facility. Shanghai is pinning its hopes on the new facility to allow it to overtake
Singapore in the near future, moving the port into first place before 2010 - the year Shanghai is set to
hold the International Expo.
According to port authorities, full utilisation of Yangshan facility is estimated to add 15 percent to
throughput capacity, taking the port to 30m TEU once full capacity is reached. In addition to this, the
company still has CNY4.5bn of further investment in facilities and improvements scheduled over the next
few years.
Shenzhen, China’s second largest port by TEU throughput, registered a total TEU throughput for 2007:
21,099,000 TEU, up 14.2percent on 18,469,000 TEU in 2006.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 57
In December 2007, Shenzhen Da Chan Bay Phase 1, berths four and five became operational, with berths
1, 2 and 3 scheduled for completion before the end of the year.
According to details of the Da Chan Bay plan, the project will entail construction of fifteen 6,000 TEU
container berths, seven 2,000 TEU container berths and several barge berths, with a total investment of
around CNY 25bn. The whole project is divided into four phases and will take about 15 years to complete.
The project is expected to add 10m TEU of capacity to Shenzhen Port upon completion.
However, despite the overall growth, Shenzhen Communications Bureau recently pointed out that
throughput handling at the port had been hit by the current economic climate in the US, saying that
growth of cargo and container throughput in 2008 was significantly down over previous years.
Between January and March of 2008, Shenzhen Port container throughput grew by the relatively small
figure of 4.92 m TEU, an increase of 8.5percent over the same period the previous year. The government
officer went on to point out that Yantian Container Terminal had been especially hard hit as 45 percent
of the terminal's business was focused on North American routes.
In spite of what the government see as a temporary slowdown, it is still predicted that by the year 2010,
Shenzhen Port's total container throughput will reach 26m TEU, and the number of container berths will
increase to 48 from the current figure of 27. Under current plans, by 2020, Shenzhen Port container
throughput will reach 38m TEU, with container berths totalling 67.
In stark contrast to China’s efficient, modern container terminals, China’s dry bulk ports have suffered
from a dearth of investment in recent years. Ever growing demand and a dearth of adequate investment
in commodity handling infrastructure have led to a logistics logjam that has pushed up both global
shipping rates and commodity prices. The current shortage of port infrastructure is further compounded
by a shortage of connecting rail infrastructure in hinterland regions.
To remedy this situation Beijing has extensive plans to invest heavily in China’s dry bulk port sector.
Tianjin port intends to invest by 2010 CNY27.3bn (USD3.4bn) in 30 major ongoing construction projects,
raising Tianjin's commodity handling capacity of 300mn tonnes over the same period. These 30 major
projects include completion this year of a 200,000dwt vessel lane raising the status of the port to the
200,000dwt level and speeding up of the southern port area's deep water, large scale crude oil, ore, and
coal berth. By the end of this year construction of the large scale coal wharf will be completed and by
the end of 2007 a 250,000dwt, large scale, crude oil berth, along with a large scale, dry bulk handling
birth will also come on-line.
6.3 China Logistics Market
6.3.1 Overview
If China is to maintain its phenomenal level of growth, it must curb its logistics costs which are currently
up to three times the level of those in developed countries. In 2003, China's logistics market exceeded
CNY60bn (about USD7.3bn), increasing at an annual rate of 30 percent.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 58
The logistics market has been growing rapidly since the 1990s. At present the cost of transporting goods
from factory to retailer, amounts to 20-30 percent of the price of the sold product.
China's special logistics businesses consist mainly of four types of enterprises: traditional transport and
warehouse enterprises, Sino-foreign, foreign-capital and private logistics enterprises and those affiliated
to large-scale manufacturers, such as Haier, which enjoys booming refrigerator market share worldwide.
A key direction for the industry now, is to develop a professional logistics industry, which adapts to the
changing needs of the Chinese society, in a planned and orderly way. This will involve the breakdown of
regional barriers and industry limits as well as the retooling of logistics enterprises’ assets. The reform of
warehouse and wholesale enterprises will be carried out simultaneously.
At present there are 730,000 logistics enterprises in operation, helping to generate over CNY2 trillion
(USD242bn) into the value of China’s logistics and related markets.
China Logistics Performance Index*
Overall LPI
score 3.32
rank 30
conf 0.04
Customs
score 2.99
rank 35
conf 0.09
Infrastructure
score 3.2
rank 30
conf 0.09
International shipments
score 3.31
rank 28
conf 0.09
Logistics competence
score 3.4
rank 27
conf 0.09
Tracking & tracing
score 3.37
rank 31
conf 0.1
Domestic logistics costs
score 2.97
rank 72
conf 0.08
Timeliness
score 3.68
rank 36
conf 0.09
Source: World Bank
* The Logistics Performance Index is based on a survey of operators on the ground worldwide (global freight
forwarders and express carriers), providing feedback on the logistics ‘friendliness’ of the countries in which they
operate and those with which they trade. They combine in-depth knowledge of the countries in which they
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 59
6.3.2 Distribution Clusters
Most of China’s third party logistics providers (3PL) are clustered in the three main economic regions;
Beijing/Tianjin, the Yangtze River Delta (Shanghai area) and the Pearl River Delta (southeast)
It appears that new logistics centres are to be located in areas separate from the logistics zones near the
ports. Outside of the main economic centres, the logistics sector tends to be of low quality, highly
inefficient and with little technological competence.
6.3.3 Logistics Market Size and Growth
In 2003, China's logistics industry realized CNY788bn of added value, up 10.5 percent over that of the
previous year and 1.4 and 3.8 percentage points higher than growth rates of gross domestic product and
the service industry in the same period. The International Monetary Fund predicted that the market
share of the logistics industry in China will rise to CNY1 trillion in value by 2010, compared with the
CNY461.8bn in 1999.
operate with informed perceptions of other countries with which they trade, and experience of global logistics
environment. Feedback from operators is supplemented with objective data on the performance of key
components of the logistics chain in the home country, data collected for 100 countries. The LPI consists
therefore of both perception and objective measures and helps build profiles of logistics friendliness for these
countries. The scores are from one to five, one being the worst performance for the given dimension.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 60
7 Hong Kong
Hong Kong, a special administrative region (SAR) of China, consists of a cluster of islands surrounding a
peninsula abutting south-eastern Guangdong Province. The United Kingdom occupied the territory in
1841 and established Hong Kong as a full colony the following year. Further expansions into Kowloon
and elsewhere followed, and in 1898 Britain consolidated its control over Hong Kong by signing a 99-year
treaty allowing for sovereignty of the New Territories. Aside from Japanese occupation during the Second
World War, Britain governed Hong Kong consistently until 1997, when during a planned transfer the
colony became a Special Administrative Region of China’s. Under the policy “one country, two systems”
Hong Kong retains jurisdiction over its economic, media, and judicial systems while Beijing controls
defence and foreign affairs.
In the years following Britain’s agreement to hand Hong Kong back to China, the territory has struggled
to consolidate its political structure. Chris Patten, the last British-appointed governor of the colony,
attempted to widen suffrage and implement more direct elections, but these reforms were vetoed by
the Chinese government who established the Provisional Legislative Council in 1996. Since then, Hong
Kong’s Chief Executives have been chosen by a combination of direct election and a 400-member political
committee. There have been periodic demonstrations in support of wider democratic reforms in ensuing
years, though most observers believe that Hong Kong’s current electoral system will remain unchanged
through the 2012 Chief Executive elections. Donald Tsang currently rules Hong Kong, having replaced
Tung Chee-Hwa in 2005 when the latter resigned under pressure from Chinese President Hu Jintao.
Despite such political changes, Hong Kong has maintained its status as an economic success story and
one of Asia’s most prosperous regions, and China’s leaders have thus far been content to keep the Hong
Kong engine running on full since the handover.
7.1 Economy and Trade
Hong Kong has a free market economy highly dependent on international trade. The service sector
accounts for 92 percent of GDP, among the highest proportions in the world. The region long had a
vibrant manufacturing sector but in the years following China’s economic opening, much industry has
crossed the border into Guangdong Province. Hong Kong also depends on its neighbour for the bulk of
its food imports, as the region’s agricultural output is best described as negligible.
Under British administration, Hong Kong became one of the world’s most liberal economies, imposing
low taxes and lightly regulating business. In general, government adopted a laissez-faire approach to all
economic matters excepting housing, education, and health care. Under Chinese administration, Hong
Kong has not significantly altered its relationship between state and economy, as the region’s Basic Law
restricts government intervention to a great extent.
One consequence of Hong Kong’s low-regulatory policy has been a disconcerting lack of competition in
many major areas, including food retail and land development. The government has pledged to take
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 61
measures to increase the region’s competitive atmosphere but thus far little has changed. Hong Kong
will, however, occasionally intervene in the stock market, most notably in 1998 due to concerns about
the fixed link between the Hong Kong and US dollar.
Hong Kong’s government derives a significant portion of its revenue from property sales, corporate taxes,
and salary taxes. Tourism- in particular from mainland travellers- offset economic difficulties caused by
the SARS crisis in the early part of the decade.
The Chinese mainland is, by far, Hong Kong’s largest trading partner; it accounted for nearly half of all
imports and exports in 2007. The 2003 signing of the Close Economic Partnership Agreement (CEPA) with
the mainland further cemented trade ties between the two countries, removing tariffs on more than 200
categories of goods. Benefits from the agreement though were muted somewhat by China’s 2005
accession into the World Trade Organisation (WTO). Hong Kong’s liberal economic structure and paucity
of tariffs have long made it an important trading partner for countries throughout the world, as its lack
of natural resources and small population have made the region dependent on trade for its economic
prosperity.
Key Economic Indicators 2007
Population (m): 7
GDP (USD bn; market exchange rate): 206.7(b)
GDP (USD bn; PPP): 292.7
GDP per head (USD; market exchange rate): 29,612
GDP per head (USD; PPP): 41,935
Real GDP growth: 6.4
Inflation: 0.4
Exchange Rate: 7.801(b)
Source: Economist
Geographical Facts
Land area (sq km): 1,042 sq km
Water area (sq km): 50 sq km
Total area (sq km): 1,092 sq km
Source: World Factbook
Major Exports percent 2007
Textile 26.2
Apparel 13.5
Consumer electronics 12.2
Machinery 10.2
Chemicals&chemical products 9.8
Source: Economist
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 62
Major Imports percent
Raw materials&semi-manufactures 36.9
Capital goods 22.6
Consumer goods 20.6
Fuels 11.5
Foodstuffs 8.3
Source: Economist
Exports Partners percent
China 48.7
US 13.7
Japan 4.5
Germany 3.0
UK 2.8
Source: Economist
Import Partners percent
China 46.3
Japan 10.0
Taiwan 7.2
Singapore 6.7
US 4.8
Source: Economist
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 63
7.2 Transport Infrastructure
Transport Data
Total Road Length (km) 2,009 km
Motorways (km) 2,009 km (2007)
Railways (km)
Total N/A
Airports
Total 1
Sea Ports
Total
Source: Economist
7.2.1 Road Network
Hong Kong is covered by just over 2,000km of roads, of which more than 1,800 are highways. In 2004,
the region reorganised its highways into nine major routes in an effort to smooth transport efforts. Due
to Hong Kong’s varied terrain, the government has invested in a series of tunnels and bridges connecting
outlying areas with the main population centres of Kowloon and Hong Kong Island. The Tsing Ma bridge
system between Lantau Island (site of Hong Kong’s international airport) and Kowloon has reduced
transport times despite a heavy amount of traffic.
Due to the territory’s dense population, a greater percentage of Hong Kong residents use public transport
than anywhere else in the world. Nonetheless, vehicle density remains high. In 2006, there were 552,960
registered vehicles in the region, a figure the government has tried to manage by discouraging private
transport through high registration taxes and frequent inspections.
Road links to the mainland have become increasingly important in recent years, given the high volume
of trade between the two entities. In an effort to ameliorate slow border crossings between Hong Kong
and Guangdong Province, the city government in 2007 launched the new Shenzhen to Hong Kong
Western Corridor, a route that accommodate as many as 60,000 vehicles a day.
7.2.2 Rail Network
For much of its history, Hong Kong’s rail network was controlled by two corporations; the Mass Transit
Railway (MTR) focused mainly on underground municipal rail transit while the Kowloon-Canton Railway
(KCR) handled transport between Hong Kong and the mainland, as well as train links to more remote
parts of the SAR. In December 2007, these two services merged into the Hong Kong Railway Corporation
in an effort to promote economies of scale and cost effectiveness.
Given the close economic relationship between Hong Kong and China, the former government has placed
great emphasis on linking the SAR to the mainland rail network. Hong Kong has proposed the
construction of an Express Rail Link (ELR) service connecting the SAR to the south Chinese cities of
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 64
Shenzhen and Guangzhou. If completed, the ELR would greatly reduce travel times and thus logistics
costs, allowing the railway to become a more viable part of Hong Kong’s logistics infrastructure.
7.2.3 Airports
Hong Kong inaugurated its new airport at Chek Lap Kok on Lantau Island in 1998, and in ensuing years
the airport has generally been regarded as one of the best in the world. In 2007, Chek Lap Kok handled
nearly 48 million passengers, making it the 12th busiest airport in the world and 3rd busiest in Asia after
Beijing and Tokyo. In terms of cargo traffic, Hong Kong last year ranked as the second busiest airport in
the world after Memphis (USA), processing 3.7m metric tonnes of cargo in 2007. It is the primary hub for
Cathay Pacific, DragonAir, Hong Kong Express Airways, Hong Kong Airlines, and Air Hong Kong.
Initially built with one runway, Chek Lap Kok constructed its second one year after opening. Plans to build
a third runway have been stymied by logistical difficulties; construction costs would be inordinately high
due to the need to build on reclaimed land. In addition, airspace restrictions on flights to and from the
mainland have led to more than ideal levels of congestion on these routes. Discussions with the Chinese
military to relax these restrictions have yet to reach fruition.
From 1925 to 1998, Hong Kong was serviced by Kowloon’s Kai Tak airport. Limited capacity and logistical
difficulties--mainly related to its geographical location-- prompted the decision to build Chek Lap Kok.
7.2.4 Sea Ports
The Port of Hong Kong, long among the busiest ports in the world, has earned a reputation for efficient
service; the turnabout time for containers is a mere ten hours. In recent years, though, Hong Kong’s port
has had to fend off competition from mainland competitors who benefit from cheaper operating costs.
Nonetheless, its cargo traffic continues to grow in volume; at 23.8m TEU in 2007, trailing only Singapore
and Shanghai. Neighbouring Shenzhen ranks fourth globally at just over 21m TEU.
More than half of Hong Kong’s port activity occurs in Kwai Chung and Tsing Yi Container Terminals, a
grouping of nine terminals covering a total area of 2.7 square kilometres. These terminals have a handling
capacity exceeding 18m TEU, and provide 24 berths with over 8,500 metres of frontage. In addition to
these activities, the port of Hong Kong encompasses the River Trade Terminal at Tuen Mun, that involves
the consolidation and transhipment of goods between Hong Kong and ports in the nearby Pearl River
Delta (PRD).
Hong Kong, recently dethroned from its long standing position as China's number one port by the rise
and rise of Shanghai, is not taking the slight lying down. In an effort to bolster Hong Kong's position, the
special administrative region has earmarked vast sums of money on improving logistics infrastructure as
well as cooperation with South China provinces and Macao on over 237 projects at a cost of CNY1.6
trillion (USD200bn).
These projects include the recently completed Western Corridor – a bridge linking Shenzhen and Hong
Kong Island -, the Guangzhou-Shenzhen-Hong Kong express rail link, and the Hong Kong-Zhuhai- Macao
Bridge. All of which are designed to further integrate Hong Kong into the wider PRD region thereby
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 65
increasing the demand for cargo handling capacity. With this in mind, John Tsang’s February budget
announcement seems to have put Hong Kong’s proposed Container Terminal 10 (CT10) – already delayed
for ten years - very firmly back on the table.
But really the major question for Hong Kong is not really whether it can add additional capacity in the
shape of CT10, but whether it can fill said expansion. In this respect many observers are quietly confident.
Indeed, a substantial portion of the PRD's export cargo continues to flow through Hong Kong, with the
SAR offering services that many mainland competitors are unable to, such as multimodal connectivity
and advanced services like container bundling, packaging and multi-country cargo consolidation. As a
multimodal hub Hong Kong remains unrivalled by anyone else in the PRD.
In addition to this, the local government’s ongoing firm commitment to the maritime sector is likely to
mean Hong Kong will continue to fight to protect its market share with the introduction of competitive
tax incentives and preferential policies to draw cargo back from mainland upstarts. But whether that is
enough to compete against the increasing quality of services offered across the border remains to be
seen.
Tsang went on to point out that whilst south-west Tsing Yi was most likely the preferred location, north-
west Lantau was still potentially on the cards. However, many analysts have long believed that the plan
to locate the facilities on Lantau in the first place was never really viable, and was more likely a political
move on behalf of vested interests on the island.
The prospects for the Lantau site are further hampered by environmental considerations. New building
would require extensive land reclamation and dredging, which would very devastate the local preserved
habitat of dolphins and horse shoe crabs. Tsang’s speech indicated Tsing Yi does seem to be the favoured
location, and he said that the site it could ‘achieve synergy’ with the container terminals in Kwai Chung
and Tsing Yi. However, the Tsing Yi plan has obstacles of its own, and any development would have to
take account of the fact that at present the site is already occupied by oil terminals.
However, given the enormous support that the Hong Kong government provides for the shipping
industry, it is perhaps not inconceivable that Hong Kong could claw back some of the business lost in
previous years to its competitors across the water.
The primary focus of expansion in Hong Kong is aimed at tackling the transhipment market, but in terms
of import and export cargo it is simply a less competitive choice in terms of transport costs. This said
however, Hong Kong is, and will most likely remain a very successful port and very important port for
global shipping.
In some ways the overall future of Hong Kong is premised on a number of factors, not least of which is
that if mainland ports were to loosen their cabotage restrictions, they may very well be able to compete
with Hong Kong on a level playing field.
The possibility that mainland PRD ports, collectively with a potential for vast capacity, could enter the
market for international transhipment cargo, must cast more serious doubt over the viability of CT10.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 66
7.3 Hong Kong Logistics Market
7.3.1 Overview
Hong Kong’s logistics market is defined by the SAR’s close economic relationship with mainland China,
specifically the nearby PRD. Thus far, the majority of large Chinese firms have preferred to manage their
own logistics operations, accounting for a relatively limited use of 3PL firms. Many small and medium-
sized Hong Kong logistics firms have attempted to make inroads into the mainland market by stressing
their deep experience, technological superiority, and understanding of the market. In the Pearl River
Delta, where many firms are Hong Kong-owned, the potential for logistics market growth is highest.
Hongkong Logistics Performance Index*
Overall LPI
score 4
rank 8
conf 0.04
Customs
score 3.84
rank 7
conf 0.11
Infrastructure
score 4.06
rank 9
conf 0.1
International shipments
score 3.78
rank 7
conf 0.1
Logistics competence
score 3.99
rank 9
conf 0.11
Tracking & tracing
score 4.06
rank 8
conf 0.11
Domestic logistics costs
score 2.66
rank 119
conf 0.14
Timeliness
score 4.33
rank 7
conf 0.1
Source: World Bank
* The Logistics Performance Index is based on a survey of operators on the ground worldwide (global freight
forwarders and express carriers), providing feedback on the logistics ‘friendliness’ of the countries in which they
operate and those with which they trade. They combine in-depth knowledge of the countries in which they operate
with informed perceptions of other countries with which they trade, and experience of global logistics environment.
Feedback from operators is supplemented with objective data on the performance of key components of the
logistics chain in the home country, data collected for 100 countries. The LPI consists therefore of both perception
and objective measures and helps build profiles of logistics friendliness for these countries. The scores are from
one to five, one being the worst performance for the given dimension.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 67
7.3.2 Distribution Clusters
With its superb natural harbour, business-friendly economic climate, and world-class transport
infrastructure, Hong Kong has become a major distribution centre in the South China region. The Close
Economic Partnership Agreement (CEPA), which Hong Kong signed with China in 2003, has only
intensified the importance of the SAR as a distribution point for the PRD and beyond. Hong Kong’s
efficient and modern network of roads and rail has enabled it to compete with less expensive distribution
centres on the Chinese mainland.
The construction of Hong Kong International Airport (HKIA) in 1998 and subsequent infrastructure
projects have tightened links between the SAR and nearby Guangdong Province. A bridge connecting
Lantau Island (site of HKIA) and the more populous region of Kowloon has enabled speedier road
transport from the airport into the rest of the city and locations in the nearby Pearl River Delta.
In addition to the Chinese market, Hong Kong could become a major distribution cluster for trade with
other northeast Asian countries, as cost savings in aviation goods, for example, are estimated to be
between 24 to 45percent in comparison to clusters in Tokyo, Singapore, and Shanghai.
7.3.3 Logistics Market Size and Growth
Growth in Hong Kong’s logistics industry depends greatly on their use by Chinese firms, who have been
inclined in the past to use their own logistics operations. In 2007, only an estimated 3 percent of Chinese
firms used 3PL providers in moving their goods, a number Hong Kong 3PL’s are keen to increase.
Hong Kong’s small and medium-sized logistics companies have several advantages, not least the benefits
accrued from the 2003 CEPA agreement. In addition, continued growth of the Port of Hong Kong as well
as government investment in infrastructure seem poised to reduce logistics costs, allowing for Hong Kong
firms to gain the upper hand on their nascent mainland counterparts.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 68
8 India
India occupies most of the subcontinent of India in southern Asia. It borders China in the northeast. Other
neighbours are Pakistan in the west, Nepal and Bhutan in the north, and Burma and Bangladesh in the
east.
The country can be divided into three distinct geographic regions: the Himalayan region in the north,
which contains some of the highest mountains in the world, the Gangetic Plain, and the plateau region
in the south and central parts. Its great river systems have extensive deltas and all have their sources in
the Himalayas: the Ganges (2,478 km) and the Brahmaputra (2,900 km).
India gained independence in 1947 after two centuries of British colonial rule. In the same year, partition
created the state of Pakistan, with which India has fought three wars. Until a spate of economic reforms
took place in the early 1990s, economic policy focused on self-sufficiency. Reforms have since proceeded
slowly. The large, and inefficient, public sector co-exists with a sizeable and diversified private sector.
Agriculture is almost entirely in private hands.
In 1974, after the successful testing of a nuclear bomb, India joined the nuclear club with eight other
nations including its neighbour, Pakistan who successfully tested their own bombs in 1998. India has yet
to ratify the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT).
8.1 Economy and Trade
Strong growth enablers exist in India today in the form of over USD300bn worth of infrastructure
investments, phased introduction of value-added-tax (VAT), and the development of organized retail and
agri-processing industries. Strong foreign direct investment inflows in several industry sectors will also
lead to increased market opportunities for 3PL providers in India.
India ranks second globally in terms of farm output. Agriculture and related sectors like forestry, logging
and fishing accounted for 16.6percent of the GDP in 2007, employed 60percent of the total workforce.
Though these sectors have seen a steady decline of its share in GDP, they are still the largest economic
sectors and are vital in the overall socio-economic development of India. Yields per unit area of all crops
have grown since independence due to the special emphasis placed on agriculture by the government in
the five-year plans. Improvements in irrigation, technology, application of modern agricultural practices
and provision of agricultural credit and subsidies have resulted in a Green revolution in India. However,
international comparisons reveal that the average yield in India is generally 30percent to 50percent of
the highest average yield in the world.
The low productivity in India is a result of the following factors:
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 69
• Illiteracy, general socio-economic backwardness, slow progress in implementing land
reforms and inadequate or inefficient finance and marketing services for farm produce.
• Average size of land holdings is very small (less than 20,000 m²) and subject to
fragmentation, due to land ceiling acts and in some cases, family disputes. Such small
holdings are often over-manned, resulting in disguised unemployment and low
productivity of labour.
• Inadequate adoption of modern agricultural practices and use of technology is
inadequate, hampered by ignorance of such practices, high costs and impracticality in
the case of small land holdings.
• Irrigation facilities are inadequate, as revealed by the fact that only 52.6 percent of the
land was irrigated in 2003–04 resulting in farmers still being dependent on rainfall,
specifically the Monsoon season. A good monsoon results in a robust growth for the
economy as a whole, while a poor monsoon leads to a sluggish growth.
India currently accounts for 1.2 percent of World trade as of 2006 according to the WTO. Before
liberalisation in 1991, India’s young economy was deliberately isolated and protectionist in its trading
practices. Foreign trade was subject to import tariffs, export taxes and quota restrictions.
As a result, the Indian export market experienced 15 years of stagnation after independence. This was
primarily due to a reliance on tea, jute and cotton products, all of which were fairly inelastic in terms of
demand. Imports during the same period were primarily of machinery, equipment and raw materials,
needed during the early stages of industrialisation. Since liberalisation, the value of India's international
trade has become more broad-based and has risen to substantial levels. India's major trading partners
are China, the US, the UAE, the UK. The exports during April 2007 were USD12.31bn up by 16 percent
and import were USD17.68bn with an increase of 18.06 percent over 2006.
Key Economic Indicators 2007
Population (m): 1,148
GDP (USD bn; market exchange rate): USD1.099 trillion (2007 est.)
GDP (USD bn; PPP): USD2.989 trillion (2007 est.)
GDP per head (USD; PPP): USD2,700 (2007 est.)
Real GDP growth: 9.2percent (2007 est.)
Inflation: 6.4percent (2007 est.)
Exchange Rate: INR/USD- 41.487 (2007)
Source: World Factbook / Economist
Geographical Facts
Land area (sq km): 2,973,190
Water area (sq km): 314,400
Total area (sq km): 3,287,590
Source: World Factbook / Economist
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 70
Major Exports percent
Engineering goods 23.0
Petroleum products 14.7
Textiles and textile products 13.5
Gems and jewellery 12.3
Other 36.5
Source: Economist
Major Imports percent
Petroleum and petroleum products 29.9
Electronic Goods 8.4
Gold and silver 7.7
Machinery 7.3
Other 46.7
Source: Economist
Exports Partners percent
US 15.1
UAE 8.8
China 8.4
UK 4.3
Other 63.4
Source: Economist
Import Partners percent
China 10.5
US 7.8
Germany 4.5
Singapore 4.5
Other 72.7
Source: Economist
8.2 Transport Infrastructure
India’s transport sector is large and diverse; it caters to the needs of 1.1bn people. Logistics costs (i.e.,
inventory holding, transport, warehousing, packaging, losses and related administration costs) have been
estimated at 13-14 percent of Indian GDP which is higher than the 8 percent of USA’s but lower than the
21 percent of China’s GDP.
Continued growth in urban and rural areas is dependent upon physical connectivity. Beginning in the
early 1990s, India's growing economy has witnessed an average rise in demand of about 10 percent a
year for transport infrastructure and services. Investment has been uneven across the country with
transport infrastructure in the southern and south-western parts of the country being more developed
than in other parts of the country.
Transport infrastructure has not been able to keep pace with rising demand and is proving to be a
bottleneck for economic growth. Large-scale improvements in the sector are necessary to support the
country's economy.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 71
Transport Data 2007
Total Road Length (km) 3,383,344
Motorways (km) 1,603,705
Railways (km)
Total 63,221
Airports
Total 345
Sea Ports
Total 198
Source: World Fact Book
8.2.1 Road Network
Roads are the primary mode of transport in India carrying nearly 90 percent of the country’s passenger
traffic and 65 percent of its freight. The density of India’s highway network - at 0.66 km of highway per
square km of land – is similar to that of the United States (0.65) and much greater than China's (0.16) or
Brazil's (0.20). Most of India’s highways, however, are narrow and congested with poor surface quality,
and 40 percent of India’s villages lack access to all-weather roads.
8.2.2 Rail Network
At 63,000 km, Indian Railways is the most extensive railway in Asia and the fourth most heavily used
system in the world, but remains antiquated. With 1.4m employees, it is one of the world’s largest non-
military employers. Till recently, the railways played a leading role in carrying passengers and cargo
across India’s vast territory. However, with tariff policies that overcharge freight to subsidize passenger
travel, the movement of freight is increasingly shifting from railways to roads. To counter this shift, the
government moved to liberalise and improve rail services in 2005 and 2006 by encouraging investment,
enforcing rail safety measures and controlling prices.
8.2.3 Airports
India has over 60 medium and large sized airports, including 11 international airports and is one of the
world’s fastest growing aviation industries. As a result of the drastic increase in air traffic for both
passengers and cargo in recent years has placed undue strain on the country's four major airports. This
has resulted in an overhaul of major airports, namely Delhi, Mumbai, Kolkata and Chennai’s under way.
Also in a bid to relieve this pressure, a new international airport opened in Bangalore, India’s information
technology (IT) hub, in May 2008.
The combined size of the Indian fleet at the end of 2006 was some 270 aircraft. By 2013, an additional
480 aircraft are due for delivery, including the new Airbus A380. Domestic traffic has seen particularly
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 72
strong growth, including the entry of new low-cost carriers. By 2026, Indian domestic air travel is forecast
to be the eighth largest traffic flow in the world.
August 2007 saw the merger of Indian and Air India, the two state-owned national carriers. The
integration of fleet and staff is still in progress and not expected to see full integration until 2009. The
merger was necessary for the survival of the carriers airlines as their market shares individually were too
small (Indian served the domestic market while Air India the international one) to compete with newly
emerging privately owned competitors. In 2007, the privately owned rivals Jet Airways and Air Sahara
finalised a merger to become India’s largest domestic airline. These mergers are representative of a long-
past-due trend toward consolidation in India’s growing civil aviation industry.
8.2.4 Sea Ports
India’s growing foreign trade in the movement of containers, coal, iron ore and petroleum products is
served by its 185 minor and intermediate ports as well as 13 major ports. These handle up to 90 percent
of India’s total foreign trade. Although India also has access to 14,000 Km of canals and navigable rivers
these have gone largely undeveloped.
Private investment is a major contributor to the Indian port sector. Private players have taken over many
existing facilities and set up further new facilities at existing ports, such as Mundra and Pipava in Gujarat.
The Central government controls the management and development of major Indian ports, through their
respective port trusts, where the state governments control minor ports.
Major ports have increased their total cargo volume by 183 percent over 10 years, (from 1992-2002), to
288m tonnes. The remaining 91m tonnes are handled by minor ports. The total volume is comprised of
83 percent liquid and dry bulk cargo, and 17 percent container and general cargo.
As a result of the USD394m investment into the new mechanised coal handling facility at Paradip, and
the new port at Ennore, India has raised its capacity of major ports to 344m tonnes.
Having reviewed strategies used by nations around the world to address domestic ports, the Indian
government believes that the commercialisation, privatisation, and modernisation of currently operating
ports will result in their technological advancement and overall improvement.
The government has also launched measures intended to buttress regulatory structures of major ports.
These measures include tariff rationalisation and the gradual introduction of a corporate structure for
existing ports.
In an effort to promote foreign investment in ports, the government has issued regulations that allow
for joint ventures or foreign collaboration in establishing port facilities.
The government permits wholly-foreign investment in the construction and maintenance of ports and
harbours and when providing support services in transporting water In addition, the private sector may
establish captive facilities.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 73
In an effort to entice private investors, the government is offering incentives including a 10-year tax
holiday in port development, operation, and maintenance. Those investing in an inland waterways and
ports may also benefit from these offers.
The Tariff Authority for Major Ports (TAMP) now sets and amends tariffs on major ports. To allow changes
dealing with port reorganisation, the government is altering the current legal framework as well as
announcing regulations for the bid evaluation process. Maritime states have also formulated port
development plans utilising private investment and user agencies. A strategy integrating port
development consists of the creation of port facilities and the industrialization and development of
infrastructure facilities used to reach rural areas via roads and railways. In carrying out this process, those
responsible have identified suitable locations, completed techno-economic pre-feasibility studies, and
formulated guidelines.
8.3 Indian Logistics Market
8.3.1 Overview
The logistics infrastructure has received lot of attention both from business and industry as well as policy
makers. It has been estimated that by the year 2010, India will have an overall market size of over
USD125bn. This projection has been based on a gross domestic profit growth averaging over 9 percent a
year and the manufacturing sector enjoying growth rates and phenomenal, sustainable growth in the
manufacturing sector.
In spite of this news, the job of managing this infrastructure for effective competition has been under-
emphasised. The inadequacies of the logistics infrastructure have had a bottleneck effect on the growth
of the economy. National level analysts have concluded that the logistics management regimen is
capable of overcoming the disadvantages of the infrastructure in the short run while providing ongoing
and sustainable competitiveness in the long term. It is here that several challenges exist as well as
opportunities for the Indian economy. There are several models that seem to be emerging based on the
critical demands of the Indian economy that would be viable models for other global economies as well.
As a result of the under-developed trade and logistics infrastructure, the logistics cost of the Indian
economy is over 13 percent of GDP, compared to less than 10 percent of GDP in almost the entirety of
Western Europe and North America.
The Indian logistics market is largely disorganised. Two thirds of road transport providers operate with
fleet sizes of less than five trucks and these tiny enterprises, as a whole, comprise 80 percent of revenues.
The freight-forwarding segment is also made up of thousands of small customs brokers and clearing and
forwarding agents catering to local cargo requirements.
Highway capacity shortages are further exacerbated by mixed traffic, encroachment, crowded and
negative environmental consequences of poor unsafe urban crossings, and frequent stops at state and
municipal check-posts. Widespread overloading by the outdated, rigid two-axle trucks has long been a
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 74
major factor in the damage of road pavement and structure. In rural roads, there is almost a total lack of
important maintenance and drainage, leading to extraordinarily rapid deterioration of road surface
conditions.
Until now, all major ports have handled more traffic than their rated capacities. Although the situation
has improved with capacity augmentation, the capacities, as rated, are 50-60 percent lower than those
at comparable ports elsewhere in Asia. The real berth capacities have not been used efficiently, mainly
because of low productivity of equipment and labour. Equipment use on berths is extremely low-about
30-35 percent.
In railways, in spite of the vast scope of its network, simple issues such as wagon failure cause the largest
share of train maintenance failures, which in turn cause a loss of about 20 percent of line capacity.
Large measures have been taken by the government in attempts to remedy the failings of the Indian
transport structure but there has been resistance from many sectors. In spite of this resistance, three
factors make it a particularly opportune time for India to expedite transport reform:
• First, the initial reform momentum has already been built up.
• Second, there is growing consensus within India that transport should be managed as an
economic sector.
• Third, there are many successful models for transport reform from around the world.
The resistance to reform, however, should not be underestimated. But such resistance has to be
overcome, keeping in mind the high costs of slow or inadequate action that will be borne by the Indian
economy and society. There is hope that policy and institutional reform will contribute to the momentum
being built up for more speedy reforms and in consequence, for a substantial performance improvement
in the Indian transport sector.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 75
India Logistics Performance Index*
Overall LPI
score 3.07
rank 39
conf 0.08
Customs
score 2.69
rank 47
conf 0.19
Infrastructure
score 2.9
rank 42
conf 0.2
International shipments
score 3.08
rank 40
conf 0.18
Logistics competence
score 3.27
rank 31
conf 0.2
Tracking & tracing
score 3.03
rank 42
conf 0.24
Domestic logistics costs
score 3.08
rank 46
conf 0.17
Timeliness
score 3.47
rank 47
conf 0.22
Source: World Bank
8.3.2 Distribution Clusters
Mumbai is India’s primary distribution cluster with other major centres existing in Kolkata and Madras
but new developments are set for the coming years expected to draw a bit of the investment away from
these into areas concentrated in 14 locations. As nearly one-third of the total realty development in the
sector has been projected occur in emerging locations, many tier-2 and tier-3 cities and peripheral
location offering good connectivity to multiple markets are expected to experience increased activity
from logistics players. This will also provide an inadvertent thrust to the real estate market. In spite of
the newly emerging centres, Mumbai remains the preferred location for the development of logistics
* The Logistics Performance Index is based on a survey of operators on the ground worldwide (global freight
forwarders and express carriers), providing feedback on the logistics ‘friendliness’ of the countries in which they
operate and those with which they trade. They combine in-depth knowledge of the countries in which they operate
with informed perceptions of other countries with which they trade, and experience of global logistics environment.
Feedback from operators is supplemented with objective data on the performance of key components of the
logistics chain in the home country, data collected for 100 countries. The LPI consists therefore of both perception
and objective measures and helps build profiles of logistics friendliness for these countries. The scores are from
one to five, one being the worst performance for the given dimension.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 76
parks with an investment of approximately USD200m to date. The city will in addition to existing centres,
seven to eight logistics parks on almost 2.5m square metres around Mumbai. The new logistics centres
are expected to boost industrial activities around the country.
It is further estimated that by 2012, India will have 110 logistics parks spread over 1.4m square metres
hectares and 4.2m square metres will be operational by 2010 at an estimated cost of USD1bn.
8.3.3 Logistics Market Size and Growth
The Indian Times reported in August of 2008 that the Indian logistics industry is expected to grow at
15percent to 20percent per annum, reaching an industry turnover of USD385bn by 2015. Indian ports
cater mainly to transhipment and coastal movement. Most of the Indian cargo is transhipped through
hub ports like Colombo, Singapore and Salalah. The results are an increase in Indian freight cargo. To
solve this, the government is planning to set up two hub ports, one on the east coast and one on the
west coasts at Chennai and Jawaharlal Nehru Port at Mumbai. Furthermore, it is proposed to develop an
International Container Transhipment Terminal at Cochin Port on BOT basis.
Major opportunities for investment exist in: leasing of assets at existing ports, construction and operation
of terminals, and berths and storage facilities. The World Bank has been a major investor in the transport
sector in India. Till 2007, it has provided 17 loans for improving the national and state highways and rural
roads, as well as urban transport in Mumbai. It has also provided 18 loans for the railways.
At present, World Bank’s total loan commitments for the transport sector in India are USD4.95bn. The
main activities include:
• National Highway Development Project: The World Bank is financing highway
construction on the Agra-Dhanbad and Lucknow-Muzaffarpur corridors. It is also
involved in other sector activities such as improving road transport efficiency, upgrading
road safety, and improving asset management.
• Rural Roads Program: The program provides for the provision of all weather roads to
villages in four states – Uttar Pradesh, Jharkhand, Rajasthan and Himachal Pradesh.
Following the success of these projects loans for another five states are being prepared.
• State Roads Projects: State Highways are being upgraded in the states of Gujarat,
Karnataka, Kerala, Mizoram, Uttar Pradesh, Tamil Nadu, Punjab and Himachal Pradesh.
In addition, loans for another 3 states are under preparation.
• Mumbai Urban Transport Project: The project aims to improve transport in the Mumbai
Metropolitan Region by fostering the development of an efficient and sustainable urban
transport system - suburban rail, bus and link roads - and building effective institutions.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 77
9 Indonesia
The modern nation of Indonesia, consisting of more than 17,000 islands straddling the equator, has the
fourth largest population in the world after China, India, and the US. Initially colonised by the Dutch in
the 17th century, Indonesia became independent in the years immediately following World War Two
under the leadership of General Soekarno.
Political instability and economic stagnation characterised Soekarno’s rule, and in 1967 he was deposed
in a military coup and replaced by General Soeharto, who would govern the country for the next thirty
years. Repressive and autocratic, Soeharto nonetheless presided over a period of economic expansion
that lifted many Indonesians out of poverty. 1997’s East Asian financial crisis fomented intense
opposition to Soeharto’s rule, and under pressure from his cabinet ministers and military leadership, he
resigned his post as President in 1998.
Soeharto’s downfall ushered in a transition to democracy, eventually consolidated with the election of
Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono in 2004. Despite the existence of a free and vibrant press, official corruption
and a weak judiciary have prevented Indonesia from improving its political structure further.
Challenges for Indonesia’s government include preserving freedom for the nation’s religious minorities
(mainly Christians and Hindus), protecting the country from further terrorist attack, and spreading
benefits of economic growth to previously neglected parts of the country.
9.1 Economy and Trade
With abundant natural resources and a large labour force, Indonesia has long had enormous economic
potential. Under Soeharto’s thirty-year rule, Indonesia achieved impressive growth, averaging more than
6percent per year between the years 1970 and 1996. Prudent economic management (in addition to
currency stabilisation) enabled Indonesia to escape the ranks of low-income countries and become a
middle-income country by the 1990s, though the East Asian financial crisis led to a sharp economic
downturn in 1998 from which Indonesia only recently began to recover.
Indonesia is Asia’s only member of OPEC, though in recent years declines in production and an increase
in demand have on occasion turned the country into a net oil importer. The Indonesian government has
long been careful with fuel subsidies, as a cut in the 1990s was one of the factors that led to Soeharto’s
ouster.
Roughly 43 percent of Indonesia’s labour force is employed in the agriculture sector, though agriculture’s
share of the national GDP has shrunk to around 10percent as the manufacturing and service sectors have
come to dominate the economy. Indonesia remains the third largest rice producer in the world, but only
seldom achieves self-sufficiency in this commodity; high population density and industrial encroachment
in rice-producing areas has forced Indonesia to import massive amounts from other countries.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 78
Manufacturing overtook agriculture in terms of GDP in 1991 and now, along with the service sector,
accounts for much of Indonesia’s economic production. However, several factors have prevented
Indonesian manufacturing from maximising its potential. Indonesian industries have had to compete
with their Indian and Chinese counterparts, both of which benefit from a cheaper supply of labour. In
addition, labour disputes, rising production costs, and legal issues have also impeded the development
of Indonesia’s manufacturing sector.
Indonesia sells its exports to four major markets: The EU, US, Japan, and Singapore. Together, they
account for over 60percent of Indonesia’s external trade. While trade growth remains strong, Indonesia
has lost global market share in recent years due to a variety of interacting factors, such as labour unrest
and increased commodity prices.
Machinery and electrical goods account for nearly a third of Indonesian exports, though a reduced
domestic supply (and increased customer demand) has lead to the country importing large amounts of
oil. Neighbouring Singapore remains Indonesia’s foremost partner in the imports market.
Key Economic Indicators 2007
Population (m): 234.7
GDP (USD bn; market exchange rate): 432.8
GDP (USD bn; PPP): 837.7(b)
GDP per head (USD; market exchange rate): 1,844
GDP per head (USD; PPP): 3,569(b)
Real GDP growth: 6.3
Inflation: 6.4
Exchange Rate: 9,143
Source: Economist
Geographical Facts (2007)
Land area (sq km): 1,826,440 sq km
Water area (sq km): 93,000 sq km
Total area (sq km): 1,919,440 sq km
Source: World Factbook
Major Exports percent (2007)
Oil&gas 21.8
Mineral products 11.5
Machinery&electrical equipment 10.8
Fat, edible oil& waxes 8.7
Source: Economist
Major Imports percent (2007)
Machinery&electrical equipment 32.
Oil&gas 27.5
Base metals 13.5
Chemicals 11.9
Source: Economist
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 79
Exports Partners percent
Japan 20.6
US 12.1
Singapore 11.7
China 9.7
Source: Economist
Import Partners percent (2007)
Singapore 43.5
China 18.8
Japan 13.2
South Korea 8.6
Source: Economist
9.2 Transport Infrastructure
Covering an archipelago with over 6,000 inhabited islands and catering to the needs of 235m people,
Indonesia’s transport network is vast and varied. The national road network reaches 400,000km, of which
well over 200,000 is paved. Railways are less prevalent, reaching only the two most populous islands of
Sumatra and Java. Given the distance between the westernmost and easternmost points of the
archipelago, a fair amount of Indonesia’s cargo and passenger traffic travels by airplane. Airline
deregulation, implemented in the last twenty years, has led to the rapid growth of the domestic airline
industry and as a result, air travel has become far cheaper and more efficient than ever before.
Like many developing countries, Indonesia’s transport infrastructure does have its fair share of problems,
most notably government neglect in the years immediately following the 1997 East Asian Financial Crisis.
While the new government has pledged to place infrastructure development at the centre of its domestic
agenda, major improvements are still needed.
Transport Data
Total Road Length (km) 391,009 km
Motorways (km) 216,714 km (paved)
Railways (km)
Total 6,458 km
Airports
Total 652
Sea Ports
Total 186
Source: World Factbook
9.2.1 Road Network
Indonesia’s extensive road network covers nearly 400,000km and remains the most common method of
land transport in the country. Within densely populated Java, more than 90percent of all roads are paved,
though this percentage is far smaller in rural parts of the country. In fact, more than 11m Indonesians
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 80
lack access to all-weather roads of any kind, presenting an obstacle for the government in developing
poorer regions of the country.
Several discrete problems plague Indonesia’s roads. Narrowness in certain areas impede access for
containers larger than 40 feet, while Indonesia’s frequent wet weather regularly renders roads
impassable. Corruption also plays a negative part; drivers often must pay extortionate fees to
unscrupulous toll operators, corrupt police officers, and organised criminal gangs. The government’s
inability to curb corruption has led to a reduction in road network investment, as would-be investors lack
confidence that they will be able to charge an agreed-upon toll once new roads are built.
Rising land acquisition costs present an additional problem. Land prospectors routinely buy land
earmarked for toll roads and drive up acquisition costs. In an effort to reduce these costs, the
government has pledged to freeze land costs at 10percent over initial estimates in an effort to placate
investors.
9.2.2 Rail Network
Railways cover roughly 4,500km of Indonesian territory, of which nearly two-thirds is located on Java.
Nearly 75percent of revenue for Kereta Api Railways (Indonesia’s state-owned rail company) also occurs
on its most populous island, though a significant amount of freight is moved on neighbouring Sumatra’s
three unconnected rail lines. 90percent of Indonesia’s rail network is single-gauge, indicating a need for
added investment.
Like other areas of Indonesia’s transport infrastructure, the national rail network requires new
investment. Ageing equipment and the absence of security gates (in some areas) have led to more
frequent rail accidents, an issue of concern for the central government.
In an effort to boost railway investment, the Indonesian parliament crafted legislation in 2007 allowing
the private sector to provide rail transport for the first time, though government restrictions will still
exist. The government’s biggest priority in the railway sector is the completion of an 800km track linking
Jakarta with Surabaya in East Java.
9.2.3 Airports
Indonesia’s multitude of islands coupled with enormous distances from west to east explain why air
travel is often the most convenient method of transport in the country. Liberalisation of the airline
industry in 2000 preceded the arrival of several privately owned, (mainly) low-cost airlines. Reduced
ticket prices have conversely caused a spike in the number of passengers; while only 6.6m trips were
taken in 1999, 16m occurred in 2003.
In recent years, Indonesia’s airline industry has been plagued by major safety concerns. In early 2007
alone, two airlines crashed (claiming a total of 145 lives) and a third suffered major structural damage
upon landing. Observers believe these accidents resulted from corruption, and weak enforcement of
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 81
regulation and safety rules. Steps, such as greater compliance with International Civil Aviation
Organisation, must be undertaken to rectify Indonesia’s air safety problems.
Indonesia’s largest airport, Soekarno-Hatta, is located near the national capital of Jakarta and is the 35th
busiest in the world in terms of passenger traffic. While among the most punctual airports in the world,
Soekarno-Hatta has endured problems in recent years, most notably from flooding during the rainy
season.
9.2.4 Sea Ports
Of Indonesia’s 186 ports, Banjarmasin, Belawan, Ciwandan, Kotabaru, Krueg Geukueh, Palembang,
Panjang, Sungai Pakning, Tanjung Perak, Tanjung Priok, are considered major ports.
The lack of port facilities to attract major ocean-going vessels requires most cargo to be transhipped in
Singapore before arriving in Indonesia via feeder vessels. As an archipelago with a long coast line,
Indonesia’s domestic shipping industry comprises the bulk of port activity, approaching an estimated
60percent.
Indonesia’s four major ports are located at Jakarta and Surabaya on Java, Belawan on Sumatra, and Ujung
Pandang on Sulawesi. Of these, by far the largest facility is Jakarta’s Tanjung Priok port, handling
28percent of exports and 42percent of imports in 2005. Recently, partial privatisation of the port has
attracted heavy investment, lending hope that through upgrades Indonesia will be able to entice a
greater volume of trade.
In addition to infrastructure weaknesses, Indonesia’s ports are plagued by problems such as organised
crime, piracy, strikes, and theft. As with the national air industry, Indonesian seaports have a poor safety
record and in 2007 a ferry disaster killed 470 people. Rectifying these issues, combined with greater
investment, is necessary for Indonesia to improve its port situation.
9.3 Indonesian Logistics Market
9.3.1 Overview
With the fourth highest population in the world, the growth potential for Indonesia’s logistics market is
enormous, yet persistent problems have prevented firms- both domestic and international- from
realising this potential. The logistics industry comprises well over 10percent of Indonesia’s GDP, and the
high-cost of transmitting goods within the country have made Indonesian exports too expensive for the
global market.
Corruption- usually in the form of illegal road tolls- is one major issue with Indonesia’s logistics market.
Truck drivers must pay a series of extortionate road bribes on long routes, slowing transport times
considerably. Inadequate road maintenance is another factor driving up transport costs, as vehicle
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 82
operating costs in Indonesia are nearly 60percent more per kilometre than in many of its East Asian
counterparts.
In order for Indonesia to improve its logistics situation, it must stamp out corruption and encourage more
investment in infrastructure, particularly in respect to the nation’s roads.
Indonesia Logistics Performance Index *
Overall LPI
score 1.3
rank 2.13
conf 0.13
Customs
score 2.1
rank 2.14
conf 0.36
Infrastructure
score 2.1
rank 2.15
conf 0.32
International shipments
score 5.3
rank 2.14
conf 0.28
Logistics competence
score 2.1
rank 2.20
conf 0.33
Tracking & tracing
score 3.1
rank 2.3
conf 0.36
Domestic logistics costs
score 2.1
rank 4.2
conf 0.36
Timeliness
score 3.1
rank 2.28
conf 0.39
Source: World Bank
* The Logistics Performance Index is based on a survey of operators on the ground worldwide (global freight
forwarders and express carriers), providing feedback on the logistics ‘friendliness’ of the countries in which they
operate and those with which they trade. They combine in-depth knowledge of the countries in which they
operate with informed perceptions of other countries with which they trade, and experience of global logistics
environment. Feedback from operators is supplemented with objective data on the performance of key
components of the logistics chain in the home country, data collected for 100 countries. The LPI consists
therefore of both perception and objective measures and helps build profiles of logistics friendliness for these
countries. The scores are from one to five, one being the worst performance for the given dimension.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 83
9.3.2 Distribution Clusters
The island of Java, home to roughly half of Indonesia’s population, also contains the country’s most
significant distribution clusters. Soekarno-Hatta International Airport, located near Jakarta, transmits
the vast majority of Indonesia’s air freight, a significant factor when considering the prevalence of air
travel in the country. Soekarno-Hatta’s proximity to Tanjung Priok, Indonesia’s largest port, also
attests to the importance of greater Jakarta in Indonesia’s distribution network.
Additional clusters exist on the islands of Java and Sumatra, though these are far less involved with
international trade. Indonesia’s plethora of islands and length speak to the necessity of well-
developed domestic clusters, as the government has made it a priority to develop previously neglected
rural areas and outlying islands.
Corruption, poor maintenance, flooding, and organised crime are all hindrances to the distribution in
goods within Indonesia. Truckers are often forced to pay bribes along several of the nation’s important
roads, rendering the transport process slower and more expensive. A lack of infrastructure
development and poor maintenance on existing roads and railways often prevent the smooth passage
of goods to rural areas. The government also has struggled to adapt to Indonesia’s tropical climate, as
persistent flooding (even at Soekarno-Hatta airport) have also been a nagging problem. As a result,
many major companies will use the better-organised and more reliable Singapore distribution cluster
as a better way to move goods through Indonesia.
9.3.3 Logistics Market Size and Growth
Given Indonesia’s large population and growing economy, financial opportunities in the logistics
market are great, particularly within intra-island trade. Several businesses in Indonesia have
established logistics clusters in an attempt to capitalise on this sizeable potential.
Yet despite the existence of over 800 domestic tourist companies, the logistics market in Indonesia is
dominated by major foreign firms. Few Indonesian companies have the technological prowess to
manage large shipments of cargo, and as a result foreign firms have the upper hand in supply chain
management.
The East Asian Financial Crisis and regime change in the late 1990s led to a stall in Indonesian
infrastructure development, and as a result basic problems such as flooding still exist. In addition, high
levels of corruption (usually in the form of bribe-taking) have hampered Indonesia’s domestic logistics
market, explaining the predominance of better-organised foreign firms.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 84
10 Japan
In 1854, the US forced Japan to sign the Treaty of Kanagawa, ending over two hundred years of
isolation. Shortly thereafter, modernisations set forth by the Meiji Reformations saw Japan quickly
start to become a major player in the global arena that it had avoided for so long and saw the island
nation step onto the world scene as the first main East Asian imperialist power.
Japan’s militarisation saw its first fruits by defeating both China and Russia in the late 19th and early
20th centuries. Then, embarking on its policy of creating a ‘Pan-Asian Co-prosperity Sphere’, Japan
occupied Korea and Formosa (Taiwan) and southern Sakhalin Island, culminating in the invasion of
Manchuria in 1931 and finally the full out invasion of China beginning in 1937. In early 1941, after
occupying most of East and Southeast Asia, Japan’s attack on Pearl Harbour ushered the US into the
war, ending American neutrality and culminating in the unconditional surrender of the Japanese
military government, ending the campaign for regional dominance of Asia Pacific. Having lost their
hand at war, Japan shifted their focus to economics. Post-War Japan saw a radical shift in politics with
elected officials taking power from the emperor, who while still the nominal ruler of the country, saw
his traditional status as a deity revoked by law. Decision-making has since been made through elected
bodies with strong input from bureaucrats and business executives. While thirty years of breakneck
growth slowed in the 1990s, Japan stills stands out as the foremost economic power in the Asia Pacific
region.
Politically, legislative and executive powers are the jurisdiction of the Diet (parliament), comprised of
the House of Councillors (the upper house) and the more powerful House of Representatives (the
lower house). Currently, the Liberal Democratic Party operates a minority government through a
coalition with the smaller New Komeito party。
10.1 Economy and Trade
Following the large-scale destruction of its industrial base in World War II, huge investments, relative
to GDP, were put into creating a modern industrial sector that relied heavily on high-technological
features to improve efficiency and saw striking growth for the economy of Japan. Preferential
government policies to certain industries along with an emphasis on high levels of education and
positive relations between management and the labour force quickly all worked in tandem to bring
Japan to the forefront of the world as one of its strongest economies by the 1980s. Rapid increase in
asset prices followed the loosening of Japan’s monetary policy but the drops in asset prices in the early
1990s saw the downward turn in the Japanese economy. As the central bank introduced higher
interest rates and as the government passed laws to restrict speculation, Japan entered its longest
period of recovery since the end of World War II starting in 2003.
Important policy issues include deregulation and liberalisation but the rate of change has been slow.
With its rapidly ageing population, the structure of the future labour force is a cause for concern as
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 85
are the savings rates and the government budget. The fiscal position of the government, after
implementing JPY100 trillion (USD925bn) in fiscal-stimulus packages designed to kick-start growth,
has been cast into doubt. However, it is also viewed as a necessary evil due to improved growth
numbers from 2003 to 2007 as well as better performance from major banks. Concerns remain
about the health of the smaller, regional banks whose precarious position still threatens the stability
of the economy as a whole.
In spite of having some the highest levels of taxation in the APAC region, tax revenue growth for the
Japanese government has been sluggish. The standard national corporate tax rate is 30percent. When
coupled with local taxes, the effective standard corporate tax rate rises to 40.9percent. The top
effective personal income tax rate, including local taxes, is 50percent. The consumption tax rate is
5percent. As high as these rates are, government budgets still struggle with what they’ve been
allotted.
Japan's merchandise trade surplus (fob-fob, balance-of-payments basis) stood at USD104.8bn in 2007,
with exports of USD678.1bn and imports of USD573.3bn. Japan’s current account recorded a surplus
of USD210.5bn, or 4.8percent of GDP. However, as of July 2008, Japan's trade surplus in fell 86.6
percent from 2007 as imports grew in the wake of higher prices for oil and other commodities. The
finance ministry recorded its fifth straight month of decline as the surplus shrank to JPY91.1bn
(USD830.6m). Imports saw an 18.2 percent increase to stand at JPY7.54 trillion (USD68.7bn) in July,
while exports rose a mere 8.1 percent to JPY7.63 trillion (US69.6bn).
Japan's trade surplus with the US, always a politically sensitive issue, fell 19.0 percent, down for the
11th straight month in July with slower exports of automobiles, auto parts, machinery and electronics.
Japan is also one of the few nations in the world experiencing a trade surplus with China but this too
fell 63.3 percent since 2007.
The nation's trade surplus with the rest of Asia, however, ran up to 42.3 percent, recovering after a
dip in June due to stronger exports of mineral fuels and raw materials.
Key Economic Indicators
Population (m): 127.5
GDP (USD bn; market exchange rate): 4,376
GDP (USD bn; PPP): 4,283
GDP per head (USD; market exchange rate): 34,331
GDP per head (USD; PPP): 33,602
Real GDP growth: 2.1
Inflation: 0.0
Exchange Rate: 117.8
Source: Economist
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 86
Geographical Facts
Land area (sq km): 374,744 sq km
Water area (sq km): 3,091 sq km
Total area (sq km): 377,835 sq km
Source: World Factbook
Major Exports percent
Transport equipment 24.8
Electrical machinery 20.2
Non-electrical machinery 19.8
Manufactured goods 11.8
Chemicals 5.6
Source: Economist
Major Imports percent
Mineral fuels 27.8
Electrical machinery 12.7
Manufactured goods 10.1
Non-electrical machinery 8.9
Food 8.2
Source: Economist
Exports Partners percent
US 20.0
China 15.4
South Korea 7.6
Taiwan 6.3
Hong Kong 5.6
Source: Economist
Import Partners percent
China 20.4
US 11.5
Saudi Arabia 5.3
UAE 5.0
Australia 4.9
Source: Economist
10.2 Transport Infrastructure
Japan’s transport infrastructure is of a very high-standard; its ‘bullet trains’ are justifiably famous, and
the country is well served by road and air links. However, issues remain. Japan’s high population
density leads to frequent traffic congestion, and government investment in infrastructure often can’t
keep up with ever-increasing amounts of pressure. In terms of port infrastructure, the rise of several
competitors within the Asia-Pacific region has led to some concern within the Japanese industry.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 87
Transport Data
Total Road Length (km) 1.193m km
Motorways (km)
paved: 942,000 km (includes 7,383 km of
expressways)
Railways (km)
Total 23,474 km
Airports
Total 176 (2007)
Sea Ports
Total 1,064
Source: World Factbook
10.2.1 Road Network
Japan’s automotive industry was one of the main powerhouses driving the Japanese ‘economic miracle’.
As a result, there has been an explosion in car ownership rising from 22percent in 1970 to about
90percent now. This, along with the approximately 90percent of all freight that is transported by road
has placed huge pressure on the road networks of Japan. Though there has been a large amount invested
in the past couple of years on road expansion and improvement, the system as a whole remains under
strain. To make matters worse, national holidays have become a popular time to travel in Japan, and the
greater concentration of automobiles on roads have only exacerbated issues with the national road
network.
10.2.2 Rail Network
According to data from Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport (MILT), from 2006-2007, Japan’s
rail systems saw a total of 22b passengers. Though vast and efficient, Japan’s public and private railways
systems are used extensively for passenger transport but handle less than ten percent of land surface
cargo transport due to the popularity of roads for this purpose. Japan’s dense settlement patterns mean
that cargo sent by train must go by road to the departure terminal and by road again upon arrival to the
recipient of the cargo In addition, as Japan is an archipelago, anything sent by rail between two islands
not connected by tunnel means the goods must travel by boat. All these factors make it easier to
transport goods, if not people, by road.
Even passenger travel by rail has experienced stagnation in recent years with the bullet train
(Shinkansen) connecting Tokyo to Osaka seeing no increase in its 2006-2007 level of 305m passengers.
Competitive airfares offered by Japan’s domestic airlines are cited as being the primary reason for the
lack of growth.
10.2.3 Airports
After 2002, Haneda, which was previously open exclusively to domestic traffic, began to take the
pressure off of Narita airport when it became open to charter flights. Today, the two airports of Narita
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 88
and Haneda handle over 50 percent of all arrivals to Japan by air (about 99percent of all arrivals to Japan
being by air). Haneda quickly became a favoured route for travelers and in 2006, the Airport International
Council ranked it as the world’s fourth busiest airport in terms of passenger volume, handling nearly
twice of Narita’s 33.9m passengers. One of the reasons Haneda is favoured over Narita is due to its
geographical proximity to Tokyo- just 12km from the airport to the city centre, compared to the 60km
between Tokyo and Narita. Still, Narita remains the world’s sixth busiest airport.
Kansai International Airport, which opened in Osaka in 1994, and Chubu Airport (also known as Central
Japan International Airport or Centrair) in Aichi prefecture are Japan’s two other major airports. In
addition to these, there are more than 20 important regional airports serving domestic routes.
The number of passengers has been steadily increasing over the past few years and is partly due to
government efforts to support air travel as a means of propping up Japan’s own aircraft industry.
Government data in 2007 showed Japan’s airlines carried more than double the number for 1980/81
with 113m passengers. Compared to almost zero change in freight volume over the same period, Japan’s
geography and the intricately laid out network of roads to compete with make air freight as an option
for domestic use prohibitively expensive.
10.2.4 Sea Ports
Since Commodore Matthew Perry first landed at the port of Yokohama with a fleet of American warships
in 1853 Japan has enjoyed the benefits of almost uninterrupted trade with the US, making its ports some
of the busiest in Asia for much of last century. But with the ever present rise and rise of Japan’s
neighbour, China, Japanese ports have felt themselves increasingly left out in the cold.
As China surpassed Japan as the US’ dominant trading partner in Asia, the future of Japan’s once booming
port industry looks uncertain. Over the past ten years, according to the Tokyo Municipal Government,
Japanese ports have seen their percentage share of ships calling at Asian ports fall from around 30
percent in 1998 to less than 15 percent in 2007, prompting many in the Japanese government to ask
what can be done to keep Japan’s ports competitive in an increasingly globalised market place.
Looking at the trend of ships making Asian port calls over the last decade, whilst Japan has managed to
maintain a relatively stable level of growth, in real terms, compared to the overall growth dynamic of the
industry in Asia in general, it has experienced a relative decline in calls.
This is in large part due to structural changes in the nature of global trade that have been occurring over
the past twenty years - 1991 there were three Japanese ports in the top twenty worldwide, in terms of
container throughput, by 2008 there were none.
The reasons for this shift are manifold. Looking at the wider trade picture it is clear to see that there has
been a massive global shift in production away from the heyday of Japanese economy, to lower cost
manufacturing bases. Of course China is a good case in point but this is not the entire picture. Looking
across the shipping industry itself, there has been a global shift in ship sizes. There is a global trend
toward larger vessels, and with the advent of new deepwater access points to China, it is becoming
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 89
harder to attract business to ports like those in the Bay of Tokyo. According to estimates, in 2005 there
were 42 ships over 8000teus, by 2010 this figure will reach be 203.
In the midst of this general shift away from Japanese ports the country is also feeling the effects of the
US sub-prime crunch that seems to be affecting much of Asia at present with a 2 percent drop in cargo
handling at Yokohama since January. In an effort to stave off Japan’s relative decline in the port sector
the Government in Tokyo is attempting to introduce incentive measures to make Japanese ports more
competitive in the global arena.
MILT figures as of April 2007 place the number of ports in Japan at 128 major ports, with a further 936
regional ports. Maritime transport has experienced a decline in Japan recently in spite of its status as an
island nation. The completion of bridges and tunnels once again puts more emphasis for transport onto
the road networks and decreases the reliance of the slower sea transport sector. The Japanese registry
of steel vessels of 100 tonnes or more has declined from 7,668 in 1990 to 4,848 in 2005 and in terms of
gross tonnage, 25.1m gross tones of cargo carried dropped even more sharply to only 11.8m gross tonnes
over the same period.
Nagoya remains Japan’s largest port, handling a total of 187,134 tonnes in 2005 according to MILT data.
Other major ports, in order of importance, include Chiba (165,715 tonnes), Yokohama (133,280 tonnes),
and Tomakomai in Hokkaido (107,747 tonnes). The 1995 earthquake that damaged most wharves and
container berths knocked Kobe, once one of the biggest ports, permanently out of the picture as most
traffic was diverted to other harbours. In spite of this, Kobe remains the tenth largest of Japan’s ports
having carried 91,182 tonnes.
Japan’s ports are tightly regulated and although some progress in deregulating ports has been made
since initiatives began in the late 1990s, labour union resistance to more far-reaching change has limited
the extent of reforms. The Japan Harbour Transport Authority (which lies under the jurisdiction of the
MLIT) is responsible for hiring dockworkers and maintains unusually high minimum manning levels for
operation at new container terminals. This has resulted in high costs for shipping firms, both foreign and
domestic, that are using the ports. Specific areas targeted for reform include the short work shifts for
Japanese ports causing increases in cargo processing time.
10.3 Japanese Logistics Market
10.3.1 Overview
The logistics industry in Japan is still immature for reasons such as a dearth of investment opportunities
and limited information disclosure. To overcome this, the Government of Japan, in 1997 identified three
areas it could assist in building an efficient logistics system: improvement of social infrastructure,
promotion of competition and the development of a more sophisticated logistics system. The
Comprehensive Program of Logistics Policies adopted in 1997 (CPLP 1997) targeted negative externalities
related to logistics, congestion, and competitiveness. The government proposed redeveloping
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 90
international hub ports and establishing linkages between roads, railways, ports and logistics hubs to
facilitate the smooth flow of freight.
One major factor driving this trend is a general move within the Japanese logistics industry to restructure
many of its traditionally-organised supply chain operations.
There are proposals for companies to devise plans to increase the efficiency of distribution including the
overall conduct of carriage, storage, and distribution processing, the consolidation of distribution hubs
and the promotion of sites near highways and ports, and the rationalization of delivery networks through
joint carriage. If authorized by the national government, these initiatives will be supported through
preferential tax treatment and low-interest financing though governmental financial institutions.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 91
Japan Logistics Performance Index*
Overall LPI
score 4.02
rank 6
conf 0.03
Customs
score 3.79
rank 11
conf 0.08
Infrastructure
score 4.11
rank 6
conf 0.08
International shipments
score 3.77
rank 10
conf 0.09
Logistics competence
score 4.12
rank 5
conf 0.07
Tracking & tracing
score 4.08
rank 7
conf 0.08
Domestic logistics costs
score 2.02
rank 148
conf 0.1
Timeliness
score 4.34
rank 6
conf 0.08
Source: World Bank
* The Logistics Performance Index is based on a survey of operators on the ground worldwide (global freight
forwarders and express carriers), providing feedback on the logistics ‘friendliness’ of the countries in which they
operate and those with which they trade. They combine in-depth knowledge of the countries in which they operate
with informed perceptions of other countries with which they trade, and experience of global logistics environment.
Feedback from operators is supplemented with objective data on the performance of key components of the
logistics chain in the home country, data collected for 100 countries. The LPI consists therefore of both perception
and objective measures and helps build profiles of logistics friendliness for these countries. The scores are from
one to five, one being the worst performance for the given dimension.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 92
10.3.2 Distribution Clusters
Due to concerted efforts in the private sector driven by incentives from the government to reconfigure
Japan’s supply chain with more effective and competitive service, Japan’s investments into logistic centre
development has given the country one of the world’s largest industrial property markets.
The pattern of development in terms of actual design is restricted by Japan’s limited space thus favouring
a multi-storied model of logistics parks. The challenge in making these buildings is ensuring that they are
well resistant to the earthquakes in Japan.
Some leading developers in international logistics property development are significantly strengthening
their presence in Japan. One of these players is AMB Property Corporation, a US-based developer and
owner of industrial real estate that announced it had leased 29,500 square metres for development at
Tokyo's Narita International Airport. As of December 31, 2007, AMB's Japan portfolio totalled 938,300
square metres of facilities, of which 583,900 square metres was in Tokyo.
Projected to becoming Japan’s largest logistic park, AMB’s 32,400 square metre facility is part of the
company's 194,500 square metre project at Narita Air Cargo Centre, Building C and has already been
leased to Japanese forwarder/logistics provider Nippon Express and Crocs Asia Private.
ProLogis is another US-based international logistics facility property developer active in Japan. ProLogis
recently signed a build-to-suit agreement with third party logistics service provider Hitachi Transport
System for the development of a 24,000 square metre distribution centre at ProLogis Parc Kiyama.
Located on Kyushu Island in Saga Prefecture, Hitachi will operate the facility as a regional distribution
centre for the AEON Group, a provider of retail and financial services.
ProLogis earlier this year launched the first phase of construction on a major new distribution park near
Tokyo. ProLogis Parc Zama I, a five-storey facility totalling more than 113,000 square metres, is being
developed in the city of Zama in Japan's Kanagawa Prefecture.
DHL is the number one foreign owned 3PL provider in Japan and operates 26 logistics centres and
distribution parks throughout the country, having invested over USD250m into logistics centres in Japan.
DHL's largest Asia distribution centre is the Tokyo Distribution Centre, located in Shinkiba with a facility
over 18,000 square metre in size and a staff of 450 employees. The successful operations at the DHL
centre serve as a model of how distribution centres are managed and operated by other players entering
the distribution centre development industry in Japan.
10.3.3 Logistics Market Size and Growth
With its huge population density and a reliance on public transport, Japan is unique in terms of freight
and transport. This has led to the development of the largest domestic express business in the world.
The size of the domestic market is larger than the entire express freight business for Europe.
The real estate securitisation investment market was about JPY320bn (USD2.91bn) in 2007, accounting
for only 3.8percent of Japan’s total REIT (real estate investment trust) investment. As large as this already
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 93
is, as an indication of growth, the logistics real estate market in Japan is expected to triple for investments
such as warehouses, distribution centres and ports and has been a sector considered stable even during
the recent period of economic slowdown.
In spite of deflation, a large drop in the stock market, and the depreciation of land values in general,
Japan has still experienced a growth in GDP and remains the second largest economy in the world with
massive infrastructural growth. The logistics industry has worked as a facilitator of these changes and is
experiencing positive financial results, growing by double digits in 2007. Similar growth figures are
expected this year and in 2009.
Much of this growth rides on the role China plays as Japan’s “factory floor”. The current trend started
with major moves toward manufacturing within China but has spread to small and medium-sized firms.
The air express industry has been responsible for moving products and components between countries
in a cost-effective way. Traditionally seen as not being cost effective, air-freight has become a more
viable form of transport than shipping as the cost of capital tied up in shipping by boat and the cost of
documentation actually exceeds the costs of shipping directly to markets. This is particularly true for
high-value finished goods and components, including electronic components such as chips and hard-disk
drives.
Limits to how much can actually be shipped by the larger companies are being met through the assistance
of smaller companies doing business with China. Many logistics providers are offering packages of trade
facilitation services targeted to small-to-medium size Japanese importers. Smaller companies typically
lack the foothold needed in China and the right financing know-how [LCs, etc.], thus often being forced
to use a trading house or other middleman. Logistics service providers such as IMP let these smaller
companies find products over the Internet, then use services to get needed products into Japan with less
effort and risk on their part.
Versatility in being able to respond to a variety of shipping requests is integral to these solutions. The
Deutsche Post WorldNet logistics IT system gives clients the power to not only offer shipping capability
from 500 grams to 500 tonnes, it also offers a host of add-on services, such as tracking, delivery speed
versus price [e.g., overnight versus two weeks], warehousing, breakdown of single loads into multiple
deliveries and other value added features.
The microchip industry in Japan, long the flagship industry of Japan’s growth (along with the automobile
industry), has slowed for some time now. However, Japan is experiencing an increased demand for
freight. This increase is due, at least in part, to recovering consumer demand for products, but also the
general trend to start building intelligent products. These include auto manufacturers using more
semiconductors in order to keep demand in place for the industry.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 94
11 Singapore
A British colony from 1819 to 1959, Singapore became an independent city-state in 1965 following a
failed attempt to form a union with Borneo, Sarawak, and Malaya (in present-day Malaysia). Since then,
it has developed into one of the most prosperous countries in the world, holding the highest GDP per
capita in Southeast Asia.
A tiny island lacking in natural resources, Singapore has thrived due to its extensive trade links and liberal
economic policies. Politically, Singapore remains an authoritarian state governed by the People’s Action
Party (PAP) since its inception. Opposition political leaders seldom appear in the state-controlled media,
and while Singapore does hold regular elections, opposition parties are vastly underrepresented in
Singapore’s parliament. Singaporeans also lack basic civil liberties such as freedom of speech.
Lee Kwan Yew served as Singapore’s president from 1959 to 1990 and has remained active in government
since then. He is considered by many Singaporeans as the “father of the country”. The current president
is Lee’s eldest son, Lee Hsien Loong, who has held office since 2004. Since his accession, the younger Lee
has prioritised continued economic liberalisation while maintaining PAP control of political life.
Singapore has long had frosty relations with its two nearest neighbours, Malaysia and Indonesia, despite
once attempting to form a union with the former. With Western countries, however, Singapore enjoys
strong trade and diplomatic links, a significant factor in the city-state’s rise to economic prosperity. A
charter member of ASEAN, Singapore has nonetheless pursued bi-lateral trade agreements with
countries such as New Zealand out of frustration with ASEAN’s slow pace of reform. Its commitment to
trade liberalisation far outstrips that of its neighbours, and cooperation in regard to the War on Terror
has solidified military links between Singapore and the United States.
An ethnically diverse nation, Singaporean leaders have at times struggled to maintain unity between its
Chinese, Malay, and Indian populations. The Chinese comprise the vast majority of Singapore’s citizens
and are in firm control of the country’s political and business apparatus. The city-state also serves as an
important financial nexus for ethnic-Chinese businesses throughout the region, particularly from
Indonesia.
11.1 Economy and Trade
Singapore has a highly industrialised, successful economy in which agriculture and mining effectively play
no role. Its per capita income (measured in PPP) of USD$49,000 is ranked seventh in the world and first
in Asia. Singaporeans enjoy one of the highest standards of living in the world.
Due to its small size, Singapore relies heavily on foreign trade for economic sustenance. The value of
trades in goods (measured as exports plus imports) is 345percent greater than overall GDP, a number
nearly 30 times that of similarly developed Japan. This focus on international trade, precipitated by
Singapore’s maritime location and small domestic market, has been in place since independence. As a
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 95
result (and benefiting from an almost corruption-free government) Singapore’s economy grew at a nearly
9percent clip from 1960 to 1999.
Manufacturing in Singapore is dominated by electronics, an emphasis that has been in place since the US
firm Texas Instruments established a semi-conductor plant in the city-state in 1967. While lucrative,
Singapore’s electronics industry is highly susceptible to global economic downturns, such as one in 2001
that cut output by 21.2percent. In an effort to diversity its manufacturing sector, Singapore has
developed a viable pharmaceutical industry that grew by more than 25percent in 2006. Nonetheless,
electronics still comprise the largest share of Singapore’s manufacturing sector.
Singapore’s superb port infrastructure, highly-skilled workforce, and lack of corruption have made
conditions ideal for brisk international trade. Malaysia remains Singapore’s foremost trading partner in
both exports and imports, respectively comprising 12.9percent and 13.1percent of the total. Singapore’s
chief exports are electronic goods, chemicals, and consumer goods. Machinery and equipment account
for more than half of Singapore’s imports, mainly in the form of electronic parts, to which Singapore adds
an estimated 28percent of value. While Singapore’s trade relationships with both the EU and US remain
strong, China (Hong Kong included) has quickly become a vital trade partner as well as the recipient of a
great deal of Singaporean foreign direct investment.
Despite being affected by the global economic downturn in the first years of the decade, Singapore’s
growth outlook remains strong. Economists estimated the city-state attained a real GDP growth rate of
7.1percent in 2006, placing it among the top of all developed nations.
Key Economic Indicators
Population (m): 4.5
GDP (USD bn; market exchange rate): 161.3(b)
GDP (USD bn; PPP): 187.1
GDP per head (USD; market exchange rate): 35,956
GDP per head (USD; PPP): 41,701
Real GDP growth: 7.1
Inflation: 1.1
Exchange Rate: 1.51(b)
Source: Economist
Geographical Facts
Land area (sq km): 682.7 sq km
Water area (sq km): 10 sq km
Total area (sq km): 692.7 sq km
Source: World Factbook
Major Exports percent
Electronic components & parts 25.5
Telecommunications equipment 17.7
Petroleum products 12.3
Scientific & optical instruments 4.9
Source: Economist
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 96
Major Imports percent
Office machines 52.7
Petroleum products 20.3
Telecommunications equipment 7.7
Scientific & optical equipment 6
Source: Economist
Exports Partners percent
Malaysia 12.9
Hong Kong 10.4
China 9.7
US 8.8
Source: Economist
Import Partners percent
Malaysia 13.1
US 12.3
China 12.1
Japan 8.1
Source: Economist
11.2 Transport Infrastructure
Extensive, modern, and well-managed, Singapore has a world-class transport network. Both Changi
Airport and the Port of Singapore are widely considered to be the best in the world, and within the city-
state itself both road and rail services are excellent. Two bridges link Singapore with Malaysia and thus
to the rest of the Asian landmass, and roads and ferries link the main island to Singapore’s smaller,
outlying territories. In general, Singapore’s transport infrastructure has been instrumental in facilitating
the country’s remarkable economic prosperity.
Transport Data
Total Road Length (km) 3,262 km
Motorways (km)
paved: 3,262 km (includes 150 km of
expressways)
Railways (km)
Total
Airports
Total 8
Sea Ports
Total 1
Source: World Factbook
11.2.1 Road Network
Of Singapore’s 3,262 kilometres of road, all are paved and well-maintained; potholes are rarely evident.
The Land Transport Authority manages both urban roads in the city centre (many of which operate on
tolls) and a network of expressways that serve as major transport arteries. These expressways include
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 97
the Pan Island Expressway (linking west to east), the Bukit Tima (connecting Singapore to Malaysia across
the causeway), the East Coast Parkway (going from the Central Business District to Changi Airport in the
east), and the Ayer Rajah Expressway going to the industrial region in the west. Expansion of the
expressway is planned and may be completed before 2015. Expressway infrastructure is important to
the Singapore government because of the need to link residential outer districts with the city centre,
where many commute to work.
In order to limit traffic congestion in the city centre, the Singaporean government strictly regulates
issuance of drivers’ licenses. In addition, the city’s excellent urban rail network has reduced incentives
for Singaporeans to use private transport.
11.2.2 Rail Network
Singapore’s rail network can be divided into three distinct categories: a Mass Rapid Transit (MRT) system
used in the city centre, a Light Rail Transit (LRT) system connecting outer neighbourhoods to the city
centre, and an international heavy rail network connecting Singapore with Malaysia. The MRT debuted
in 1987 in an effort to reduce congestion on city buses, and while passengers still use the bus network
nearly twice as much as the MRT, government investment in new lines as well as economic incentives
could reduce this discrepancy in future years. The Singaporean government has stated its goal of having
70percent of all peak time commutes be done on public transport, justifying its effort to develop the rail
network further.
11.2.3 Airports
By many accounts, Changi Airport is considered to be the world’s best and a major international hub in
Asia. In terms of passenger traffic, Changi is the 19th busiest airport in the world, processing more than
36m passengers in 2007. It is also the 11th largest airport in terms of cargo traffic and easily the largest
in Southeast Asia.
Singapore Airlines (SIA) is the city-state’s flag carrier and largest airline; its flights occupy two terminals
at Changi. Recently, SIA has formed alliances with other medium-sized airports in order to extend its
global reach, notably acquiring a 49percent share of Virgin Atlantic. Attempts to coordinate with airlines
in New Zealand and Australia have proved less successful.
Singapore Airlines has also invested in its own budget carrier, careful to capitalise on a fast-growing
industry within Asia. TigerAir competes with two other Singapore-based budget airlines: JetStar Asia and
Valuair. Changi has even set aside a separate terminal for these short, regional flights, though at present
only TigerAir has set up their operations there.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 98
11.2.4 Sea Ports
Modern and efficient, Singapore’s port has become the busiest in the world as measured by cargo
tonnage, notwithstanding competition from the nearby Malaysian port of Tanjung Pelepas. Singapore
handles half of the world’s supply of crude oil and roughly a quarter of the world’s shipping containers.
It also remains the world’s busiest transhipment port, owing to its proximity to large neighbouring
countries lacking Singapore’s superior capacities.
The importance of Singapore’s port to the country derives from the importance of trade to the city-
state’s economy. Capacity growth in nearby ports has led the Port of Singapore Authority International
(PSA International) to invest in several foreign facilities, particularly in China. Two years ago, PSA took a
20percent stake in Hong Kong-based Hutchison Port Holdings, currently the world’s largest port
company.
11.3 Singaporean Logistics Market
11.3.1 Overview
Singapore’s logistics market is large and growing, ranking as one of the three largest logistics hubs in Asia
along with Hong Kong and Tokyo. Its massive export sector and extensive trade links throughout the
region has led to a high concentration of 3PL firms in Singapore, many involved in the city-state’s
prodigious electronics trade. Many 3PL firms in Singapore are of European or North American origins as
pan-Asian logistics companies have been slow to develop. Singapore’s largely corrupt-free government,
coupled with its modern infrastructure, has been an ideal choice for foreign 3PL’s to break into the Asian
market.
At present, logistics accounts for roughly 8percent of Singapore’s GDP, a number that is expected to
reach 13percent by 2018. Correspondingly, employment in the logistics sector is expected to increase by
120,000 in the next four years, reflecting an Asia-wide trend in logistics industry growth.
11.3.2 Distribution Clusters
Singapore’s two most significant distribution clusters are located around Changi International Airport
and The Port of Singapore. Located at the northern end of the airport, the 47-hectare Changi Airfreight
Centre (CAC) operates as a Free Trade Zone where companies can process and store cargo without
documentation or custom tariffs. Several international 3PL firms operate from the CAC’s vast warehouse
floor, where a total of 2.2m tonnes of cargo is handled a year. Such efficient shipment operations,
coupled with Changi’s status as a major air travel hub, ensure Singapore’s pre-eminence in logistics
infrastructure.
Warehousing and distribution at Singapore’s port are mainly handled by four major Distriparks, the most
modern of which is called Keppel Distripark. Connected to the port via a flyway, Keppel Distripark has 41
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 99
warehousing modules with a combined floor size of 113,000 square metres. These distribution centres
ensure speedy and reliable transport of goods from the port to points abroad.
Singapore’s major transhipment industry ensures a regular flow of international cargo traffic in its
waters, often to its major trading partners of Malaysia, China, and Indonesia. In addition to sea links,
both road and rail connect the island state to neighbouring Malaysia, providing an additional means of
distribution.
Singapore Logistics Performance Index*
Overall LPI
score 4.1
rank 1.2
conf 0.05
Customs
score 3.1
rank 1.4
conf 0.14
Infrastructure
score 4.1
rank 1.3
conf 0.12
International shipments
score 4.4
rank 1.3
conf 0.13
Logistics competence
score 4.1
rank 1.3
conf 0.12
Tracking & tracing
score 4.1
rank 1.2
conf 0.13
Domestic logistics costs
score 2.1
rank 4.23
conf 0.13
Timeliness
score 4.1
rank 1.2
conf 0.11
Source: World Bank
* The Logistics Performance Index is based on a survey of operators on the ground worldwide (global freight forwarders and
express carriers), providing feedback on the logistics ‘friendliness’ of the countries in which they operate and those with which
they trade. They combine in-depth knowledge of the countries in which they operate with informed perceptions of other
countries with which they trade, and experience of global logistics environment. Feedback from operators is supplemented with
objective data on the performance of key components of the logistics chain in the home country, data collected for 100
countries. The LPI consists therefore of both perception and objective measures and helps build profiles of logistics friendliness
for these countries. The scores are from one to five, one being the worst performance for the given dimension.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 100
11.3.3 Logistics Market Size and Growth
Growing at 8.4percent annually, the intra-Asian logistics market is outpacing global growth by nearly a
third. Singapore, as the main transhipment hub on the continent, is poised to capitalise on the enormous
economic potential of Asian economies as a whole. Adding to the city-state’s prowess in sea trade is the
growing pre-eminence of Changi International Airport as a major air freight hub.
The Singaporean government is currently taking measures to ensure the continued growth of the logistics
industry. The Logistics Enhancement and Applications Programme (LEAP) encourages the cooperation of
both government and the private sector. The increase of foreign-run 3PL’s within Singapore has also
spurred greater growth in the logistics market.
12 Taiwan (Chinese Taipei)
Taiwan, a tear-shaped island off the south-eastern coast of China, became a Chinese territory in the late
17th century when the ruling Qing Dynasty overthrew the Ming loyalist Koshinga, who himself had
defeated Dutch and Spanish colonists roughly thirty years earlier. Taiwan’s status received little attention
from the imperial government until 1895, when the island was ceded to Japan following the latter’s
victory in the Sino-Japanese War.
Following sixty years as a Japanese colony, Taiwan returned to China in 1945, in a settlement negotiated
by Kuomintang (KMT) President Chiang Kai-Shek. Four years later, Chiang would flee to the island after
his defeat in the Chinese Civil War, and would govern Taiwan as an absolute dictator until his death in
1976.
Beginning in 1949, Taiwan allied itself with Western countries and adopted a market-based economy
focused on export-oriented industries. Wide political recognition of the country ceased in the 1970s as
the West reoriented itself toward mainland China, and around the same time Chiang’s son (and
successor) Chiang Ching-Kuo began introducing political reforms. By the middle of the 1980s, opposition
parties became legal and political prisoners released, and the Taiwanese government renounced its
stated intention of re-capturing mainland China.
Under the guidance of President Lee Teng-Hui, who succeeded the younger Chiang, Taiwan continued to
implement political reforms and held its first nationwide direct presidential elections in 1996. In 2000,
Chen Shui-bian of the Democratic People’s Party (DPP) captured the presidency, ending a half-century of
continuous Kuomintang rule.
Despite initial popularity, the DPP government struggled to weed out corruption, leading to the election
of KMT politician Ma Ying-jeou in early 2008. Currently, Taiwan’s polity remains evenly divided between
pro-independence and pro-reunification camps, and the status-quo appears likely to persist for the time
being. Loosening of restrictions on the use of the Taiwanese dialect (identical to that of south Fujian in
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 101
China) indicate that Taiwan seeks its own “national identity” without explicit calls for independence from
China.
12.1 Economy and Trade
When Chiang Kai-Shek and the Kuomintang arrived in 1949 to govern the island, Taiwan’s economy was
dominated by agriculture; namely, sugar and rice exports. Soon, high levels of US aid combined with
government investment in industry led to the tremendous growth of the manufacturing industry, and by
the 1960s Taiwan had developed a prosperous export-oriented industrial economy. A rise in production
costs prompted the shift of much manufacturing industries overseas, first to Southeast Asian countries
and later, after liberalisation, to the People’s Republic of China (PRC). Subsequently, Taiwan focused on
producing high-technology goods, most recently semi-conductors and liquid crystal display (LCD) units.
Unlike in countries such as Japan or South Korea, the bulk of Taiwan’s enterprises are small and medium-
sized, insulating the island somewhat from the 1997 East Asian Financial Crisis. Since 1990, the
government has prioritised economic liberalisation, namely in the form of privatising state-owned
enterprises (SOEs). Taiwan’s 2002 accession into the World Trade Organisation (WTO) has exacerbated
this trend, as Taipei has permitted foreign firms greater access into the domestic Taiwanese market.
While links between the ROC and PRC have multiplied in recent years (some estimates put the number
of Taiwanese enterprises on the Chinese mainland at 50,000), business leaders have called for further
deregulation. Taiwan’s linguistic, cultural, and geographical ties to the mainland indicate tremendous
trade potential between the two economies.
Taiwan’s GDP grew by 5.7 percent in 2007, and export growth approached 8 percent, due to an upsurge
in the global electronics market. Forecasts for 2008 are strong.
Key Economic Indicators 2007
Population (m): 22.7
GDP (USD bn; market exchange rate): 383.3(b)
GDP (USD bn; PPP): 783.3
GDP per head (USD; market exchange rate): 16,913
GDP per head (USD; PPP): 34,566
Real GDP growth: 4.9
Inflation: 1.2
Exchange Rate: 32.8(b)
Source: Economist
Geographical Facts
Land area (sq km): 32,260 sq km
Water area (sq km): 3,720 sq km
Total area (sq km): 35,980 sq km
Source: World Factbook
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 102
Major Exports percent 2007
Machinery & electrical equipment 47.9
Base metals 11.3
Precision instruments 8.1
Plastic & rubber articles 7.7
Source: Economist
Major Imports percent 2007
Machinery & electrical equipment 35.8
Basic metals 11.4
Mineral fuels 19.1
Chemicals & related products 11.1
Source: Economist
Exports Partners percent 2007
China 26.6
Hong Kong 16.2
US 13.6
Japan 6.8
Source: Economist
Import Partners percent 2007
Japan 21.0
China 12.8
US 12.1
South Korea 6.9
Source: Economist
12.2 Transport Infrastructure
Transport Data
Total Road Length (km) 40,262 km
Motorways (km)
paved: 38,171 km (includes 976 km of
expressways)
Railways (km)
Total 1,588 km
Airports
Total 41
Sea Ports
Total Chilung (Keelung), Kaohsiung, Taichung
Source: World Factbook
12.2.1 Road Network
Both the west and east coats of Taiwan are serviced by major roads covering the entire length of the
island, with the west coast roads far more congested due to the region’s much higher population. Three
roads cross the island to link both coasts, but frequent earthquake and typhoon damage have created
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 103
logistical problems. A priority for the Taiwanese government has been to improve these east-west roads
in order to develop poorer parts of the island.
A high-speed highway connects Taiwan’s largest port at Kaohsiung to the capital Taipei, and trucking
along this route provides the bulk of the island’s freight traffic.
12.2.2 Rail Network
Rail track in Taiwan encircles the island, connecting the capital of Taipei to cities lining the east and west
coasts. A new “bullet train” service inaugurated in 2007 travels along the west coast from Taipei to the
southern port city of Kaohsiung, encompassing the island’s major economic corridor. The new train
service reduced travel time along the 345km route to a mere 90 minutes from a previous average of four
hours.
Along Taiwan’s east coast, a conventional electric train line runs along the coast, effectively encircling
the island at its terminus at Kaohsiung. As of yet, there are no plans to build a high-speed rail in the east,
as topographical difficulties could render such a project impossible. Taiwan’s centre, comprised mainly
of rugged mountains, also lacks a rail service; as a result, most direct transport between the two coasts
occurs on road.
12.2.3 Airports
Taipei’s Taoyuan International Airport is Taiwan’s largest and the world’s 16th busiest in terms of
container traffic. In 2007, Taoyuan handled 1.6m metric tonnes of cargo, trailing only Hong Kong,
Shanghai, Seoul, Singapore, and Tokyo within East Asia. In 2008, over 24 million passengers travelled
through Taoyuan’s two terminals, and plans for the construction of a third terminal have been proposed.
Southern Taiwan’s Kaohsiung Airport also offers international flights, though most of these are regional.
The other 41 airports on the island are reserved for domestic travel only.
12.2.4 Sea Ports
As an island, Taiwan is heavily reliant on its maritime industry to facilitate international trade.
Kaohsiung is Taiwan’s busiest port and among the busiest in the world; in 2007 its 10.26m TEU ranked
8th in the world. A new container, upon completion of construction, will increase production by 2m TEU
by 2013. The port currently handles roughly two thirds of all cargo in Taiwan.
Taiwan also has major ports at Taichung and Keelung. While the latter attained mild growth figures in
2007 (exceeding 2.2m TEU), the former has shrunk in size in recent years.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 104
Taiwan’s shipping industry faces a major obstacle in consummating trade with mainland China. As a result
of government bans and regulations, Taiwanese ports have been unable to maximise their potential, a
source of friction between the island’s political and business communities.
12.3 Taiwanese Logistics Market
12.3.1 Overview
The logistics market in Taiwan benefits from several advantages, mainly derived from the island’s
proximity to several of the largest cities in East Asia. Among seven major airports in the Asia-Pacific region
(Sydney, Singapore, Tokyo, Seoul, Manila, Hong Kong, and Shanghai), Taipei offers the shortest average
flight time at just over two hours and fifteen minutes. Likewise, shipping times from Taiwan’s largest port
of Kaohsiung are significantly shorter than most other major harbours in the region, including nearby
Hong Kong.
At present, Taiwan’s logistics industry is the fifth largest in Asia and 21st in the world, according to the
World Bank. There are over 11,000 registered logistics companies on the island, and in 2006 the industry
reported annual revenues of USD22.3bn.
The Taiwanese government has established five Free Trade Zones intended to ease barriers to trade.
While these measures have led to the growth of the market, government restrictions on trade with
mainland China have prevented Taiwanese logistics firms from taking full advantage of the greater
Chinese market.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 105
Taiwan, China Logistics Perfomance *Index
Overall LPI
score 3.64
rank 21
conf 0.09
Customs
score 3.25
rank 25
conf 0.23
Infrastructure
score 3.62
rank 21
conf 0.22
International shipments
score 3.65
rank 16
conf 0.23
Logistics competence
score 3.58
rank 23
conf 0.2
Tracking & tracing
score 3.6
rank 24
conf 0.25
Domestic logistics costs
score 3.1
rank 43
conf 0.2
Timeliness
score 4.18
rank 15
conf 0.22
Source: World Bank
12.3.2 Distribution Clusters
Taiwan’s port city of Kaohsiung has become the most prominent distribution centre in the country.
Recently, the Port of Kaohsiung and the Yangming Marine Transport Corporation commenced a NTD
300m project aimed at building an international logistics centre at the port. The new facility will include
a six-storey high-tech building as well as a two-storey computerised warehouse, as well as other
operations spread over a site of 1.4 hectares.
Taiwan’s Taoyuan Airport, ranked 22nd globally in cargo tonnage, is the island’s other major distribution
point. Transport links between the airport and the port city of Kaohsiung are serviced by a modern
highway as well as a high-speed train.
* The Logistics Performance Index is based on a survey of operators on the ground worldwide (global freight forwarders and
express carriers), providing feedback on the logistics ‘friendliness’ of the countries in which they operate and those with which
they trade. They combine in-depth knowledge of the countries in which they operate with informed perceptions of other
countries with which they trade, and experience of global logistics environment. Feedback from operators is supplemented with
objective data on the performance of key components of the logistics chain in the home country, data collected for 100
countries. The LPI consists therefore of both perception and objective measures and helps build profiles of logistics friendliness
for these countries. The scores are from one to five, one being the worst performance for the given dimension.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 106
While the distribution of goods along the western corridor remain efficient, Taiwan has struggled to
provide similar levels of quality to its more remote areas, particularly along the east coast and in the
interior.
12.3.3 Logistics Market Size and Growth
With overall economic growth at 5.7percent and export growth nearing 10percent, the Taiwanese
logistics market seems poised to continue growing. While logistics rank 21st in overall size, Taiwan’s
logistics costs are far higher than several competing entities, a problem the government has attempted
to fix by investing in a major new distribution centre at Kaohsiung. While Taiwan’s ports are presented
with favourable tax conditions, restrictions on trade with China (the island’s largest export partner) have
driven up logistics costs and hindered growth of the market.
Like many other Asian economies, Taiwan’s logistics market is dominated by small and medium-sized
firms, many of whom have faced difficultly entering the mainland Chinese market due to the preference
of mainland firms to use in-house logistics providers.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 107
13 Thailand
Thailand is situated in continental Southeast Asia, bordering Myanmar in its west, Cambodia and Laos in
its east, and Malaysia in its south. In southern Thailand, a narrow peninsula borders the Andaman Sea to
the west and the Gulf of Thailand to the east.
Thailand is the only nation in Southeast Asia never to have been colonised by a European power, as the
nation emerged as an independent kingdom in the 14th century. Beginning in the middle of the 19th
century, the United Kingdom effectively controlled Thailand’s export economy, particularly in regard to
commodities like rice, teak, tin, and rubber. Internal pressures led to the overthrow of Thailand’s
absolute monarchy and the establishment of a constitutional government in 1932. Nonetheless, the
monarchy still plays a vital role in the nation’s politics, culture, and society. While nominally a democracy,
Thailand has endured several military coups in the past seventy-five years, most recently in the fall of
2006.
From 1985 to 1996, Thailand enjoyed the world’s highest growth rate, but the collapse of the Baht in
1997 led to a 10percent contraction in the economy and precipitated the broad East Asian Financial Crisis
that year. Eventually, Thailand’s economy resumed steady growth, with the baht now trading at roughly
30 to the US dollar.
13.1 Economy and Trade
Thailand’s economy was dominated by agriculture until foreign investment spurred the growth of an
industrial sector in the 1970s. In the following decade, Thailand transitioned to an export-oriented
economy focused on labour-intensive products such as textiles and garments, although in the ensuing
years exports of high-technology goods have gradually become predominant.
While agriculture comprises just over 11percent of the Thai GDP, 49percent of the Thai labour force
remains employed in the sector. However, in recent years Thai agriculture suffered from both the avian
flu crisis and Indian Ocean tsunami, both of which struck the country in 2004. As a result, Thai agriculture
contracted by roughly 10percent in 2005 and 2006. Even still, Thailand remains the world’s largest
exporter of rice.
Upon the election of Thaksin Shinawatra as president in 2001, the Thai government launched a macro-
economic policy scheme that implemented populist measures intended to boost the nation’s rural
population. Shinawatra placed a three-year moratorium on debt owed by farmers, issued a grant of Bt
1m ($25,000) to each of the 70,000 villages under a Village Fund programme, and set-up a health-care
scheme permitting a one-time payment of Bt 30 ($.75)
While Shinawatra’s policies received broad support in Thailand, opponents claimed that they were
irresponsible and the military regime that replaced Shinawatra in 2006 moved to change government
management of the economy. The civilian restoration in early 2008, however, saw a reversion back to
several of the former president’s populist programmes.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 108
Thailand’s recovery from the 1997 financial crisis began in earnest in 2002, when the Thai GDP sustained
growth of over 5percent for three years. In 2005, the uncertain political situation and tsunami disaster
caused a slight downturn, as the economy has grown by a little over 4percent over the past three years,
ranking below several of Thailand’s East Asian neighbours. However, its well-developed infrastructure,
investment-friendly climate, and free-market economy has kept the overall outlook for the Thai economy
bright.
Thailand is a signatory to both the World Trade Organisation (WTO) and the Association of Southeast
Asian Nations (ASEAN) as well as several bilateral free-trade agreements with countries such as India and
Australia. The United States is Thailand’s largest export market, though much of Thailand’s recovery from
the Asian Financial Crisis resulted from its increased exports to its regional trading partners.
Textiles and shoes dominated the Thai export market until the mid-1990s, when manufactured goods
began to assume pre-eminence. Presently, over 90percent of Thai exported goods are manufactured,
mainly consisting of electronic computer goods, computer components and automobiles. The
development of the manufacturing sector led to an increase in Thai imports of raw materials and crude
oil, the latter of which is mainly imported from the United Arab Emirates. Thailand’s import bill (on a
customs basis) reached USD141.3bn in 2007, nearly double that of 2003.
In addition to the United States, Thailand’s major trading partners are Japan, China, and the European
Union, as well as other signatory members of ASEAN.
Key Economic Indicators 2007
Population (m):
65.7
GDP (USD bn; market exchange rate): 245.7
GDP (USD bn; PPP): 519.4
GDP per head (USD; PPP): 7,900
Real GDP growth: 4.8
Inflation: 2.2
Exchange Rate: THB/USD-33.599 (2007)
Source: CIA World Factbook
Geographical Facts
Land area (sq km):
511,770
Water area (sq km):
2,230
Total area (sq km):
514,000
Source: CIA World Factbook
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 109
Major Exports percent
Machinery and Mechanical Appliances
15.4
Electrical Apparatus For Circuits
10.3
Vehicles, Parts & Accessories
8.4
Electrical Appliances
7.5
Other
58.1
Source: Economist
Major Imports percent 2007
Fuel & Lubricants 18.1
Minerals&metal products 14.3
Electronic parts 11.2
Industrial machinery, tools&parts 6.9
Source: Economist
Exports Partners percent 2007
US 12.6
Japan 11.9
China 9.7
Singapore 6.3
Source: Economist
Import Partners percent
Japan 20.3
China 11.6
US 6.8
Malaysia 6.2
Source: World Factbook
13.2 Transport Infrastructure
During the 1980s, Thailand’s infrastructure often proved inadequate to deal with its rapidly expanding
economy, at times even threatening to curtail the nation’s impressive growth. In the ensuing years, the
Thai government has invested greatly in improving rail, air, and road networks throughout the country.
Most notably, the completion of Bangkok’s Suvarnabhumi Airport in 2006 has helped the Thai capital
handle capacity constraints, an important consideration for an airport that acts as a major regional hub.
Logistics infrastructure accounts for 25percent of the Thai GDP, a figure roughly one third higher than
the global average. Thailand’s government has stated that its major priorities include improving transport
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 110
between Bangkok to the capital’s surrounding areas (thus helping to alleviate Thailand’s notorious traffic
jams) as well as furthering infrastructure development in economically disadvantaged regions in the
country.
Transport Data
Total Road Length (km) 62,401 km
Motorways (km) 62,176 km (unpaved)
Railways (km)
Total 4,071 km
Airports
Total 106 (2007)
Sea Ports
Total
4 Bangkok, Laem Chabang, Prachuap Port, Si
Racha
Source: CIA
13.2.1 Road Network
With over 60,000km of paved road, Thailand’s road network is one of the most comprehensive in the
region, as even rural areas are well-connected through paved roads. Despite the breadth of Thailand’s
road network, the vast majority of existing roads are dual-carriageways, meaning that u-turns and
intersections regularly slow traffic. In an effort to improve the economic efficiency of road travel as well
as alleviate Thailand’s traffic congestion, the central government approved construction of over 4,000km
of high-speed motorways in 1997.
Although rural areas are well-looked after by their representatives in Thailand’s parliament, Thailand’s
powerful automobile lobby has pressed the government to make the construction of new roads in
Bangkok a greater priority, placing a strain on available resources.
In recent years, Thailand has worked with other regional governments to plan major international roads.
In 2007, the Thai, Chinese, and Lao governments agreed to construct a bridge over the Mekong River at
Chiang Khong, slated for completion in 2011. Thailand hopes that its investment in trans-national
infrastructure will foster greater efficiency when dealing with the massive Chinese market.
13.2.2 Rail Network
Thailand’s railway network is the second-most extensive in Southeast Asia and the 43rd largest in the
world. Although there are more than 4,000km of tracks extending to all parts of the country, Thailand’s
rail network often endures difficulties during rainy months and its rolling stock is in need of upgrading.
In an effort to modernise its rail system, the Thai government is planning two major initiatives. In May
2008, Parliament considered a measure that would partially privatise the State Railways of Thailand
(SRT), an institution that has been saddled with enormous debt (TBT51.2b) and has been undermined by
inefficiency and sub-par service. Secondly, the government plans to build double tracks on all main lines
throughout the country, a measure that would greatly increase speed and efficiency.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 111
13.2.3 Airports
By far the largest and most important of Thailand’s 65 paved airports is Suvarnabhumi International
Airport in Bangkok, opened in September 2006. Suvarnhabhumi is the busiest airport in Southeast Asia
in terms of passenger traffic and fourth largest in Asia, trailing only Tokyo, Beijing, and Hong Kong. The
new airport also has a cargo capacity of 1.3m metric tonnes, a nearly twofold increase from Bangkok’s
cargo intake at Don Muang International Airport in 2003. In Southeast Asia, only Singapore’s Changi
Airport is capable of handling a higher volume of cargo.
Suvarnabhumi’s proximity to Bangkok is central to the Thai government’s plan to reduce logistics costs,
and the government is currently constructing double track rail links to improve transport times for both
passengers and cargo. However, predicted increases in passenger traffic have led some to predict that
Suvarnabhumi will reach maximum capacity within the next decade, leading the government to consider
expansions that may complicate airport logistics.
Thailand is also considering an expansion of Chiang Mai Airport in the north of the country, allowing the
city to become a departure point for regional destinations such as Laos and Cambodia as well as to
highlight the north’s considerable tourism possibilities.
13.2.4 Sea Ports
Thailand’s proximity to several major economic powers as well as its more than 3,000km of coastline
justify the existence of eight major ports, the largest of which is located at Laem Chabang on the Gulf of
Thailand. Having only recently overtaken Bangkok’s Tong Kloey as Thailand’s largest port, Laem Chabang
has become the 4th busiest port in Southeast Asia and the 22nd most heavily used in the world.
In 2004, the Port Authority of Thailand granted a thirty-year concession to the Hong Kong based
Hutchison Port Holdings to construct six new berths at Laem Chabang. Currently, experts estimate that
within the next decade Laem Chabang’s capacity will expand from 3.8m TEU to roughly 10m, which would
render it the region’s busiest port after Singapore.
This emphasis on Laem Chabang (rather than Bangkok) results from the latter port’s heavy congestion
and inability to serve large ocean-going container ships, leading to serious constraints on Thailand’s
shipping industry. Thailand also benefits from Laem Chabang’s advantageous location. Positioned on the
Eastern Seaboard roughly 110km south of the capital, Laem Chabang is situated within Thailand’s largest
industrial area, home to many manufacturing, petrochemical industries and auto assembly plants. Its
proximity to such a wide array of industries led Thailand to transfer much of its shipping industry there
from Bangkok in an effort to cut logistics costs.
Thailand also plans to invest heavily in developing a second port at Chiang Saen in north Thailand’s Chiang
Rai province. This port serves as an important gateway to Thailand’s rapidly growing trade with
southwest China’s Yunnan Province, which increased threefold (as measured in Thai baht) between 2000
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 112
and 2002. Because the existing port at Chiang Sean is located at an important historical site, the Thai
government will instead commence construction of a new port in 2009, hoping to enlarge trade capacity
with China and the greater Mekong River region.
13.3 Thai Logistics Market
13.3.1 Overview
Over the past twenty years, one of Thailand’s major economic challenges has been to modernise its
logistics infrastructure in order to keep pace with breakneck growth. Given its central location (flight
times from Bangkok to most major Asian cities rarely exceed five hours), Thailand is ideally situated to
capitalise on trade opportunities and become a major hub for the shipping business. However, difficulties
in the logistics field have thus far prevented Thailand from maximising its potential.
Poor supply chains have artificially inflated the price of Thai food exports, as the prevalence of middle-
men and a high spoilage rate have undermined agri-business. In addition, Thailand spends USD450m
annually on importing empty shipping containers, a number that would be drastically reduced if Thailand
could produce these containers domestically.
Another major problem for the Thai logistics market has been its over-reliance on road transport. Up to
86percent of Thailand’s cargo movement occurs on land, while the railway network accounts for only
2percent. Due to rising fuel costs, the Thai government could reduce logistics costs if it were to transfer
more of its cargo transport to the railway system. Better rail infrastructure- in particular a link between
northern Thailand and southern China- would be necessity in improving logistics efficiency.
The Thai government has recently recognised the need to construct a deep-water port on the country’s
Bay of Bengal coast in an effort to reduce shipping costs. At present, shipments to locations in South Asia
and the Indian Ocean mainly originate from Laem Chabang port, located on the Gulf of Thailand. Building
a more conveniently-located port would reduce the cost of Thai goods and make them more competitive
on the global market.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 113
Thailand Logistics Performance Index*
Overall LPI
score 3.1
rank 2.1
conf 0.10
Customs
score 3.3
rank 2.2
conf 0.26
Infrastructure
score 3.1
rank 2.1
conf 0.23
International shipments
score 3.1
rank 2.2
conf 0.23
Logistics competence
score 3.1
rank 1.30
conf 0.23
Tracking & tracing
score 3.1
rank 2.6
conf 0.29
Domestic logistics costs
score 3.1
rank 1.29
conf 0.23
Timeliness
score 3.1
rank 1.29
conf 0.28
Source: World Bank
13.3.2 Distribution Clusters
The construction of Suvarnabhumi International Airport in 2006 has provided Thailand with a major
multimodal distribution centre that vastly improves upon the capabilities offered by the airport it
replaced. Among other advantages, Suvarnabhumi is equipped with a 190,000 square metre cargo
terminal, allowing for faster cargo clearance and minimising damage. In addition, the new terminal has
* The Logistics Performance Index is based on a survey of operators on the ground worldwide (global freight forwarders and
express carriers), providing feedback on the logistics ‘friendliness’ of the countries in which they operate and those with which
they trade. They combine in-depth knowledge of the countries in which they operate with informed perceptions of other
countries with which they trade, and experience of global logistics environment. Feedback from operators is supplemented with
objective data on the performance of key components of the logistics chain in the home country, data collected for 100
countries. The LPI consists therefore of both perception and objective measures and helps build profiles of logistics friendliness
for these countries. The scores are from one to five, one being the worst performance for the given dimension.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 114
a 100,000 square metre Customs Free zone, allowing for companies to import cargo, store it, and pay
duties only when removing items from the zone for domestic use.
The Thai government plans to construct double-tracks linking Suvarnabhumi airport to other parts of the
country by rail. These improvements, coupled with the airport’s proximity to Thailand’s largest sea port
at Laem Chabang, will transform Suvarnabhumi into a highly efficient multimodal distribution cluster that
will only benefit the Thai economy.
Thailand’s second locus for cargo distribution is its port at Laem Chabang, located 100km south of
Bangkok. Due to Thailand’s multiple free-trade agreements with ASEAN, China, Japan, and India, Laem
Chabang’s modernised distribution cluster will serve an ever more vital role in expanding Thailand’s
economy.
13.3.3 Logistics Market Size and Growth
Thailand’s logistics market has grown both in raw size and in terms of the national economy; logistics
costs as a percentage of GDP ballooned to 23.4percent in 2008, up from 19percent two years earlier.
Rising global oil prices and Thailand’s reliance on road transport accounts for logistics’ larger role in the
kingdom’s economy. Reducing logistics costs (to levels currently enjoyed by OECD-member nations) has
become a priority for the Thai government, who believes more efficient logistics will reduce the cost of
Thai exports.
In order to facilitate lower costs, the Thai government has constructed a modern distribution centre near
the port of Laem Chabang. In addition, Bangkok’s Suvarnabhumi Airport, opened in 2006, has excellent
road links both to the port and to points abroad. Major logistics players, such as DHL, have opened
centres within the airport in order to capitalise on Thailand’s improved distribution networks.
One of Asia’s largest logistics players, the Kerry logistics firm has pinpointed Thailand as a major centre
for an intermodal distribution network throughout Southeast Asia and China. Kerry Siam Seaport, a
subsidiary of the firm, has the largest private terminal at Laem Chabang port, capable of processing
500,000 TEU per year. Kerry also controls 23 warehouses within the country totalling 80,000 square
metres of storage capacity.
Its emergence in Thailand indicates growing interest among international 3PL firms in working within the
kingdom, as economic and political conditions tend to be the most congenial in the region. However,
recent political instability may discourage certain foreign firms from entering the market, a cause of
concern for Thailand’s business community.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 115
14 South Korea
Korea has existed as an independent state or as a collection of states for over a thousand years. Between
its initial unification in the 7th century - from three pre-existing Korean states – up to the 20th century,
Korea existed as a single independent country. In 1905, in the wake of the Russo-Japanese War, Korea
became a protectorate of imperial Japan, and in 1910 was annexed as a colony. Korea regained its
independence following Japan's surrender to the United States in 1945 and was then partitioned by the
US and the Soviet Union in 1945. The Republic of Korea (ROK) was set up in the southern half of the
Korean Peninsula while a Communist-style government was installed in the north (the DPRK). During the
Korean War (1950-53), US lead UN forces fought with soldiers of the ROK against DPRK attacks that were
supported by China and the Soviet Union. Four million lives were lost by the time of the signing of the
1953 armistice splitting the peninsula along a demilitarized zone at about the 38th parallel.
During the cold war, the Korean peninsula was one of the testing main testing grounds of the communist
vs. capitalist economic competition. American realpolitik meant that it needed to support the South
Korean in order to ensure its economic growth. The continued US military presence in Korea comes at
the expense of a variety of conditions favourable to South Korea.
There is a complacency that often sets once a nation achieves ‘developed’ status than can slow
development but this is not the case for South Korea. It has a politically galvanised population and is
prone to violent protests and social unrest. Compulsory military service has inadvertently ensured a
highly skilled labour force. As a result, South Korea achieved rapid economic growth with per capita
income rising to roughly 14 times the level of North Korea.
After two military coups and several decades of authoritarian rule, South Korea is now a democracy. The
constitution of the Sixth Republic, promulgated in 1987, provides for a directly elected president, who
serves for a single five-year term and appoints the prime minister and the cabinet. There is also a
unicameral National Assembly (parliament), elected at four-yearly intervals. In 1993, Kim Young-sam
became South Korea's first civilian president following 32 years of military rule. South Korea today is a
fully functioning modern democracy. In June 2000, a historic first North-South summit took place
between the South's President Kim Dae-jung and the North's leader Kim Jong Il. In October 2007, a
second North-South summit took place between the South's President ROH Moo-hyun and the North
Korean leader. Lee Myung-bak of the Grand National Party (GNP) won the December 2007 presidential
election and took office on February 25th 2008. The GNP won the parliamentary election on April 9th
2008.
Overdue restructuring and opening of the economy was forced by the 1997-98 Asian financial crisis
forced. These reforms facilitated a swift recovery. Kim Dae-jung's administration (1998-2003) was
particularly successful in reforming the banking sector, but this momentum slowed in the final years of
his presidency. His successor, Roh Moo-hyun, whose presidential term ended in February 2008, proved
erratic, despite a pro-reform image and platform. The chaebol (conglomerates) have used their influence
as exporters and investors to resist further changes. Major foreign acquisitions in the financial sector
have generated a backlash against further opening of the market, especially in service sectors.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 116
Corporate income tax rates range from 13percent to 25percent. Companies are also subject to a
residence surtax applied at a rate of 10percent of corporate tax liability. Rates for personal income range
from 8percent to 35percent. A residency surcharge of 10percent of income tax liability is also applied.
The value-added tax (VAT) rate is 10percent.
Merchandise export revenue in 2007 (fob-fob, payments basis) rose by 14.2percent to USD379bn, and
the value of merchandise imports increased by 15percent to USD350bn. As a result South Korea’s trade
surplus for the year of around USD29bn, improved from USD28bn in 2006.
14.1 Economy and Trade
Key Economic Indicators 2007
Population (m): 49.0
GDP (USD bn; market exchange rate): 969.8
GDP (USD bn; PPP): 1,199
GDP per head (USD; market exchange rate): 19,794
GDP per head (USD; PPP): 24,477
Real GDP growth: 4.4
Inflation: 2.9
Exchange Rate: 929
Source: Economist
Geographical Facts
Land area (sq km): 98,190 sq km
Water area (sq km): 290 sq km
Total area (sq km): 98,480 sq km
Source: Economist
Major Exports percent
Information & communications products 13.6
Semiconductors 10.5
Chemicals 9.9
Machinery & equipment 9.7
Source: Economist
Major Imports percent
Crude petroleum 16.9
Machinery & equipment 11.0
Semiconductors 8.6
Chemicals 8.2
Source: Economist
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 117
Roads (k
Exports Partners percent
China 22.1
US 12.3
Japan 7.1
Hong Kong 5.0
Source: Economist
m)
Import Partners percent
China 17.7
Japan 15.8
US 10.4
Saudi Arabia 5.9
Source: Economist
14.2 Transport Infrastructure
Transport Data
Total Road Length (km) 102,293 km
Motorways (km)
paved: 78,581 km (includes 3,060 km of
expressways)
Railways (km)
Total 3,472 km
Airports
Total 105
Sea Ports
Total 33
Source: World Factbook
14.2.1 Road Network
South Korea has a total road network of 63,000. About 13,000 km of this is national highway; the
remainder consists of provincial and local roads. Successive governments made car ownership
prohibitively expensive for the average wage earner for decades but this policy was abandoned with the
recognition for growing need for a strong domestic base for the car industry, which was initially designed
to be export-oriented. Increasing affluence during the years of high economic growth in the mid-1980s
and early 1990s led to an explosion in car ownership: the number of vehicles registered rose to 3.4m in
1990 and stood at 16.4m in 2007.
Nevertheless, at just under 220 cars per 1,000 people in 2007, the stock of cars in South Korea is low by
the standards of many industrialized nations, suggesting that there is considerable scope for growth in
the sector.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 118
14.2.2 Rail Network
The Ministry of Transport operates the Korean National Railroad (KNR). The backbone of the railway
system is the 444 km double-tracked Kyongbu line, running between Busan on the southeast coast and
Seoul in the northwest. In 2004, a high speed line was added to the existing conventional line. Taegu and
Taejon as well as other major and intermediate cities can be reached on this route. While it constitutes
less than 15 percent of total route-km, the line accounts for nearly half of the rail system's operating
revenues.
Diverging to the southwest from the Kyongbu line at Taejon, the Honam line reaches into the agricultural
heartlands of North and South Cholla provinces and on to the important south-western port of Mokpo.
Branching off from the Honam line at Iri is the Cholla line, extending southward to Yosu, another
important southern port and the site of a major oil refinery.
Linking these two lines across the south coast with the Kyongbu line near Pusan is the Kyongchon line.
The Yongdong line, which links the east coast with the Chungang line at Yongju, extends northward to
the major east coast city of Kangnung. The KNR's second route to the east coast was completed through
the heart of the Taebaek mountain range in 1993.
Rising car ownership has led to a decline in public transport. Over the past few years the railways have
lost much of their share of the commercial passenger transport market. Growth in rail transport was
negligible in the 1990s and the early years of this decade, rising by an annual average of 0.6percent in
passenger-km terms in the ten years to 2005.
14.2.3 Airports
The opening of Incheon airport near Seoul in 2001 has given Korea three main airports; the other two
are Gimpo airport, also near Seoul, and Busan airport in the south. All three serve international routes.
Incheon airport has capacity to handle 30m passengers a year, and will increase its capacity to 44m
passengers a year, with the second stage of an expansion project due to complete in the first half of
2008. From its founding in
Since the 1970s, the nation's aviation market has been expanding at an annual rate of 14 percent on
domestic routes and 22 percent on international lines since the 1970s. From the late 1980s the
government took a variety of actions to stimulate the industry including deregulation and licensing a
second carrier, Asiana Airlines. The government continues to expand its air transport improvement
programs. As a result, Korean air freight providers now offer services to and from as many as 82 foreign
cities across 30 countries. The combined rank of Korean Air and Asiana is 6th in cargo handling in the
world.
The new Incheon International Airport, 25 miles west of Seoul, is vying to become an air transport hub
of Northeast Asia. The new high-tech airport, which opened for service in March 2001, boasts a 1.7m
tonnes in freight per year. When the final phase of the airport construction is completed in 2020, its
yearly capacity would jump to 100 7.5m tonnes of cargo. The airport is strategically located at the
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 119
geographic centre of Northeast Asia, and 40 cities, with a population of over one million, are within a
three-hour flight from this modern airport.
More than 800 international flights per week are currently flying between Seoul and major cities around
the world. Gimpo Airport (the former Kimpo) is the nation's second largest airport, and serves domestic
routes and serves as a backup for Incheon International Airport.
14.2.4 Sea Ports
With seven of the world’s ten-largest shipbuilding companies, South Korea has one of the largest
shipbuilding industries in the world. According to government figures in 2005, Busan boasted a handling
capacity of 131m tonnes; the handling capacity of Gwangyang, the second-largest port, was 120m tonnes
in the same year. Growth in China is expected to provide a boost to South Korean ports.
Ports in Korea handle an estimated 99 percent of the nation's entire export and import freight. Thus the
ports represent both the core distribution arm of the Korean economy and the centre of logistics,
waterfront industries, fisheries and international trade.
The Port of Busan (the former Pusan), located in south-eastern Korea, is the country’s largest seaport
and one of the world’s largest ports, handling some 95percent of South Korea’s container transport and
serves as the nation's principal gateway linking the Pacific Ocean to the Asian continent. In 2001, it
processed a total of 7.9m TEU in freight, becoming the world's third largest port (in terms of container
shipments). The port handles about 43 percent of the nation's exports and 95 percent of the total
container loads. Currently, it is serving more than 50 foreign carriers from all over the world, proving that
it has already become a hub port, both regionally and globally.
According to Korean Government estimates, in 2005 there were 42 ships over 8000teus, and by 2010
this figure will be 203 making the key to the region who will emerge as the winner in the deep-water
mega port competition in North-east Asia.
Strategically located between China, Asia’s largest manufacturer, and Japan, Asia’s largest market, Korea
is attempting to position itself as the logistics hub of Northeast Asia. With extensive plans, Korea is
investing heavily to expand its container terminal development with new container berths planned at
Busan, Ulsan, Gwangyang, and Incheon.
In order to increase port capacities, the government is currently in the process of expanding two major
ports, the Ports of Busan and Kwangyang. In 2001, when the initial expansion works at these ports were
completed, Korea's container handling capacity rose to 8m TEUs. The capacity will increase to a total of
14m TEUs by 2011. The construction of an additional container terminal is also under way near Gadeokto,
west of Busan. The first ten berths were completed in 2005 and when fully completed, the piers will serve
a total of 24 modernized berths.
According to the government’s development strategy, North-east Asia is home to 20 percent of global
GDP, 25 percent of world population and 33 percent of container value. The region is expected to exceed
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 120
238mn teus by 2010, a 100 percent increase over 2004, and a sharper increase than any other region. By
2010 it is estimated to be 38 percent of the global market, primarily driven by strong China growth.
This dynamic, coupled with a marked structural change that is taking place in shipping fleets toward
larger vessels, led policy makers in Korea to believe the future held increased demand for specialised
transhipment services favouring mega ports able to capitalise on their vast economies of scale and
diversified services.
The initial long run model adopted by the Korean Government was that most other ports in the North-
east Asia region would be forced into regional roles as feeding became increasingly important. With
this in mind, both Busan and Gwangyang have embarked upon major program to develop these
capacities.
However, it remains to be seen whether Korea’s development strategy failed to foresee the speed with
which China was able to bring its deep water harbours online so rapidly, perhaps curtailing any significant
role for the Korean peninsular in the long term development of the East Asian maritime sector.
14.3 Korean Logistics Market
14.3.1 Overview
The Korean peninsula is surrounded on three sides by sea and strategically located between Japan, China
and Russia. This allows South Korea to develop itself in order to serve as a logistics hub for north-eastern
Asia. In order to meet this challenge in modern logistics, Korea has steadily pursued logistics
modernisation programs. Ultimately, Korea hopes to become a logistics hub in Northeast Asia.
The problems of domestic logistics industry include the high portion of first-party logistics handling, small
scale of logistics firms and inefficient logistics systems stemming from inadequate standardization,
computerization and collaboration. As a result of innovations in organisational levels and added IT
advantages such as RFID and an extremely modernised set of transport networks, the South Korean
logistics industry has been characterised by a steady decline in the costs of logistics. These have occurred
in spite of sharp increases in fuel prices.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 121
Korea, Rep. Logistics Performance Index*
Overall LPI
score 3.52
rank 25
conf 0.07
Customs
score 3.22
rank 27
conf 0.13
Infrastructure
score 3.44
rank 25
conf 0.18
International shipments
score 3.44
rank 24
conf 0.18
Logistics competence
score 3.63
rank 22
conf 0.17
Tracking & tracing
score 3.56
rank 25
conf 0.2
Domestic logistics costs
score 2.73
rank 110
conf 0.17
Timeliness
score 3.86
rank 30
conf 0.18
Source: World Bank
14.3.2 Distribution Clusters
Under the 10-year Freight Transport Improvement Plan, the government aims to establish a hub-and-
spoke distribution network, linking all major transport centres across the nation. To achieve the goal, the
government will continue to construct freight distribution facilities. In all, 39 freight distribution facilities,
including truck terminals, warehouses, wholesale markets, will be constructed by 2011, in addition to
highway networks. These facilities are set to facilitate a more systematic movement of goods at lower
logistics cost.
* The Logistics Performance Index is based on a survey of operators on the ground worldwide (global freight forwarders and
express carriers), providing feedback on the logistics ‘friendliness’ of the countries in which they operate and those with which
they trade. They combine in-depth knowledge of the countries in which they operate with informed perceptions of other
countries with which they trade, and experience of global logistics environment. Feedback from operators is supplemented with
objective data on the performance of key components of the logistics chain in the home country, data collected for 100
countries. The LPI consists therefore of both perception and objective measures and helps build profiles of logistics friendliness
for these countries. The scores are from one to five, one being the worst performance for the given dimension.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 122
14.3.3 Logistics Market Size and Growth
Although the Korean logistics market has grew to 92.5 trillion won (as of 2004) and has continued since,
the proportion of first- and second-party logistics, in which the manufacturers transport products using
their own vehicles or those of their affiliated firms, respectively, exceeds more than 60 percent of the
total logistics volume, leading to inefficient logistics activities. In 2006, the market share of third-party
logistics (3PL) was 38.8 percent, far lower than the corresponding portions of 75 percent to 90 percent
in the United States and Europe, where manufacturers focus on production and outsource logistics-
related activities to specialized firms. This suggests that the high percentage of first- and second-party
logistics discourages the growth of specialized transporters in Korea.
National Intermodal Transport Network Plan (2000-2019) was set to secure transport infrastructure to
boost national competitiveness in the 21st century global competition, to build a cost-reducing logistics
system and a highly efficient transport system, to attain swift, safe, convenient and environment-friendly
transport system, and to establish inter-Korean transport network in preparation for unification of South
and North Korea. In order to implement the above-mentioned transport strategies, approximately 335
trillion KRW is expected to be spent from 2000 to 2019. Around 25bn KRW of it will be paid by the
Government with revenue such as those from traffic taxes. The remaining amount will be financed by
private capital inducement and investment from public corporations.
The government has also set a series of incentives to build an infrastructure for a logistics and business
hub. The scheme to build a logistics and business hub involves reconnecting the two inter-Korean
railways and roads that are currently under construction, and establish a transport network connecting
with the Trans-Siberia Railway (TSR) and the Trans-China Railway (TCR).
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 123
15 Vietnam
Vietnam, a long, sickle-shaped country, occupies the eastern coast of the Southeast Asian peninsula. It
borders China to the north, Laos and Cambodia to the west, and the South China Sea and Gulf of Tonkin
to the east. Vietnam’s population of 86m is the second-largest in Southeast Asia, after Indonesia. Despite
the existence of 54 separate ethnic groups within the country, Vietnam largely remains ethnically and
linguistically homogeneous.
For much of its history, Vietnam defined itself in opposition to China. The Chinese occupied Vietnam for
more than 1,000 years until the 9th century BCE, and since then Vietnam has repeatedly fended off
incursions by their much larger neighbour. After attaining nominal independence, the Vietnamese state
spread from its base in the Red River delta to its present-day territory, overtaking both the Champa and
Khmer empires in the process. In the late 19th century, Vietnam was colonised by the French, who would
control the nation (as part of French Indochina) for the next seventy years. Under the leadership of future
head of state Ho Chi Minh, a Communist insurgency battled the French and eventually forced their
withdrawal in 1954, a victory that led to the division of the country into northern and southern halves.
With the north under his control, Ho Chi Minh fomented an insurgency in the south, placing pressure on
the corrupt American-backed government of Ngo Dinh Diem. Following Diem’s assassination in 1963, the
US escalated its military involvement in Vietnam, placing 500,000 troops in country by 1968. After a series
of military setbacks, the United States negotiated an end to the war in 1973, and the collapse of the
South government two years later led to the eventual reunification of Vietnam under northern control
in 1976.
Newly independent, Vietnam commenced a major reorganization of society into a single-party, centrally
planned state. Economic reforms in 1986 (doi moi) liberalised Vietnam’s economic system while leaving
the political structure intact. Vietnam withdrew its troops from Cambodia in 1989 and subsequently
became a member of the international community in good standing, joining the World Trade
Organisation in 2007.
The Vietnamese Communist Party has de facto control over all branches of Vietnam’s government, and
judicial independence remains weak. Nevertheless, Vietnam’s economy continues to experience rapid
growth and the country seems poised to remain on the international economic stage for years to come.
15.1 Economy and Trade
Following reunification, Vietnam implemented a Soviet-style planned economy throughout the whole
country, seizing land in the south that had previously been in private hands. In 1986, the government
introduced the doi moi policy, introducing market reforms and privatisation to the Vietnamese economy,
leading to a period of sustained growth that lifted substantial numbers of Vietnamese out of poverty.
Since 2001, when Vietnam began recovering from the 1997 East Asian financial crisis, the government
has focused on modernising the economy and producing more export-driven industries. Significantly,
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 124
Vietnam’s accession to the WTO in 2007 allows the nation to benefit from the elimination of quotas on
textiles and clothing among organisation members.
Although more than half of the national labour force is employed in the agriculture sector, its share of
Vietnam’s GDP has fallen to 23percent from 41percent since 1991. Nevertheless, Vietnam remains a
major exporter of several agricultural commodities, such as coffee, rubber, and pepper. 55percent of
total cultivated area is devoted to rice and a plateau in domestic demand has allowed Vietnam to
maintain its status as one of the world’s leading rice exporters. Several factors act as a potential limiting
factor on Vietnam’s agricultural production. Only 20percent of the land is arable, and much of its
production potential has been undermined by soil erosion, urban encroachment, and deforestation.
In the industrial sector, once dominant state-owned enterprises (SOEs) have grown at a much slower
pace than both foreign-invested enterprises (FIEs) and private domestic enterprises. In order to improve
economic performance, the Vietnamese government has restructured more than 3,000 SOEs (well over
half of the overall number) since 2001, most commonly though partial privatisation (equitising).
However, the largest share of privatised companies remains in government hands, limiting foreign
investment in formerly state-owned enterprises to a mere 20 companies. While opposition to
privatisation remains strong in Vietnam (mainly from workers and managers who fear a loss in job
security), the central government recently announced that sectors such as the media, railway, and key
airports would no longer be entirely state-owned.
The United States, with whom Vietnam normalised relations in 1995, is the nation’s largest export
partner, accounting for 22percent of outgoing trade. Much of the trade concerns the garment industry,
a result of a bilateral trade agreement signed between the two countries in 2001. Restrictions on imports
from China, implemented occasionally by the U.S. and E.U., have also benefited Vietnamese exports.
China remains Vietnam’s largest import partner, comprising a total of 20percent. The increase in
Vietnamese manufacturing exports, combined with rising global oil and steel prices, have led to a vast
overall growth of the national import market.
With annual GDP growth nearing 8percent, the overall outlook for Vietnam’s economy is strong. In order
to preserve these gains, however, the Vietnamese government will have to prioritise infrastructure
development (in order to cut logistics costs) as well as accelerate the rate of which plodding SOEs are
restructured.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 125
Key Economic Indicators 2007
Population (m): 85.9
GDP (USD bn; market exchange rate): 70.7
GDP (USD bn; PPP): 221.3
GDP per head (USD; market exchange rate): 823
GDP per head (USD; PPP): 2,575
Real GDP growth: 8.0
Inflation: 7.0
Exchange Rate: 16,179(b)
Source: Economist
Geographical Facts
Land area (sq km): 4,200 sq km
Water area (sq km): 325,360 sq km
Total area (sq km): 329,560 sq km
Source: World Factbook
Major Exports percent 2007
Crude oil 16.7
Textiles & garments 16.4
Footwear 8.3
Fisheries products 7.8
Source: Economist
Major Imports percent 2007
Machinery, equipment & parts 16.3
Refined petroleum 11.6
Steel 7.9
Material for textile industry 3.7
Source: Economist
Exports Partners percent 2007
US 21.5
Japan 12.4
Australia 9.5
China 5.8
Source: Economist
Import Partners percent 2007
China 18.6
Singapore 13.6
Japan 10.3
South Korea 10.1
Source: Economist
15.2 Transport Infrastructure
In an effort to keep pace with its growing economy as well as cater to the needs of the world’s 13th
largest population, the Vietnamese government has invested heavily in upgrading its transport
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 126
infrastructure. Overall, its record of success can best be described as mixed. While Vietnam’s vast
network of inland waterways transport goods efficiently throughout the country, an inadequate road
network (less than 20percent paved) and limited railway capacity have thus far prevented Vietnam from
meeting its transport potential. On the other hand, Vietnam’s rapidly growing air and seaport industry
has facilitated a higher volume of trade, lending hope that improvements across all transport networks
will have a similar effect.
Transport Data
Total Road Length (km) 222,179 km
Motorways (km) paved: 42,167 km
Railways (km)
Total 2,600 km
Airports
Total 44
Major Sea Ports
Total Da Nang, Hai Phong, Ho Chi Minh City
Source: World Factsheet
15.2.1 Road Network
Vietnam’s road network is an area in need of improvement. While there are over 200,000km of roads in
the country, far fewer than half are paved. Furthermore, more isolated parts of the country are
inaccessible by road at least one month each year due to adverse weather conditions. Providing reliable
transport to isolated regions is a major goal of the government, which has proposed increased funding
for road infrastructure starting in 2010. Extensive foreign aid, long a major source of logistics funding,
will also help develop Vietnam’s road network in the coming years.
In Vietnam’s two major cities, Hanoi and Ho Chi Minh City, the prevalence of motorcycles combined with
a growing demand for cars have led to increases in traffic and pollution levels. To alleviate these
concerns, the Vietnamese government is planning to build an above-ground rail network in Hanoi and
an underground subway in HCMC, both scheduled to begin construction in 2010.
15.2.2 Rail Network
Vietnam’s rail network is comprehensive but inefficient and slow. Covering more than 2,000km), much
of Vietnam’s railroad is single-tracked and narrow gauged, slowing transport times for both passengers
and cargo. The 1,700km journey from Hanoi to Ho Chi Minh City takes 32 hours and is often marred by
flooding and bridge closures during wet months. Recently, the Vietnamese government has partnered
with foreign firms to launch construction projects intended to bolster the national railway network. In
addition to planned improvements to the domestic rail network, there are also proposals for
international links to cities in Cambodia and China.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 127
Due to the railways’ logistical problems and Vietnam’s extensive network of inland waterways, the rail
network only carries about 7percent of all freight, roughly half the amount transported by Vietnam’s
various rivers and tributaries.
15.2.3 Airports
There are 37 airports in Vietnam, of which three service international flights. These international airports
are located in Hanoi, Ho Chi Minh City, and the central city of Danang. The state-owned airline, Vietnam
Airways (VA), is rapidly expanding, planning to add 22 planes to its fleet by 2010. In the past, the
Vietnamese government restricted private competition in an effort to support VA, but due to the risk of
alienating tourists with high ticket prices, there have been recent measures allowing other airlines access
to the Vietnamese air market.
A master plan for a new international airport near HCMC was approved in 2006. Called Long Thanh, the
new airport when completed will be the largest in Vietnam as well as serve as a major hub for passenger
traffic in Southeast Asia. HCMC’s existing airport (Tan Son Naht) will eventually handle only domestic
flights.
15.2.4 Sea Ports
At present, there are seven international ports in Vietnam, of which the three largest are in Haiphong
(north), Danang (central) and Ho Chi Minh City (south). While Vietnam’s extensive coastline (over
3,000km) speaks to its potential as a major hub in East Asian shipping, deficiencies in size and efficient
handling have limited the efficacy of Vietnam’s ports.
In comparison to their counterparts in Thailand and Malaysia, Vietnamese port storage capacity and
maximum vessel size fall far short despite similar berth sizes. As a result, transport of goods to major
markets (such as the US or EU) often must be transhipped at foreign ports, increasing the expensive of
such transactions. For example, shipments from Ho Chi Minh City to Los Angeles, USA are almost
30percent more expensive than identical shipments from Hong Kong and 15percent more expensive than
those from three major Chinese ports. These higher costs erase advantages Vietnam has with its cheap
and abundant labour force. Additionally, urban traffic congestion in the HCMC area has also caused
problems in transporting goods from the port further afield in Vietnam.
To remedy deficiencies in port infrastructure, the Vietnamese government has earmarked funds for
improving existing ports and constructing new ones. Most significantly, authorities announced in 2006
that the Saigon Port would be moved to Cat Lai and Hiep Phuoc. In addition to an overall increase in size,
the new port location will be near Vietnam’s industrial parks and export centres, a far more convenient
setting than in Ho Chi Minh City. Furthermore, a more remote location avoids the traffic congestion that
increasingly characterises urban HCMC.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 128
15.3 Vietnamese Logistics Market
15.3.1 Overview
Vietnam’s rapid economic growth has occurred in spite of, not because of, its logistics infrastructure.
Despite recent government proposals to invest in logistics (particularly in sea ports), persistent problems
have thus far prevented Vietnam from maximising trade benefits.
Vietnam’s sea ports, for example, are plagued by an insufficient container handling capacity, as few ports
in Vietnam are able to lift 30 containers per hour as per international standard. Furthermore, inefficient
customs processing means that goods shipped into Vietnam must wait far longer than similar shipments
to countries such as China. Road transport, vital in Vietnam due to the underutilisation of the national
rail network, is undermined by poor maintenance as well as lax enforcement of driving and vehicle
regulations. The overall paucity of paved roads, particularly in remote rural areas, prevents Vietnam’s
poorest people from gaining as much from the country’s prodigious economic growth. In the country’s
international airports, inadequate x-ray technology has occasionally led to the deterioration and
destruction of valuable imports.
Massive investment in logistics infrastructure will undoubtedly alleviate some of these shortcomings, but
improved government regulation- to be on par with Vietnam’s more developed neighbours- is necessary
for the logistics market to fully service the demands of Vietnam’s economy.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 129
Vietnam Logistics Performance Index*
Overall LPI
score 2.1
rank 2.23
conf 0.18
Customs
score 2.1
rank 2.7
conf 0.37
Infrastructure
score 2.1
rank 3.1
conf 0.41
International shipments
score 1.4
rank 2.17
conf 0.39
Logistics competence
score 2.1
rank 2.26
conf 0.46
Tracking & tracing
score 2.1
rank 2.23
conf 0.43
Domestic logistics costs
score 3.1
rank 1.18
conf 0.78
Timeliness
score 3.1
rank 3.6
conf 0.60
Source: World Bank
15.3.2 Distribution Clusters
Until recently, Vietnam lacked an adequate multimodal distribution cluster, a major inhibition in the
growth of its logistics market. The planned construction of Long Thanh International Airport in southern
Vietnam, announced in 2006, will establish the nation’s first distribution cluster able to facilitate the
massive growth of international trade. Located between Ho Chi Minh City and Vietnam’s industrial park
area, Long Thanh will reduce logistics costs by reducing the distance export goods previously travelled to
reach the existing airport at Tan Son Naht.
* The Logistics Performance Index is based on a survey of operators on the ground worldwide (global freight forwarders and
express carriers), providing feedback on the logistics ‘friendliness’ of the countries in which they operate and those with which
they trade. They combine in-depth knowledge of the countries in which they operate with informed perceptions of other
countries with which they trade, and experience of global logistics environment. Feedback from operators is supplemented with
objective data on the performance of key components of the logistics chain in the home country, data collected for 100
countries. The LPI consists therefore of both perception and objective measures and helps build profiles of logistics friendliness
for these countries. The scores are from one to five, one being the worst performance for the given dimension.
CIG-ASPC08 亚太 130
A promising site for a major distribution cluster also exists in the north, near the port of Haiphong. From
Haiphong, the Vietnamese capital Hanoi is well-connected via road and rail links, and northern Vietnam’s
proximity to China is yet another incentive for the government to invest in its distribution clusters in the
Red River area.
15.3.3 Logistics Market Size and Growth
Government investment in infrastructure coupled with frenetic economic growth have led to an increase
in logistics cost as percentage of GDP, estimated to be between 15 and 20percent in 2006. In particular,
the shipbuilding and maritime industries have grown at an annual average rate of over 30percent, though
a large share of profits are taken away by foreign operators, who own 80percent of Vietnam’s market
share.
Despite growth in the domestic logistics market, domestic Vietnamese logistics businesses suffer from
deficiencies in logistics, personnel, and capital. As a result, domestic firms often act as a sub-contractor
to larger foreign companies. Vietnam’s accession to the World Trade Organisation (WTO) in 2007 may
also result in a greater presence of foreign firms in the country’s logistics market

More Related Content

DOCX
Strategic Analysis Final Paper
PDF
CIO Logistics Provider Profile
PDF
Quality control report
PDF
Cub cadet 8454 tractor service repair manual
PDF
Basic plumbing manual
PDF
منظومة الدعاية تحت حكم بن علي - الكتاب الأسود
PDF
الكتاب الأسود
PDF
الكتاب الاسود
Strategic Analysis Final Paper
CIO Logistics Provider Profile
Quality control report
Cub cadet 8454 tractor service repair manual
Basic plumbing manual
منظومة الدعاية تحت حكم بن علي - الكتاب الأسود
الكتاب الأسود
الكتاب الاسود

What's hot (7)

PDF
- الكتاب الاسود
PDF
Le Livre noir sur le système de propagande de Ben Ali
PDF
Livre noir
PDF
50 phrasal-verbs-for-work-and-business
PDF
Paul Ebbs (2011) - Can lean construction improve the irish construction industry
PDF
Bom c375
PDF
Spring 2.0 技術手冊目錄
- الكتاب الاسود
Le Livre noir sur le système de propagande de Ben Ali
Livre noir
50 phrasal-verbs-for-work-and-business
Paul Ebbs (2011) - Can lean construction improve the irish construction industry
Bom c375
Spring 2.0 技術手冊目錄
Ad

Similar to CEI Asia-Pacific Logistics Overview (20)

PDF
PostgreSQL 12 Beta 1 New Features with Examples (English)
PDF
China watch clock market report sample pages
PDF
DNV Liquified Gas Terminal
PDF
De6.2 report
PDF
Catalog Sew-Eurodrive
PDF
Analysis of Financial Condition and Dividend Pattern of Beximco Pharmaceutica...
PDF
China cigarette market report sample pages
PDF
59582162 dpr
PDF
China bearing market report sample pages
PDF
Span derivés gb_200802 _2__tcm6-44568
PDF
China wire cable market report sample pages
PDF
China wire cable market report sample pages
PDF
CEI China Port Development Report 210
PDF
CFC_Egress_FPGA_HWSpec_V1.0
PDF
Sataid manual
PDF
Manual
PDF
China integrated circuit market report sample pages
PDF
ComPrep User Guide_v1
PDF
Cub cadet 8454 tractor service repair manual
PDF
DCS FA-18C Early Access Guide EN.pdf
PostgreSQL 12 Beta 1 New Features with Examples (English)
China watch clock market report sample pages
DNV Liquified Gas Terminal
De6.2 report
Catalog Sew-Eurodrive
Analysis of Financial Condition and Dividend Pattern of Beximco Pharmaceutica...
China cigarette market report sample pages
59582162 dpr
China bearing market report sample pages
Span derivés gb_200802 _2__tcm6-44568
China wire cable market report sample pages
China wire cable market report sample pages
CEI China Port Development Report 210
CFC_Egress_FPGA_HWSpec_V1.0
Sataid manual
Manual
China integrated circuit market report sample pages
ComPrep User Guide_v1
Cub cadet 8454 tractor service repair manual
DCS FA-18C Early Access Guide EN.pdf
Ad

Recently uploaded (20)

PPTX
Very useful ppt for your banking assignments Banking.pptx
PDF
USS pension Report and Accounts 2025.pdf
PPTX
PROFITS AND GAINS OF BUSINESS OR PROFESSION 2024.pptx
PDF
Financial discipline for educational purpose
PDF
Lundin Gold Corporate Presentation August 2025
PPT
CompanionAsset_9780128146378_Chapter04.ppt
DOCX
Final. 150 minutes exercise agrumentative Essay
PPTX
Lesson Environment and Economic Growth.pptx
PDF
2012_The dark side of valuation a jedi guide to valuing difficult to value co...
PPTX
The Impact of Remote Work on Employee Productivity
PDF
NewBase 22 August 2025 Energy News issue - 1818 by Khaled Al Awadi_compresse...
PPTX
Lecture on Perfect Competition of the course introduction to microeconomics
PPT
Managerial Accounting Chap 1. Guide to managerial accounting
PDF
01 KEY PROVISIONS on NGPA and PROFESSIONALIZATION.pdf
PDF
Management Accounting Information for Decision-Making and Strategy Execution ...
PDF
In July, the Business Activity Recovery Index Worsened Again - IER Survey
PPTX
Research Writing in Bioiinformatics.pptx
PDF
Fintech as a Gateway for Rural Investment in Bangladesh
PPTX
Risk Based Audit - Key to managhe the bussines & Creating the value
PDF
MPEDA Export License Apply Online for Seafood Export License in India.pdf
Very useful ppt for your banking assignments Banking.pptx
USS pension Report and Accounts 2025.pdf
PROFITS AND GAINS OF BUSINESS OR PROFESSION 2024.pptx
Financial discipline for educational purpose
Lundin Gold Corporate Presentation August 2025
CompanionAsset_9780128146378_Chapter04.ppt
Final. 150 minutes exercise agrumentative Essay
Lesson Environment and Economic Growth.pptx
2012_The dark side of valuation a jedi guide to valuing difficult to value co...
The Impact of Remote Work on Employee Productivity
NewBase 22 August 2025 Energy News issue - 1818 by Khaled Al Awadi_compresse...
Lecture on Perfect Competition of the course introduction to microeconomics
Managerial Accounting Chap 1. Guide to managerial accounting
01 KEY PROVISIONS on NGPA and PROFESSIONALIZATION.pdf
Management Accounting Information for Decision-Making and Strategy Execution ...
In July, the Business Activity Recovery Index Worsened Again - IER Survey
Research Writing in Bioiinformatics.pptx
Fintech as a Gateway for Rural Investment in Bangladesh
Risk Based Audit - Key to managhe the bussines & Creating the value
MPEDA Export License Apply Online for Seafood Export License in India.pdf

CEI Asia-Pacific Logistics Overview

  • 2. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 2 1 Table of Contents 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS.............................................................................................................. 2 2 COMPANY BACKGROUND AND CONTACT DETAILS.................................................................. 6 3 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY........................................................................................................... 8 4 THE STRUCTURE OF FREIGHT TRANSPORT IN ASIA PACIFIC................................................... 14 4.1 MARKET DYNAMICS ................................................................................................................. 15 4.2 FREIGHT MOVEMENTS- INTRA-REGIONAL...................................................................................... 17 4.3 FREIGHT MOVEMENTS- INTERNATIONAL ....................................................................................... 18 4.4 MODAL SPLIT (ROAD, AIR, SEA, RAIL).......................................................................................... 19 4.5 INFRASTRUCTURE..................................................................................................................... 20 4.5.1 ROADS .....................................................................................................................................................20 4.5.2 RAIL.........................................................................................................................................................22 4.5.3 SHIPPING..................................................................................................................................................25 4.5.4 PORTS......................................................................................................................................................26 4.5.5 INLAND WATERWAY TRANSPORT..................................................................................................................29 4.5.6 AIR TRANSPORT AND AIRPORTS....................................................................................................................30 4.5.7 MULTIMODAL TRANSPORT ..........................................................................................................................32 4.6 ASIA PACIFIC DISTRIBUTION STRATEGIES ....................................................................................... 33 4.6.1 DISTRIBUTION CENTRES ..............................................................................................................................33 4.6.2 ISSUES IN REGIONAL DISTRIBUTION ...............................................................................................................37 4.6.3 CONTRACT LOGISTICS MARKET SIZE AND FORECASTS .......................................................................................38 4.6.4 FREIGHT FORWARDING MARKET SIZE AND FORECASTS .....................................................................................39 5 AUSTRALIA .......................................................................................................................... 42 5.1 ECONOMY AND TRADE.............................................................................................................. 42 5.2 TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE .................................................................................................... 44 5.2.1 ROAD NETWORK........................................................................................................................................44 5.2.2 RAIL NETWORK..........................................................................................................................................45 5.2.3 AIRPORTS .................................................................................................................................................45 5.2.4 SEA PORTS................................................................................................................................................45 5.3 AUSTRALIAN LOGISTICS MARKET................................................................................................. 46 5.3.1 OVERVIEW................................................................................................................................................46 5.3.2 DISTRIBUTION CLUSTERS .............................................................................................................................47 5.3.3 LOGISTICS MARKET SIZE AND GROWTH..........................................................................................................48 6 CHINA.................................................................................................................................. 50 6.1 ECONOMY AND TRADE.............................................................................................................. 50 6.2 TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE .................................................................................................... 53 6.2.1 ROAD NETWORK........................................................................................................................................54 6.2.2 RAIL NETWORK..........................................................................................................................................54 6.2.3 AIRPORTS .................................................................................................................................................55 6.2.4 SEA PORTS................................................................................................................................................56 6.3 CHINA LOGISTICS MARKET......................................................................................................... 57 6.3.1 OVERVIEW................................................................................................................................................57 6.3.2 DISTRIBUTION CLUSTERS .............................................................................................................................59
  • 3. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 3 6.3.3 LOGISTICS MARKET SIZE AND GROWTH..........................................................................................................59 7 HONG KONG........................................................................................................................ 60 7.1 ECONOMY AND TRADE.............................................................................................................. 60 7.2 TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE .................................................................................................... 63 7.2.1 ROAD NETWORK........................................................................................................................................63 7.2.2 RAIL NETWORK..........................................................................................................................................63 7.2.3 AIRPORTS .................................................................................................................................................64 7.2.4 SEA PORTS................................................................................................................................................64 7.3 HONG KONG LOGISTICS MARKET ................................................................................................ 66 7.3.1 OVERVIEW................................................................................................................................................66 7.3.2 DISTRIBUTION CLUSTERS .............................................................................................................................67 7.3.3 LOGISTICS MARKET SIZE AND GROWTH..........................................................................................................67 8 INDIA................................................................................................................................... 68 8.1 ECONOMY AND TRADE.............................................................................................................. 68 8.2 TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE .................................................................................................... 70 8.2.1 ROAD NETWORK........................................................................................................................................71 8.2.2 RAIL NETWORK..........................................................................................................................................71 8.2.3 AIRPORTS .................................................................................................................................................71 8.2.4 SEA PORTS................................................................................................................................................72 8.3 INDIAN LOGISTICS MARKET........................................................................................................ 73 8.3.1 OVERVIEW................................................................................................................................................73 8.3.2 DISTRIBUTION CLUSTERS .............................................................................................................................75 8.3.3 LOGISTICS MARKET SIZE AND GROWTH..........................................................................................................76 9 INDONESIA.......................................................................................................................... 77 9.1 ECONOMY AND TRADE.............................................................................................................. 77 9.2 TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE .................................................................................................... 79 9.2.1 ROAD NETWORK........................................................................................................................................79 9.2.2 RAIL NETWORK..........................................................................................................................................80 9.2.3 AIRPORTS .................................................................................................................................................80 9.2.4 SEA PORTS................................................................................................................................................81 9.3 INDONESIAN LOGISTICS MARKET................................................................................................. 81 9.3.1 OVERVIEW................................................................................................................................................81 9.3.2 DISTRIBUTION CLUSTERS .............................................................................................................................83 9.3.3 LOGISTICS MARKET SIZE AND GROWTH..........................................................................................................83 10 JAPAN.................................................................................................................................. 84 10.1 ECONOMY AND TRADE.............................................................................................................. 84 10.2 TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE .................................................................................................... 86 10.2.1 ROAD NETWORK......................................................................................................................................87 10.2.2 RAIL NETWORK........................................................................................................................................87 10.2.3 AIRPORTS ...............................................................................................................................................87 10.2.4 SEA PORTS..............................................................................................................................................88 10.3 JAPANESE LOGISTICS MARKET..................................................................................................... 89 10.3.1 OVERVIEW..............................................................................................................................................89 10.3.2 DISTRIBUTION CLUSTERS ...........................................................................................................................92 10.3.3 LOGISTICS MARKET SIZE AND GROWTH........................................................................................................92 11 SINGAPORE ......................................................................................................................... 94 11.1 ECONOMY AND TRADE.............................................................................................................. 94
  • 4. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 4 11.2 TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE .................................................................................................... 96 11.2.1 ROAD NETWORK......................................................................................................................................96 11.2.2 RAIL NETWORK........................................................................................................................................97 11.2.3 AIRPORTS ...............................................................................................................................................97 11.2.4 SEA PORTS..............................................................................................................................................98 11.3 SINGAPOREAN LOGISTICS MARKET .............................................................................................. 98 11.3.1 OVERVIEW..............................................................................................................................................98 11.3.2 DISTRIBUTION CLUSTERS ...........................................................................................................................98 11.3.3 LOGISTICS MARKET SIZE AND GROWTH......................................................................................................100 12 TAIWAN (CHINESE TAIPEI)...................................................................................................100 12.1 ECONOMY AND TRADE.............................................................................................................101 12.2 TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE ...................................................................................................102 12.2.1 ROAD NETWORK....................................................................................................................................102 12.2.2 RAIL NETWORK......................................................................................................................................103 12.2.3 AIRPORTS .............................................................................................................................................103 12.2.4 SEA PORTS............................................................................................................................................103 12.3 TAIWANESE LOGISTICS MARKET .................................................................................................104 12.3.1 OVERVIEW............................................................................................................................................104 12.3.2 DISTRIBUTION CLUSTERS .........................................................................................................................105 12.3.3 LOGISTICS MARKET SIZE AND GROWTH......................................................................................................106 13 THAILAND...........................................................................................................................107 13.1 ECONOMY AND TRADE.............................................................................................................107 13.2 TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE ...................................................................................................109 13.2.1 ROAD NETWORK....................................................................................................................................110 13.2.2 RAIL NETWORK......................................................................................................................................110 13.2.3 AIRPORTS .............................................................................................................................................111 13.2.4 SEA PORTS............................................................................................................................................111 13.3 THAI LOGISTICS MARKET ..........................................................................................................112 13.3.1 OVERVIEW............................................................................................................................................112 13.3.2 DISTRIBUTION CLUSTERS .........................................................................................................................113 13.3.3 LOGISTICS MARKET SIZE AND GROWTH......................................................................................................114 14 SOUTH KOREA ....................................................................................................................115 14.1 ECONOMY AND TRADE.............................................................................................................116 14.2 TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE ...................................................................................................117 14.2.1 ROAD NETWORK....................................................................................................................................117 14.2.2 RAIL NETWORK......................................................................................................................................118 14.2.3 AIRPORTS .............................................................................................................................................118 14.2.4 SEA PORTS............................................................................................................................................119 14.3 KOREAN LOGISTICS MARKET .....................................................................................................120 14.3.1 OVERVIEW............................................................................................................................................120 14.3.2 DISTRIBUTION CLUSTERS .........................................................................................................................121 14.3.3 LOGISTICS MARKET SIZE AND GROWTH......................................................................................................122 15 VIETNAM............................................................................................................................123 15.1 ECONOMY AND TRADE.............................................................................................................123 15.2 TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE ...................................................................................................125 15.2.1 ROAD NETWORK....................................................................................................................................126 15.2.2 RAIL NETWORK......................................................................................................................................126
  • 5. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 5 15.2.3 AIRPORTS .............................................................................................................................................127 15.2.4 SEA PORTS............................................................................................................................................127 15.3 VIETNAMESE LOGISTICS MARKET................................................................................................128 15.3.1 OVERVIEW............................................................................................................................................128 15.3.2 DISTRIBUTION CLUSTERS .........................................................................................................................129 15.3.3 LOGISTICS MARKET SIZE AND GROWTH......................................................................................................130
  • 6. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 6 2 Company Background and Contact Details
  • 7. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 7 China Economic Indicator CEI is a research-consulting firm that gathers business intelligence and provides analysis as well as general business services for international organizations working or interested in the Greater China and East Asia markets. Our researchers and analysts collectively have decades of experience on the ground in Mainland China, both living and working; not just in the developed east, but throughout the vast hinterland that represents the real opportunities in the coming decades. In addition, all our researches and analysts, Western and Chinese, are fluent and literate in both Mandarin Chinese and English. Our bureaus in Shanghai, Hong Kong, Beijing, and Kunming provide wide geographic coverage and allow us to offer client liaison services nationwide. Previous clients have included the Royal Dutch Consulate’s Netherlands Business Support Office, Transport Intelligence, Airline Cargo Management, Inform Subsidiaries such as Cargo Systems and International Freighting Weekly, and several Fortune 500 companies that wish to remain anonymous. Assets • Research and translation teams • Sales and marketing teams • Industry and academic analysts • CEO's in-house library and data sources Capabilities • Provide clients with the ability to operate in the Greater China region • Primary research conducted in Chinese by native speakers • Sales and customer relationship management services
  • 8. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 8 3 Executive Summary When Indian Prime Minister Rajiv Gandhi visited China’s Paramount Leader Deng Xiaoping in Beijing in 1988, the two world leaders dubbed the 21st Century the Asian Pacific Century. Based on population and economic growth forecasts, the concept of an Asia Pacific Century is one where Asian markets dominate and set global trends for the next hundred years by eclipsing existing powers. In many ways, this has come to pass and in many ways it has not but the century is still young. Asia Pacific Map Source: Public Domain The logistics market in Asia Pacific is highly complex and fragmented. The region is dominated by China and Japan, one country undeveloped and fast growing, the other mature but stagnating. In addition, an array of up and coming consumer and production markets have emerged: Vietnam, Indonesia, Thailand and Malaysia to name but a few. Distributing product across such a contrasting mix of markets faces challenges which are unheard of and little understood in North America and Europe. In addition to a variety of barriers to trade, quality of transport infrastructure is often inconsistent or even non-existent. Ports, airports and roads suffer from congestion, leading to additional supply chain costs. Many countries are still unable to provide a stable commercial and legal environment. Despite these problems, the region presents fantastic opportunities for investors. Rising disposable income has led to the growth of domestic consumer markets; global manufacturers continue to out- source production to the region attracted by lower costs; and the logistics supply side has plenty of potential for consolidation and mergers and acquisitions for major logistics companies to exploit. Geographically, the Asia Pacific region (APAC) is defined as being littoral East Asian nations (generally excluding Russia), Southeast Asia and Oceania (including Australasia). The region contains some of the
  • 9. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 9 world’s most advanced economies as well as some of the poorest. Developed markets with important manufacturing regions, transport transit hubs, or financial centres include the following: • Japan • Singapore • Taiwan • Hong Kong • Australia • New Zealand The nations listed above have reasonably well developed transport infrastructures, and have a logistics industry engendered through the sophistication of the manufacturing and retail sectors operating in each market. The Asia Pacific region is also home to a substantial number of ‘rising economies’, some of which have seen unprecedented growth over the last twenty years and continue to experience extremely high rates of development. These nations include: • China • India • South Korea • Thailand Though still hindered by its underdeveloped infrastructure, Vietnam has, in recent years, seen great increases in foreign investment and rapid growth in GDP and can be expected to be added to the list above within ten to twenty years. In 2006, Asian developing economies grew by about 7.6 percent compared to developed nations in the region, which grew by 2.2 percent. Exports saw impressive growth at 18 percent with the region benefiting from healthy global demand. Developing countries in the region continued to accumulate foreign exchange reserves reaching an unprecedented USD 2.5 trillion. Many nations in Asia Pacific, both developed and developing, are members of one or both of the two main economic associations in the region namely, the Association of South East Asian Nations (ASEAN) and the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) organisation. Established in Bangkok in 1967, ASEAN encompasses ten South East Asian nations and aims to facilitate peace and stability in the region through economic cooperation. Statistics from 2007 put the total population of ASEAN countries at 575.5m. The nations in the association at present enjoy an average economic growth rate of 5.6 percent and an average nominal GDP of USD1231.9bn (per capita USD2227). APEC is comprised of 21 ‘member economies’ (referred to as ‘economies’ rather than ‘nations’ because membership includes regions such as Hong Kong counted separately from, though still under the sovereignty of China, as well as Taiwan, where the sovereignty of the island is a fierce source of
  • 10. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 10 contention). These economies encompass 41 percent of the world’s population, 56 percent of the world’s GDP and 49 percent of world trade. The APEC forum is held annually in rotating locations and attended by heads of state--Taiwan, or Chinese Taipei on the insistence of Beijing, sends a ministerial level delegation-- and the meetings are designed to draft better integration of trade and to facilitate economic growth and cooperation among members as a whole. Member economies that are not Asia-Pacific countries include the United States, Canada, Mexico, Chile and Peru. The allure of the emerging region for Western organisations is primarily due to its role as a low-cost operating base, with a workforce that is often skilled and willing to work for a fraction of their Western counterparts driving the creation of strong export based economies. As this region develops, however, and rising costs of living increase wages, many Western organisations are beginning to focus on the region, not only as a production base, but also as a growing end-user consumer base that has the potential of sustaining entire industries on its own. Additionally, the liberalisation of local markets (e.g. China) has provided many opportunities for expanding companies. In 2007, while the US real effective exchange rate depreciated and contributed to a smaller current account deficit relative to its GDP, the real effective exchange rate of a number of current account surplus economies in East Asia (such as Japan, Taiwan, Hong Kong, China) also decreased, contributing to new peak levels in the ratios of their respective current account surpluses to GDP. The growth of per capita gross domestic product (GDP) in Asia Pacific has grown over the past 16 years from an average of 1.4 percent in 1990-2000 to 3.1 percent in 2000- 2005 and 4.6 percent in 2006. From 2000, the per capita GDP growth in the region outpaced that of all other regions of the world (with the exception of Africa) by at least a percentage point. The growth has been consistently quicker in low- and middle-income countries than in high-income countries, more than twice the rate of global growth between 1995 and 2005. Employment in Asia Pacific has grown at an average annual rate of 1.5 percent over the past 15 years. This growth, though impressive, is still much slower than in Africa (2.8 percent) and Latin America and the Caribbean (2.5 percent). The strong long-term increase in labour productivity and the noticeable structural shift in composition of sectors within Asia-Pacific economies are said to be the cause of the region’s apparent relative inactivity in dealing with unemployment. Within the region, employment has increased three times as fast in low-income countries as in high- income countries. The total employment figures in low-income countries may, however, mask a large and persistent underutilisation of labour resources, particularly in the agricultural sector, which represents more than half of their total employment. The Asia Pacific region has experienced a drop of about 4 percentage points in the employment-to- population ratio. In spite of this decline, in 2006 the region still has the second highest ratio of working age women employed (48.9 percent) surpassed only by North America (53.9 percent). An exception to this is in South Asian countries, where the ratio experienced a gradual annual average decline in recent years, dropping to 33.6 percent in 2006.
  • 11. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 11 Lack of access to gainful employment is one of the causes of migration in the region from poorer to richer income countries. In 2005, 6 percent of the population of high-income countries in the Asia Pacific were not born in the nations in question, compared with 4.7 percent in 1990. The percentages of foreign populations in the total population of low- and middle-income countries saw a decrease over the same period, from 1.4 percent to 0.8 percent and from 1.4 percent to 1.1 percent, respectively. The region’s spectacular growth in GDP per capita has been attributed to punctilious macroeconomic policies, exemplified by lower fiscal deficits and inflation. The current trends stand in stark contrast to figures from as late as 1995 showing huge deficits in the majority of the countries in South Asia; for example India ran a fiscal deficit of 5.1 percent. In 2006, the average fiscal deficit in South Asia had gone down to 3.5 percent of GDP. A major factor sustaining economic growth in the region has been the increasing integration of the Asia- Pacific region into the global economy. As an indicator of the economy’s increasing dependence on export driven growth, exports of goods and services over GDP increased from 19 percent in 1990 to 33 percent in 2005. This rise of 14 percentage points is unmatched by any other region. Additionally the increase of imports over GDP was also substantial, seeing a rise from 19 percent in 1990 to 29 percent in 2005. China’s export performance has been particularly impressive. In 1990, its exports over GDP were slightly lower than regional average at only 18 percent but had risen to 42 percent by 2005, standing fully 9 percentage points over the regional average. This degree to which exports drive the Chinese economy is unprecedented among populous nations with over 100m people. In comparison, exports over GDP stood at 21 percent in India, 34 percent in Indonesia, and 13 percent in Japan (2004). The ASEAN member economies have distinguished themselves as being highly dependent on export driven manufacturing, with their exports over GDP having reached 88 percent on average. Another indicator of the increasing role the region is playing in terms of globalization is its receipt of foreign direct investment (FDI), though it is also increasingly becoming an origin of FDI. In the list of the world's top 100 non-financial trans-national corporations (TNCs) in 2005, nine were from Japan, and six out of the seven developing country TNCs were from Asia Pacific (South Korea (2); Hong Kong, China (2); Malaysia (2); and Singapore (2)). In the 2005, the United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD) listed of the top 100 non-financial TNCs from developing countries and 78 of the companies listed were companies headquartered in the Asia Pacific region, with the majority coming from Hong Kong, (25), Taiwan (18), Singapore (11) and the Chinese mainland (10). One of the factors limiting growth in the region is inflation. Already by August, 2007, inflation had been dubbed “the biggest challenge facing policy makers” by the International Herald Tribune after South Korea saw the liquidity of its financial institutions grow by 10.4 percent in June. Accelerated by rising oil prices and subsequent increases in global food prices, the inflation rates the region was garlanded for having kept under control for so long, became a problem in 2008. Average inflation in Asia Pacific decreased from 15.6 percent in 1995 to 3.5 percent in 2006. The latter figure compared favourably to those of Africa (8.2 percent) and Latin America and the Caribbean (5.1 percent)
  • 12. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 12 and was only slightly higher than that of North America (3.1 percent). Since 2007, however, signs have been present that the region is having difficulty containing inflation growth. For 2008, the Asian Development Bank (ADB) forecast a 7.6 percent increase in inflation for the region. This is down from 8.7 percent for 2007, but not all countries are being affected equally. Vietnam has been hit hardest with an inflation rate in excess of 25 percent. Singapore, Thailand, and the Philippines and Indonesia are experiencing inflation rates between 7.5 percent and 11 percent. In March of 2008, the Chinese government reported experiencing an eleven-year high with its own consumer inflation rate reaching 8.7 percent, said to be a result of the rising food prices (particularly pork and rice prices – the mainstay of the traditional Chinese diet) and fuel. Steps taken by the respective governments to control the emerging potential impediments to growth include regressive taxation policies, price controls (and in some situations, outright freezing of prices) as well as export controls on food commodities such as rice and grain. The effects of these measures are still under scrutiny and seem to have stopped inflationary increases for the time being but have, as yet, failed to decrease inflation. Another limit that the rapid economic growth of the region has met lies with the strains put on the environment. While the staggering growth has contributed considerably to better economic, social and general living conditions, it also produces a tremendous environmental impact that is creating worldwide repercussions. One major cause is the rapid increase in energy consumption economic growth in the region has created. Though still only a fraction of the energy consumption per capita levels of North America and Europe, energy consumption per capita in Asia Pacific has increased at a rate unparalleled anywhere else in the world as consumption has more than doubled since 1990. In some of the region’s middle-income nations, per capita energy use even quadrupled. Increased energy use is reflected in the region's carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions, which rose from 1.9 tonnes per capita in 1990 to 3.2 tonnes per capita in 2004. High-income countries (10.3 tonnes per capita in 2004) are much worse polluters than low-income (1.1 tonnes per capita) and middle-income (4.1 tonnes per capita) countries. The increase in CO, emissions, however, was fastest in the latter group (doubling between 1990 and 2004). Although CO2 emissions per capita in Asia and the Pacific are low compared with those in North America (20.3 tons in 2004), they are increasing more rapidly than anywhere else in the world. This trend compares poorly to that of Europe, which reduced per capita emissions between 1990 (8.4 tons) and 2004 (7.9 tons). The environmental strain caused by rapid economic growth is also making the population of Asia Pacific increasingly vulnerable to the impact of natural disasters. The number of people in the region affected by such disasters per 100,000 people rose from 5,542 in 1991-1995 to 6,731 in 2001-2005. This latter number also compares poorly with Africa (2,436), Latin America and the Caribbean (1,002), North America (93) and Europe (72). Though hit hard by the economic crisis of 1997, the region has since showed great resilience. In spite of the problems stated the overall picture for the region as a whole remains positive and is expected to remain so for the rest of the decade and beyond.
  • 14. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 14 4 The Structure of Freight Transport in Asia Pacific By providing efficient access to global markets, international transport links are a major pre-condition for growth and development. In this capacity, investments in physical infrastructure are another factor contributing to the acceleration of per capita economic growth in the Asia Pacific region. In China, for example, road density increased from 151 to 201 km per 1,000 km squared between 1990 and 2004. Vietnam and the Lao PDR nearly doubled their road density in the same period, while the Republic of Korea and India nearly doubled their road networks in the 1990s. In addition to increasing total road length, the region has also invested heavily in widening and paving roads within the existing network. Improvements in mobility have contributed to economic growth and access to markets but have also dramatically increased levels of pollution and frequencies of traffic accidents. Railway density in Asia Pacific remains low when compared to more advanced regions but among developing regions of the world, it is the highest. In 2005, it had a railway density of 7km per 1,000km squared putting the region well above Africa and Latin America and the Caribbean but far below North America and Europe. A little over half of the countries in the region have adequate intercity railway systems. In recent years, with the exception of China and South Korea, only a handful of Asian developing countries have made extensive investments in railways. There have, in recent years, been greater levels of cooperation in the field of transport infrastructure developments as evidence in the establishment of the Regional Action Plan supported by the Economic and Social Commission of Asia Pacific (ESCAP), the largest of the United Nations five regional commissions in terms of area and population covered. At a ministerial level meeting held in Busan, South Korea in late 2006, representatives of member states set the stage for comprehensive and regionally cohesive transport infrastructure development for a five-year period ending in 2011. Major points of the Regional Action Plan as established are focused on transport infrastructure development through an integrated intermodal approach that incorporates finance and private sector participation and sustainable transport development. For maritime-based freight movement, the fastest growth occurred in the ports of China and new ports in Malaysia, Thailand, and most recently Vietnam. Increased East Asian freight movements have led liner services to introduce large container ships that require deeper access channels, which can often only be provided by voluminous dredging. Ports in river estuaries (such as Bangkok, Haiphong, Saigon, and Shanghai Waigaoqiao) are likely to become less competitive than coastal deep-water ports (such as Laem Chabang, Hong Kong, Busan New Port, Shanghai Yangshan, etc.). This general dynamic has spurred a burst of investment in deepwater ports across the region in recent years. As part of this general movement, many existing estuarial ports are already looking for, or currently building, new developments on the coast. Given the limited scope for further reducing costs by increasing vessel size, the next development is likely to be more direct services from what are currently feeder ports thereby decreasing the costs of transhipment at regional hubs.
  • 15. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 15 4.1 Market Dynamics In general, the Asian region has undergone a significant period of expansion in terms of local, regional and intraregional trade. Accompanying this expansion of trade has been a tremendous growth of investment and financial linkages. In particular, since the 1990s, growth in the intra-Asian trade market has been remarkable. This growth in intra-Asian trade has been seen by some as indication that many Asian nations are strengthening their regional economic ties in an effort to insulate themselves from the cyclical nature of dependence upon traditional international trade models. Conversely, the relative decline in Asia’s trade with international partners, i.e., non-Asian states, has also been seen by some of evidence that Asia’s reliance on external trading partners is diminishing in real terms. However, despite the relative decline, the Asia region’s dependence on extra regional economies remains strong. Export to GDP ratio has continued its upward trend reaching almost 55 percent of GDP in 2005 compared with a global average of 28.5. In terms of incremental export-to-GDP ratio, measured on a year-on-year basis have also witnessed an upward trend which by implication indicates the increasing importance of the export sector as an engine of growth across the region as a whole. The general liberalisation of Asia’s trading environment has led to a broad diversification of its export base. In addition to this there has been a rapid growth in intra-Asian trade, as exports destined for other Asian nations rose from 26.2 percent in 1985 to 37.3 percent in 2005. The overall general dynamic of this shift has been to diminish the importance of the region’s single largest trading partner, the United States, over the twenty-year period from 23.2 percent in 1985 to 17.6 percent in 2005. Japan and the EU-25 now account for 25.8 percent of Asia's total export market, much larger than the US share. But taken together, the G3 economies (the major export destination of global exports, the EU-25, the US and Japan) account for only 43.3 percent of Asia's total exports, down from 53.2 percent in 1985.
  • 16. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 16 Asian Exports by Destination Source ADB This diversification of geographic spread implies that the economies of Asia are now slightly better insulated against external demand shock originating from the G3 economies by creating the capacity for mitigating growth in regional non-G3 Asian markets themselves. This said though, most evidence still suggests that demand fluctuations in the G3 economies – especially the US – still play a major role in dictating trade pattern fluctuations in the Asian economies. The chart above illustrates the close relationship between US non-oil imports and Asian growth. According to data from the Asian Development Bank (ADB), the US accounts for almost 50 percent of the total G3 non-oil imports and there is a strong correlation between non-oil import trends between all three G3 regions. Furthermore, according to analysis of ADB data, whilst the percentage share of Asian exports destined for the G3 has consistently fallen over the period 1980-2008, the correlation between growth in G3 non-oil imports and Asian export growth has in fact risen significantly from a 0.2 decadal average correlation in the 1980s to a 0.8 correlation on average for the first seven years of the twenty first century. Despite the G3’s decreasing share of Asian exports as a whole, the increasing correlation between these two factors is due in large part to the emergence of new dynamic driving inter-Asia trade. Namely, the vertical integration of production processes spread geographically across the Asia region whose final products are destined for countries outside the Asia region. In short, much of the growth in inter-Asia trade has been in intermediate products shipped from one country to another for processing or assembly. Indeed, analysis based data from the Global Trade Analysis Project database confirms in decomposition more than 70 percent of intra-Asia trade consists of intermediate goods used in the production cycle, and of this half is driven by demand outside the Asia region. Consequently, around 61.3 percent of total Asian exports in terms of finished goods are consumed in G3 countries. Within Asia, the PRC is the largest driver of regional exports, but its final demand accounts for only 6.4 percent of total Asian trade, just half the contribution from Japan and slightly below a quarter of the US.
  • 17. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 17 The results show that the G3 economies are still the main ultimate export destinations for finished goods leaving Asia, when taking into account the share of intermediate goods trade that is for assembly and production within the region, but that is eventually shipped out of the region. Based on these data, CEI estimates that of the total volume of finished goods leaving Asian countries as exports, around 20 percent are destined for Asian markets, around 60 percent are absorbed by G3 countries, and the remainder headed for the rest of the world (ROW). 4.2 Freight Movements- Intra-regional The 1997 financial crisis brought about a radical restructuring of policy and defined key issues with a shift into more concrete sectors of the material economy – such as manufacturing - and away from speculative markets such as real estate as viable long-term sources of capital for development. The basic tenets of macroeconomic development have been reinforced as a result - namely, stability, high savings and investment, expansions in education and training, and a stronger orientation toward exports. As a result of the renewed focus on export, transport and developments in the flow of freight have seen monumental improvements in the APAC region as a whole. In spite of vast improvements on interconnectivity between nations within the APAC region, several problems still persist, and they are numerous. These bottlenecks include: • A lack of simplified, standardised and harmonised documentation and procedures • A lack of transparency in application of procedures • Differing freight tariffs between nations • Poor infrastructure and complex paperwork • Poor freight tracking • Outright denial of access to foreign vehicles • An incompatibility of vehicle weights and dimensions, insurance and driver’s licensing qualifications • Operational difficulties from differences in the capacity of vehicles used in cross-border traffic • Inadequacy of transport and cargo handling and storage facilities both at, and in the vicinity of border regions • Lack of multimodal transport and logistics services Even with these impediments to trade, intra-regional freight movements in APAC are growing faster than any region in the world. While the bulk of freight movements are still being conducted by the larger players such as China, Japan and Korea, the regional average growth in freight movement terms stands at 7.2 percent of global trade.
  • 18. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 18 The region does however still need to address intra-regional boundaries as a means of ensuring continued dynamism in regional trade and investment flows. As a means of addressing these issues, the APAC forum has stated that nations should take advantage of complementarities and build on existing strengths in order to achieve more efficient and competitive freight movement rates collectively. Among the regional agreements set into play include, for example, the Greater Mekong Sub-region (GMS) which holds as its mandate, among others, a need to go beyond tariff and non-tariff barriers on freight transport and into trade facilitation measures such as conformity of standards and procedures across borders in the APAC region as well as the GMS. Another such measure is the China-ASEAN Free Trade Agreement (FTA). In November 2002, the Chinese and ASEAN leaders signed the Framework Agreement on Comprehensive Economic Cooperation between China and ASEAN declaring that a China-ASEAN FTA would be set up in 10 years. The process of establishing the China-ASEAN FTA was thus set in motion. Starting on January 1, 2004, the two parties began implementing an Early Harvest Plan (EHP), cutting tariffs on more than 500 products, as part of the effort to facilitate the birth of the FTA. At the Eighth China-ASEAN Summit convened on November 29, 2004 in Vientiane, capital of Laos, the two parties signed a package of agreements on trade in goods and dispute settlement, laying down foundations for standardizing tariff cutting and resolving disputes. The Framework Agreement on Comprehensive Economic Cooperation between China and ASEAN helped advance bilateral trade, with the China-ASEAN trade volume crossing the threshold of USD100bn for the first time in 2004 and hit USD130.37bn in 2005. Starting from July 20, 2005, China and ASEAN began to cut tariffs on more than 7,000 products, marking the beginning of the phase of substantial tariff reduction between China and ASEAN in the run-up to the establishment of the FTA. Upon full implementation, the China-ASEAN FTA will be the largest FTA in Asia, the most populous FTA in the world. 4.3 Freight Movements- International By and large, most international or global freight movements from APAC are maritime based and while the fleet sizes of the region as a whole increased by 20 percent in the two decades from 1980 to 2000, handling capacity only increased by 8 percent, thus sparking a shift in focus to developing more berths and increased efficiency in handling methods. As a result, ports throughout the region continue to add berths and change general cargo berths to container handling ones, which has spawned massive growth in port and terminal development. However, numerous difficulties and inefficiencies remain within the region, witnessed by the fact that international logistics costs for products produced within the Chinese mainland can still escalate as high as 30 percent of total production costs, the bulk of which is accumulated between the point of production and the container terminal gate. Alternate measures for freight movement have received a lot of attention in recent years, namely by rail. One recent example is the ‘New Silk Road’ or the Eurasian Land Bridge designed to facilitate freight
  • 19. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 19 movement by rail on a line that begins in Lianyungang Port and ends in Rotterdam. In addition to the intra-regional difficulties, previous to recent improvements the time required to send goods over this land bridge was too long to be considered economical. Recently though, large steps have been taken toward improving the time taken and currently the Lianyungang to Rotterdam line, in earlier tests conducted by Deutsche Bahn (DB), successfully saw a trip from Beijing to Hamburg completed in less than twenty days. In addition, DB estimates that they may be able to reduce the travel to time to as little as 15 days. This would greatly reduce transport time for freight movement compared to conventional shipping methods currently employed, but would remain more costly. It is still cheaper than airfreight, though slower so that the decision as to which mode to choose depends on the nature of the freight itself. It has been proposed that for many agricultural products and small to medium intermediate and finished manufactured goods, rail exists as a viable time and cost effective alternative. However, taking into account recent estimates by Goldman Sachs predicting the arrival of USD200 a barrel oil in the foreseeable future – especially given the current instability in the Middle East – it is possible that there may be a renaissance of interest in land routes out of Asia. Furthermore, given the current vulnerability of supply chain lines to acts of terrorism, governments may in future feel the need to secure alternate lines of supply in the event that, for instance, one of the major global traffic choke points becomes closed – I.e. the Panama Canal, the Straits of Malacca the Suez Canal etc. 4.4 Modal Split (Road, Air, Sea, Rail) With mountain ranges like the Himalayas and bodies of water such as the Pacific Ocean separating trading partners in the region, shipping is the natural choice for the majority of regional trade. Major inland waterways such as the Mekong, the Yangtze, and the Pearl River extend waterborne cargo into the hinterland of the Asia. The rest of inland traffic falls primarily to road and rail. The intermodal business between the two has had ups and downs since the introduction of the double-stack cars into APAC over a decade ago. Shippers have been drawn to rail's natural economies, yet put off by service problems and congestion over the mode and much of the volumes has been shunted to road. These days, intermodal transport seems poised to turn away from trucking based on inefficiencies in the industry. Pressures on the trucking industry—particularly the issues of fuel, driver availability and road quality—have increased the favourable posture of intermodal rail terminals relative to long-haul trucking over recent years. It appears as though this trend in the APAC region is expected to continue. The most comprehensive plan for the development of intermodal transport in APAC was laid down in November of 2006 at the Ministerial Conference on Transport held in Busan, South Korea. The Group's efforts are focused on the facilitation of domestic policy regulations, development of intermodal supply chain and secure transport activity, including building the capacity of all economies in the region to help them reach the eventual goal of free and open trade and investment in the APAC region. At the same
  • 20. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 20 time, parallel measures are being undertaken by economies to strengthen security in all transport modes, namely land, sea and air transport. Most recently, the Ministerial level meetings have focussed on the important role of “dry ports” and their potential to become centres for development. Consequently, there has been an increased focus on intermodal nodes developed at inland locations as centres of growth designed to create economic stimulus by attracting manufacturing, agricultural processing and other associated services. Member economies of the APEC Forum met in Lima in August of 2008 to promote intelligent and secure transport systems inside the region. The meeting concluded with a plan to strengthen effective intermodal transport by development of technology and intelligent transport systems. It highlighted an interest in satellite navigation systems at the global level with the objective of unifying the international norms of these technologies and, consequently, making its implementation easier. In addition, other approved points included sustainability in intermodal expansion and scalability as well as moves toward energy conservation and environmental protection. Air garners a significant share of high-value / low-weight and time sensitive freight volumes, with Asian airlines leading the industry in freight tonne-kilometres on both domestic and international routes. This trend that is likely to continue as developing economies begin exploiting cash crops such as cut flowers and more developed nations continue to produce semiconductors and other electronic components. Boeing projects that Asia's freight market will continue lead the world in average annual growth rates and forecasts that domestic Chinese and intra-Asia markets will expand 10.8 percent and 8.6 percent per year respectively. 4.5 Infrastructure 4.5.1 Roads Road density and access to effective networks remains much lower in most Asian countries compared to European and North American areas with similar settlement patterns. While Singapore, Macau, Hong Kong and Japan have road densities that rank among the highest in the world, other nations in Asia Pacific rank among the lowest. Singapore, with the highest road density in the region has 4,627 km per 1,000 square km Kazakhstan, on the lower end of the spectrum in the region, has but 33 km per 1,000 square km. As low as many of the nations place in these rankings, the region has also seen some of the highest growth rates in road densities. From 1990-2004, Bhutan, Nepal, Vietnam and Lao PDR more than doubled their road density rates. In addition to road lengths, Asian nations have also seen an estimated USD170bn that have gone into road widening investments. This figure would account for fully one-third of all logistics infrastructure investments made in the region. There have also been large expenditures made into road improvement reflected in the increase in km of paved road throughout the region. In Asia, there is a great need for further development and expansion of road infrastructure. Both the World Bank and the ADB are actively involved in several projects throughout the region. The ADB
  • 21. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 21 currently is involved in a USD18.7bn project to rebuild and pave the ancient routes of the Silk Road linking Asia to Europe though a series of land routes. Asian Highway Network Source:UN In July of 2005, the Intergovernmental Agreement on the Asian Highway Network came into force. Participation and implementation of the Agreement by member states is supported by institutions such as ADB and the Economic and Social Commission of Asia Pacific (ESCAP). The total number of signatory states on the agreement now stands at 28 of which 20 are full parties to the agreement. A major requirement of the Agreement is to meet the Asian Highway Classification and Design Standards, which require the upgrading and improvement of 16 percent of the 141,000 km of Asian highway routes. Another agreement stipulates placing Asian highway route signs at access points. Additional funding will be required to meet these standards and in response, ESCAP has continued to promote investment in the Asian Highway Project and has facilitated summits between member countries and potential donors and international financial institutions.
  • 22. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 22 Asia Pacific Road Network (km) - 2007 Total Roads (km) Paved (km) Unpaved (km) Motorway (km) China 1,930,544 1,575,571 354.973 41.005 South Korea 102,293 78,581 23.712 3,060 Japan 1,193,000 942,000 251,000 7,383 Taiwan 40.262 38.171 2,091 976 Hong Kong 2.009 2.009 - India 3,383,344 1,603,705 1,779,639 Singapore 3,262 3,262 150 Indonesia 391,009 216,714 174,295 Australia 812,972 341,448 471,524 Source: World Fact Book (CIA) 4.5.2 Rail As a means of facilitating the movement of goods and people both nationally and internationally, the importance of rail in Asia as a whole has witnessed a growing level of attention in recent years. Several features of Asia as a landmass naturally promote greater utilisation of rail. For instance, Asia has 30 landlocked nations of which twelve are located thousands of kilometres from the nearest port, leaving rail as a the most cost efficient mode for connecting the nations to international markets. Since many of these nations are major producers and exporters of minerals, expanding rail provides a much needed logistic solutions for these land locked nations. The distances favour economic investments in rail over road both within nations and between them. Globalisation has resulted in intensification of trade facilitating increased intermodal transport and standardisation through containerisation of rail shipments. However, thus far, development of this mode has been unequally distributed with nearly all significant investments into rail on the continent having occurred in China and, to a lesser extent, South Korea. Given the extent of the territory covered, the differences in gauges and in the levels of technical development between railways in the region, the network can be roughly sub-divided into four sub- networks. These are: • a north-eastern network that links China, Kazakhstan, Mongolia, the Russian Federation and the Korean Peninsula; • a south-western network that connects Thailand, Vietnam, Cambodia, the southern Chinese province of Yunnan, Myanmar, Bangladesh, Malaysia, and Singapore. By ferry it also links lines that connect the islands of Sumatra and Java in Indonesia. • an Indian sub-continent network that links India and Pakistan to Iran.
  • 23. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 23 International events during the 1960s, 1970s and early 1980s saw the shelving of the Intergovernmental Agreement on the Trans-Asian Railway (TAR) Network. However, recent political and economic changes have taken place in the region, and have seen a revival of the development of the TAR as a result. Asian Rail Network Source:UN Signed by 18 member states on 10 November 2006 at the MCT in Busan, the final adoption of resolution 62/4 for the TAR network was set at the 62nd session of the Commission in April 2006 in Jakarta. The United Nations is still actively liaising with member States to encourage them to sign and ratify the Agreement so as to ensure its early entry into force. The TAR Network comprises 81,000km of railway lines selected by 28 countries as vital arteries for the development of their international trade. With the objective of providing a continuous 14,000 km rail link between Singapore and Istanbul (Turkey), The Trans-Asian Railway (TAR) was initiated in the 1960s. Also under proposal are onward connections to Europe and Africa. By using international transport as a means of expanding trade, encouraging economic growth and facilitating cultural exchange, the links offer the potential to greatly reduce travel time and shorten distances between regions and nations.
  • 24. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 24 The implementation of the TAR project has required a number of factors to be taken in to consideration. First, it has been necessary to identify the major links of international importance. Second, a degree of conformity that exists between various rail systems has been assessed and technical requirements--e.g. loading gauges, axle-load, speed-- compared. Third, the compatibility of operational practices as the lines has been evaluated to determine difference cross-border practices. Fourth, two crucial infrastructure- related elements were considered, namely: the existence of break-of-gauge points along specific linkages with a review of proposed solutions designed to overcome apparent technical incompatibilities; and the existence of ‘missing links’ that make end-to-end movements on some of the linkages impossible. In moving towards joint coordination between various financial, operational and commercial actors in the region, institutional and technical bottlenecks will need to be identified and solutions designed and implemented before the sub-networks will function as a cohesive unit. In addition to developing physical compatibility of the rail networks of the project, the information systems that facilitate the movement of cargo along the lines will require standardisation as well. Additionally, the project has necessitated a review of tariff-related issues and institutional frameworks regarding the passage of goods across borders. In the longer term, authorities along the corridors must be able to act on behalf of their respective railway administrations in areas such as tariff-setting, service- definition, and marketing. While maintaining these administrative roles, many of the region’s state run rail authorities will need to grant the private sector the ability to engage in bulk purchasing and sales of cargo space. Currently, intercontinental rail transport faces a number of obstacles in moving towards efficient operations, but developments have seen steady improvement in recent years. Asia Pacific Rail Network (km) 2007 Total Rail Electrified China 75.438 20.151 South Korea 3.472 1.342 Japan 23.474 16.626 Taiwan 1.588 Hong Kong India 63.221 17.508 Singapore Indonesia 6.458 125 Australia 38.550 4.330 Source: World Fact Book (CIA)
  • 25. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 25 4.5.3 Shipping During the 1990s, Asia Pacific saw a decline in its share of world total shipping volume. This was almost entirely due to the reduction in the tonnage registered under the flags of Japan and the Russian Federation. Since the turn of the century, the regional fleet has once again increased at about 3.7 percent per annum compared to the world growth rate of 1.2 percent. Already by the end of 2003, the aggregate capacity of vessels registered under the flags of Asia Pacific back to its pre 1990s level of 28 percent of the world total at 169m gross tonnes. Today, nearly a quarter of the world’s bulk carriers and general cargo vessels fly an Asian flag. Of all vessels above 100 GT, twenty-one percent are registered in Asia. The bulk of these registries are sailing out of either Hong Kong or Singapore, with both harbours having registered in excess of 32m GT in 2006. Other major fleets in the region include mainland China at 23m GT, South Korea at 10m, India at 8m and Malaysia at 6m, closely followed by Indonesia at 5m. Viet Nam, whilst still small in relative terms, has seen tremendous growth in recent years in terms of commercial shipping and looks set to continue well into the future. In terms of gross tonnage, more than 88 percent of new shipping capacity is built at shipyards in the region. China makes up approximately 14 percent of the world total, making it the third largest shipbuilding country in the world after Japan and Korea. Mainline container ship sizes have increased steadily over the last twenty-five years. From 4,000 TEU in 1991, the size of the largest vessel in operation rose to 6,800 TEU in early 2000 and 9,200 TEU in 2005. At present, the world’s largest container ship is the Emma Maersk with a capacity of 11,000 TEU. In October 2006, it called at Hong Kong, Shenzhen and Guangzhou as part of its maiden voyage. Presently, nearly all vessels in the world fleet over 5,000TEU operate on one of two routes – the trans- Pacific route between Asia and North America and the Asia-Europe route. Also, feeder vessels of up to 2,000 TEU are now common. As a result of the large increases in tonnage and absolute numbers of ships in service in 2006, fleet size expansion relative to cargo transported the industry as a whole saw a decrease in the tonne-miles performed per deadweight tonne of 29.4 percent. But even with this decrease, the world shipping fleet still saw a global surplus tonnage of only 1 percent of world fleet in 2006 (up from 0.7 percent in both 2004 and 2005 but still lower than 2003 rates at 1.2 percent considerably lower than 1990 at 9.7 percent). The oil tanker fleet owned by APAC countries in January 2004 accounted for 38 percent of the total global capacity – significantly up from 23 percent in 2000. Dry bulk fleet owned by APAC countries reached 60 percent of the global capacity by 2004. Twelve of the world’s top 20 container shipping operators are based in the APAC region, and represent 31 percent of the world cellular capacity. The trend has been towards carrier alliances on a global basis, where carriers enter into partnerships that covered their operations worldwide or at least on the main East-West routes, rather than on a single trade route. Major carriers have entered into groupings by integrating their service structures with those of their main competitors. Also, there has been a recent resurgence in mergers and acquisition activity
  • 26. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 26 Growth Forecasts For Asia’s Maritime Industry Global Asia Pacific USDbn CAGR 2006- 2010 (percent) USDbn ( percent Global) CAGR 2006- 2010 (percent) Merchant Shipping 379 6 148 (39 percent) 8 Maritime Engineering 98 4 61 (63 percent) 4 Ports and Terminals 101 5 43 (42 percent) 6 Services 34 6 9 (28 percent) 10 Freight Forwarding 7 6 3 (37 percent) 8 Offshore 136 4 31 (23 percent) 8 Total Maritime 755 5 295 (39 percent) 7 Source Fusion, Hong Kong 4.5.4 Ports Asian Pacific ports in recent years have continued to grow at an unprecedented pace, with Yantai, China, leading growth with a 112 percent increase, followed by Yingkou, China, with 59 percent, and Guangzhou, China, with 40 percent. On average, mainland Chinese ports grew by 35 percent in 2006 compared with about 29 percent in 2005. Ports in other developing countries that made double-digit gains include: Jawaharlar up 23 percent, Gwangyang up 22 percent, Ambarli up 21 percent, Incheon and Ho Chi Minh up 19 percent, Dubai 17 up percent, Tanjung Pelepas up 14 percent, Port Klang up 14 percent, Chittagong up 12 percent and Laem Chabang up 11 percent, and Bangkok up 10 percent. Across the Asia Pacific region there is widespread expectation that this level of growth in port operation and services is likely to continue. At present the Asia Pacific region accounts for 42 percent of the global market value of port operations worldwide and is expected to reach 44 percent or USD54bn by 2010, an overall regional CAGR of 6 percent. Numerous factors are contributing to the tremendous growth in the port sector. These include the liberalisation of trade, growth of global GDP and the rise of China and India. Between 2000 and 2005 we have the container trade business grew by 10 percent globally; this is expected to continue at least until 2010, far outstripping global GDP growth figures of around 4 percent. In part, this growth has been generated by the general growth of containerisation which is increasingly used for non-traditional containerised products. It is this growth that has attracted a huge amount of interest and investment in the sector over recent years, and has driven the industry toward a far more collaborative, and some would say, monopolistic structure. Within the market segment, the primary driver of growth in the 21st century has been the rapid emergence of China as a maritime nation. In the future, the primary areas of growth are likely to be China, India, and Korea. By 2011, it is estimated that the Asia Pacific region will handle 206m TEUs of throughput, among which 65m will be transhipment consignments.
  • 27. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 27 Global terminal operators headquartered in Asia include, COSCO Pacific, DP World, Evergreen, Hanjin, Hutchison Port Holdings (HPH), ICTSI, NYK/Ceres and PSA International. Together they have a throughput of over 220m TEUs and about half of the world’s total throughput of containers. Major Ports China Dalian, Fuzhou, Guangzhou, Haikou, Huangpu, Lianyungang, Nanjing, Nantong, Ningbo, Qingdao, Qinhuangdao, Shanghai, Shantou, Shenzhen, Tianjin, Wenzhou, Xiamen, Xingang, Yantai, Zhanjiang South Korea Chinhae, Inch'on, Kunsan, Masan, Mokp'o, P'ohang, Busan, Tonghae-hang, Ulsan, Yosu Japan Akita, Amagasaki, Chiba, Hachinohe, Hakodate, Higashi-Harima, Himeji, Hiroshima, Kawasaki, Kinuura, Kobe, Kushiro, Mizushima, Moji, Nagoya, Osaka, Sakai, Sakaide, Shimizu, Tokyo, Tomakomai Taiwan Chi-lung (Keelung), Hua-lien, Kao-hsiung, Su-ao, T'ai-chung Hong Kong Hong Kong India Chennai (Madras), Cochin, Jawaharal Nehru, Kandla, Kolkata (Calcutta), Mumbai (Bombay), Vishakhapatnam Singapore Singapore Indonesia Cilacap, Cirebon, Jakarta, Kupang, Makassar, Palembang, Semarang, Surabaya Austrailia Adelaide, Brisbane, Cairns, Darwin, Devonport (Tasmania), Fremantle, Geelong, Hobart (Tasmania), Launceston (Tasmania), Mackay, Melbourne, Sydney, Townsville Source:World Factbook
  • 28. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 28 Of the Top 100 Container Terminals Worldwide, 45 Are In The Asia Pacific Region Port 2007 throughput in TEU percent change over previous year 1 Singapore 27,900,000 12.50 2 Shanghai 26,152,000 20.50 3 Hong Kong 23,998,000 1.90 4 Shenzhen 21,099,000 14.20 5 Busan 13,260,477 10.10 6 Kaohsiung 10,256,829 4.90 7 Qingdao 9,462,000 22.90 8 Ningbo-Zhoushan 9,430,000 33.40 9 Guangzhou 9,260,000 40.30 10 Port Klang 7,118,714 12.50 11 Tianjin 7,103,000 19.40 12 Tanjung Pelepas 5,470,000 14.60 13 Laem Chabang 4,848,478 15.00 14 Xiamen 4,627,000 15.70 15 Jawaharlal Nehru 4,060,000 23.10 16 Jakarta 3,900,000 17.50 17 Dalian 3,813,000 18.70 18 Tokyo 3,720,682 0.60 19 Yokohama 3,428,112 7.10 20 Ho Chi Minh 3,200,000 23.10 21 Nagoya 2,896,221 5.30 22 Manila 2,800,000 6.10 23 Salalah 2,639,000 10.40 24 Kobe 2,472,808 2.50 25 Osaka 2,309,820 3.50 26 Keelung 2,215,482 4.10 27 Melbourne 2,188,610 9.50 28 Shajah 2,173,867 8 29 Surabaya 2,109,677 13.40 30 Lianyungang 2,003,000 54.10 31 Suzhou 1,900,000 53.20 32 Gwangyang 1,723,000 -1.90 33 Sydney 1,696,282 10.90 34 Incheon 1,663,800 20.80 35 Bangkok 1,558,511 7.40 36 Yingkou 1,371,000 35.70 37 Zhongshan 1,270,000 8.20 38 Yantai 1,250,000 19 39 Taichung 1,247,750 4.10 40 Fuzhou 1,202,000 19 41 Nanjing 1,060,000 32.20
  • 29. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 29 42 Chennai 1,052,993 27 43 Callao 1,022,246 0 44 Quanzhou 1,020,000 21.60 45 Johor 927,288 5.30 Source: Cargo Systems 4.5.5 Inland Waterway Transport Although used less now than historically, inland waterway navigation can still be a relatively effective and cheap means of transportation depending on the waterway. While advances in inland waterway systems in Asia Pacific, particularly in China and the Mekong basin, have made headway, as a mode of transport, it is limited in the following aspects: • road transport is already much more developed and requires a relatively lower investment threshold on the part of the logistics providers to enter the market • rail transport in many aspects is more advanced • inland navigation never works alone, pre- and post haulage is needed, but due to the logistics problems of internal loading/unloading and the administrative work related to this, it is often not cost-effective enough for logistics service providers • inland waterways are often difficult to navigate due to shallows Despite these limitations, there has been a push to develop inland waterway transport in Southeast Asia. Using the Europe as example, nations such as Vietnam are working to create integrated inland waterway systems to promote economic activity in the hinterland. Different river tributaries are being connected to create what some have referred to a "water highway" for economic prosperity. The hope is to link up rivers such as the Mekong in Vietnam, the Rajang in Malaysia, the Chao Phraya in Thailand, and the Mahakam in Indonesia to create a large network of water based highways for cargo movement and passenger transport. While these rivers already carry substantial "back roads" traffic, upgrading them to a "highway" will likely prove difficult. Rivers such as the Mekong are relatively shallow and would require massive dredging to achieve substantial cargo movements. India's prospects are somewhat brighter. The country has an extensive river system with over 14,000 km of navigable waterways, out of which 5,700 km are navigable by motorized craft. The Indian government estimated that development of the water way would prove 5 to 10 percent cheaper than the equivalent cost of developing similar length express highways or rail lines. Though the country is working to develop these channels with help from the ADB, it still lacks sufficient infrastructure. Furthermore, though companies in the sector turn a profit, others such as The Central Inland Waterway Transport Corporation (CIWTC), India’s largest IWW operator have been losing money year after year and rely on government support to continue operating.
  • 30. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 30 China similarly has potential, but faces obstacles. The major of inland water ways in China consist of four rivers and one canal that carry 80percent of all IWW traffic. The Yangtze River system is by far the largest IWW. Significant under-funding in the sector has caused infrastructure and floating equipment to deteriorate badly and reduced the net size of navigable network. The lack of a multipurpose infrastructure development approach or coordination between the ministries has contributed to the rapid decline. Moreover, many hydropower and irrigation projects have left some stretches of rivers unnavigable. This said though, there are concerted efforts, primarily on the part of the Chinese government, to utilise this under used resource. As an integral part of the Chinese government efforts to open the interior to investment, massive investments are currently being made to open the upper reaches of the Yangtze River and develop the handling capacity of the inland ports along its shores. A project which some have dubbed ‘China’s third coast’. Over the next 20 years, though, a comprehensive river transport system that links the sea and all major rivers in the western region will be developed. The Yangtze River will be the main regional navigation channel. With completion of the Three Gorges Dam Project, vessels of up to 10,000 tons will be able to sail directly from Shanghai to Chongqing. 4.5.6 Air Transport and Airports The APAC region has been the leading global air freight growth sector in recent years and now accounts for 35 percent of the world’s freight and mail shipments by air (in terms of tonne-km performed). Freight carried, in terms of ton-km, is expected to increase at a rate of 6.4 percent annually up to 2015, compared to 5.5 percent for the world. Since 1994 there have been major airport projects at Guangzhou; Hong Kong; Kuala Lumpur; Nagoya; Osaka; Seoul and Shanghai and more recently Bangkok and Beijing. These developments in new airport construction as well as major terminal expansions on existing airports such as that at Singapore, has brought considerable airport congestion relief at these major Asia Pacific hubs. Combined investments in these and other new mega-airports in the APAC region has accounted for more than USD 50bn. New airports are being constructed at Bangalore and Hyderabad in India. Development plans are to continue the on these new facilities, to upgrade existing hub airports and to construct completely new airports requiring at least another USD20bn funding by 2010. More than half the national airlines in the Asia Pacific region continue to be state-owned to varying extents. Full government control over airlines still exits among the Pacific islands and in South and South- East Asia. The government of Malaysia recently raised its shareholdings and took majority ownership of their national carriers to avoid their imminent collapse. In 2004, 40 government-owned carriers around the world were reported to be in various stages of preparation for partial or full privatization. Airlines in Australia, Japan, Hong Kong, and South Korea are privately owned. Many countries are steadily
  • 31. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 31 liberalising foreign ownership regulations, some rather radically, and ten Asia-Pacific carriers have shares in foreign airlines. The global commitment to greater liberalisation of air transport services was reaffirmed at ICAO’s Fifth Worldwide Conference on Air Transport in Montreal in March 2003. As a result, nations and carriers are relaxing the provisions of the 4,000 bilateral air services agreements in existence today. Of the 100 open skies agreements concluded from 1992 to 2004, 34 involve at least one Asia Pacific nation. Of these, 11 were between an Asia Pacific region and the United States and 12 were between nations from within the region. Since 1995, there has been a dramatic increase in interest in regional or sub-regional initiatives to liberalise among groups of countries. Of the dozen new initiatives, many are being actively implemented in the Asia Pacific region resulting in new technological developments and new route structures introduced. Since 2001, these have had positive effects in terms of increasing traffic flow and enhancing safety provisions in the very busy routes over the South China Sea and between Pacific Rim countries and Southeast Asian airports. Long-range versions of new aircraft have resulted in airlines developing direct services connecting a far greater number of cities than was previously possible.
  • 32. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 32 APAC Regional Composition of Airport Facilities Country Total Airports Airports With Paved Runways Airports With Paved Runways Paved Runways China 467 403 64 over 3,047 m: 58; 2,438 to 3,047 m: 128; 1,524 to 2,437 m: 130; 914 to 1,523 m: 20; under 914 m: 67 (2007) South Korea 105 68 37 over 3,047 m: 3; 2,438 to 3,047 m: 21; 1,524 to 2,437 m: 14; 914 to 1,523 m: 11; under 914 m: 19 Japan 176 145 31 over 3,047 m: 7; 2,438 to 3,047 m: 41; 1,524 to 2,437 m: 40; 914 to 1,523 m: 28; under 914 m: 29 Taiwan 41 38 3 over 3,047 m: 8; 2,438 to 3,047 m: 9; 1,524 to 2,437 m: 11; 914 to 1,523 m: 7; under 914 m: 3 Hong Kong 2 2 over 3,047 m: 1; 1,524 to 2,437 m: 1 (2007) India 346 250 96 over 3,047 m: 1; 2,438 to 3,047 m: 52; 1,524 to 2,437 m: 75; 914 to 1,523 m: 84; under 914 m: 21 (2007) Singapore 8 8 over 3,047 m: 2; 2,438 to 3,047 m: 1; 1,524 to 2,437 m: 4; 914 to 1,523 m: 1 Indonesia 652 158 494 over 3,047 m: 4; 2,438 to 3,047 m: 15; 1,524 to 2,437 m: 51; 914 to 1,523 m: 49; under 914 m: 39 (2007) Australia 461 317 144 over 3,047 m: 11; 2,438 to 3,047 m: 12; 1,524 to 2,437 m: 138; 914 to 1,523 m: 143; under 914 m: 13 Source: ESCAP 4.5.7 Multimodal Transport Recent years have seen an increased demand for intermodal transport that integrates different transport modes, i.e., rail, roads, sea, and air. As national economies become increasingly interconnected,
  • 33. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 33 advanced logistics systems have had a significant effect on the competitiveness of enterprises. The development of intermodal systems play a key role in permitting the most appropriate mode for different stages of the journey, combining the ability of sea and inland water transport to move large quantities of freight over greater and more complex distances with the line haul efficiency of rail transport and the last-mile flexibility of road operations. Countries within the Asia Pacific region have varying levels of intermodal infrastructure and face different geophysical and institutional challenges in upgrading existing infrastructure or in the creation of new intermodal terminals. Promoting the use of these systems is an additional challenge for a region that has become accustomed to more traditional methods of transport. The APAC countries are at differing stages in devising solutions for removing inefficiencies and competition between companies operating different modes. The respective governments and industry groups, however, recognize the benefits attained by establishing intermodal freight systems that can deliver improved economic performance. Issues which continue to offset the development and use of multimodal systems within the region include substandard infrastructure (e.g., poor rail and road access to ports); poor coordination of loading and unloading activities; different rail gauges (resulting in costly and time intensive methods of moving freight from one rail gauge to another); lack of land available in proximity to major ports, poorly planned intersections between highway and rail routes; conflicting customs and immigration procedures. Furthermore, in many of the nations there has been a general lack of coordination on institutional levels, creating bottlenecks, delays, and that prevent freight movement from one nation to another. The establishment of investment environments in intermodal transport infrastructure to support effective multimodal transport operations have been made China, India, and Thailand, setting positive benchmarks for what can be done in the realm of inland container depots (ICDs). For example, the ICD facility at Lard Krabang in Thailand shows the effectiveness of policy implementation, combined with financial incentives in new infrastructure implementation. Also vital are improved interfaces at seaports and a range of initiatives in (among other places) Australia; Hong Kong, China; Japan; Malaysia and South Korea. 4.6 Asia Pacific Distribution Strategies 4.6.1 Distribution Centres The European ‘freight village’ concept takes the concept of the clustering related logistics activities to a new level. Within the Asia Pacific region there are well-established logistics centres and distribution parks that share many features with the European model. Many ports of the APAC region have shifted, or are shifting, their emphasis from traditional cargo-handling services to value-added logistics services as a means of remaining competitive in the regional and international markets. "Logistics centre" and "distripark" are widely used and oft times interchangeably. Both provide value added services necessary facilitate transport activity in addition to providing the necessary infrastructure
  • 34. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 34 lay-outs. Logistics centres in Asia Pacific are generally large-scale, advanced, value-added centres that focus on consolidation and deconsolidation of containerised goods for distribution. The government of Singapore is credited with having initiated the concept of the first logistic centre in the 1980s when it embarked on a campaign to develop the city-state into a transhipment hub for products originating in South East Asia (specifically Malaysia, Indonesia, Thailand, and Singapore itself). Beyond developing the concept itself, the government of Singapore initiated a range of incentive schemes including tax exemptions to actively encourage multinationals and international logistics service providers to set up shop in Singapore by establishing their regional or global distribution centres there. Logistic centres are typically located close to container terminals and multimodal transport facilities so that transport between the facilities is quick and inexpensive. In addition to these benefits, customers are often able to choose among intermodal transport options with the possibility of further reducing delivery time and costs. Logistic centres are often located in Free Trade Zones. Common features of Logistic centres within the Asia Pacific often include: • implementation of value added services • on-site customs clearance service facilities • facilities for distribution operations • located close to cargo terminals so that empty containers are easily and cheaply taken back into the system • located close to various inland transport facilities
  • 35. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 35 Selected Logistics Centres and Free Trade Zones in the APAC Region Singapore Keppel Distripark Keppel Distripark (KD) is a cargo distribution complex that provides extensive warehousing facilities. It is connected to PSA’s container terminals via a flyway that allows cargo to be speedily delivered to and from the port. It is located on a 23-hectare site along Singapore’s Southern Seafront. There are 41 warehousing modules in KD totalling 113,000 square metres, including four blocks of storage space, a five-storey office block, and open storage yards. KD has a 14 metre-high ceiling to support high rack automated storage and retrieval systems. The distripark provides not only conventional warehousing services such as storage and regional redistribution of cargo, but also value-added services such as bar-coding, online tracking, fumigation, sampling, surveying, topping-up of cargo, quality assurance and control, pick-and-pack, and repackaging-and-re-labeling of goods to be carried out, without the requirement for customs formalities. It is home for many major shipping lines, international freight forwarders, and domestic IT firms. Pasir Panjang Distripark Pasir Panjang Distripark, located next to the main conventional terminal and new container terminal, comprises nine single-storey warehouses, and has a total warehouse area of 144,000 square metres. Its single-storey warehouse offers tenants exclusivity in operations. It is ideal for those dealing in odd-size cargo or cargo with a very fast turnover. The warehouse is supported with an ample open storage yard for heavy machinery storage and heavy lift operations. Also located in the distripark is the three-storey Pasir Panjang Districentre, which is specially designed for high value goods that require good security, clean environment and facilities for a quick turnover. The distripark provides some 250,000 square metres of warehousing and office space. Hong Kong ATL Logistics Centre Hong Kong Ltd. – Logistics Centre Logistics Centre is the world’s first and largest intelligent multi-storey drive-in cargo logistics centre designed for fast turnaround of cargo. Conveniently located in the heart of Kwai Chung Container Terminals and within near reach of Hong Kong’s commercial and population centres, airport, as well as the Mainland border, the Centre offers warehouse and leasing as well as a full range of cargo handling, a container freight station (CFS) and distribution services. ATL Logistics Centre is comprised of 7 floors at Centre A and 13 floors at Centre B providing over 9.3m square feet total floor area and over 6million square feet leasable area to CFS, Logistics, Air-freight and all kind of business operators under one single roof. It has a 3 lane ramp (2 lanes up and I lane down) for vehicular access and its traffic throughput averages 8,000vehicles a day.
  • 36. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 36 Malaysia North Port – Port Klang Established in 1993 as Malaysia’s pioneer distribution centre within the Free Commercial Zone (FCZ) of Port Klang. Currently it offers a wide range of services, which include warehousing, pre-shipment activities such as documentation, internal haulage, packing and relabeling, minor assembly and other value-added activities to complement the core business activities at Northport. Contents of containers are stored here, processed if necessary and then distributed further. The centre has a total land area of 296,594.11m2 and a covered warehouse area of 44,296.17m2 South Korea Masan and Iksan Export Processing Zones were established as Export Processing Zones with special incentives such as preferential tariffs and taxes to attract foreign direct investment for promoting export, employment and technology transfer. In 2000, the name of Export Processing Zone was changed to Free Trade Zone (FTZ). In January 2002, Busan and Gwangyang ports were designated as Customs Free Zones. In January 2003, Incheon Port and Incheon International Airport were also designated as Customs Free Zones to promote the international logistic industry. There were differences between Free Trade Zone (former Free Export Zone) and Customs Free Zones at first. Free Trade Zone was a manufacturing oriented special zone while Customs Free Zone was a logistics related zone where manufacturing was not allowed. However, in 2003 the two concepts were integrated with the establishment of a law named ‘FTZ Act.’ Under the ‘FTZ Act’, the areas able to be designated as FTZ may be industrial complexes, adjacent hinterlands of airports and seaports, distribution complexes and freight terminals. Currently the Republic of Korea has placed a great amount of effort into developing FTZs by exploring various policies such as simple regulations, strengthening marketing strategies and improving administrative efficiencies and by developing large logistics land areas around ports. For example, the FTZ at Incheon Port has a land area of 2,167,000 m2 with a planned expansion area of 117,000 m2. Singapore FTZs in Singapore were first established in 1 September 1969. Their aim was to facilitate inter-port trade in dutiable goods. Presently, Singapore has seven FTZs, six for seaborne cargo and one for air cargo. A wide range of facilities and services are provided for storage and re-export of dutiable and controlled goods. Goods may be stored within the zones without any customs documentation until they are released in the market. They can also be processed and re-exported with minimum customs formalities. However, the FTZs in Singapore are primarily for transhipment cargoes. The FTZs are located at the Port of Singapore, Jurong Port, Sembawang Wharves, Pasir Panjang Wharves and Changi Airport. The FTZ offer 72 hour free storage for import/export of conventional and containerised cargo and 14day free storage for transhipment/re-export cargo.
  • 37. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 37 China Shanghai Waigaoqiao FTZ Approved by the State Council in 1990 the Shanghai Waigaoqiao Free Trade Zone is one of China’s earliest and largest free-trade zones. The free-trade zone encourages investment in international trading, export processing, distribution, cargo forwarding and commodity exhibition. The Waigaoqiao FTZ is at the north-east corner of the city and is next to the Waigaoqiao Container Port at the estuary of Yangtze River. It lies at the intersection of China’s eastern coastline and the golden waterway. It is around 20 km from Pudong International Airport. The FTZ can also be accessed from city downtown through a dedicated road system. Overall capital investment in the zone has reached USD4.63bn. The zone currently accommodates 3,582 enterprises producing an annual output of around CNY 6.32bn. The planned area of the zone is around 10 square kilometres and is divided into four areas. Besides the division of the port area, the other three areas are managed and developed by three different entities. They are: 1) Shanghai Waigaoqiao Free Trade Zone United Development Co., Ltd. managing and developing around 4 square kilometres; 2) Shanghai Waigaoqiao Free Trade Zone 3-United Development Co., Ltd. managing and developing around 3square kilometres; and 3) Shanghai Waigaoqiao Free Trade Zone Xin Development Co., Ltd. managing and developing around 3 square metres. All three companies are within the same group named Shanghai Waigaoqiao Free Trade Zone (Group) Co., Ltd. Source: China Development Zone Association 4.6.2 Issues in Regional Distribution Over the past two decades, the global contract logistics sector has been at the vanguard of many changes experienced in the logistics industry. Aside from the traditional outsourcing of warehousing and distribution services, manufacturers and retailers are increasingly outsourcing more diverse value added logistics functions. This trend has become increasingly important in Asia Pacific. A typical strategy has also been using client bases outside the APAC region as leverage to lure new clientele and keep existing ones loyal. Opportunities abound for logistics companies for widening the range and breadth of outsourced services that can be provided and is a trend expected to accelerate growth of the contract logistics market further into the future. The industry continues to experience pressures from a variety of sources including congested infrastructure, rising fuel prices, labour shortages and environmental protection laws. A 2006 study published by the Supply Chain Management Review involving a survey of CEOs of major contract logistics providers and freight forwarders serving the APAC region identified some of the issues that are broadly experienced as challenges for collaboration in the Asia Pacific market. Of the eleven CEOs interviewed, nine acknowledged greater efforts in customer management as a strategy for
  • 38. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 38 facilitating growth. This has been accomplished by establishing higher levels of collaboration with their customers. Greater collaboration between manufacturers and retailers and the logistics service providers seems to be the solution to responding to ever increasing demands from logistics service users. Collaboration involves the cooperation of manufacturers, retailers, and their suppliers and logistics providers - parties that have not always acted cohesively in the past. Typically, collaboration has been reliant on a number of factors. • intimate knowledge of customer business, anticipating their requirements and acting upon them in such a way as to function as an extension of the customer’s business. • a need for standard operational culture, processes, and measurements • IT integration to reduce costs and improve services by enabling an information-driven supply chain through the development of global visibility and knowledge management services • Industry specific solutions by geography within the APAC region • Establishment of dedicated account management teams with points of contact at national, regional and global levels CEOs in the survey claimed a difficulty in reaching top management within the client’s organisation and when contact was possible, achieving the ‘face time’ required to establish the relationship with the individual in question was difficult. Other problems cited included constant shifts in management personnel that required constant updating and a lack of continuity in relationships. Additionally, many of the retail and manufacturing clients had extremely complex organisational structures that made collaboration difficult and required several points of contact between the service providers and the client. 4.6.3 Contract Logistics Market Size and Forecasts In line with global trends, businesses in the APAC region continue to increase their focus on operational efficiency and profitability by outsourcing more and more of their logistics operations to 3PL providers. Progressively larger shares of enterprise expenditures on logistics are going from in-house to outside 3PL operations. This results in larger market opportunity for global logistics service providers, and organised 3PL providers are therefore expected to increase their market penetration as customers look for supply chain integration through one-stop integrated logistics service providers, and hence are more likely to use a major 3PL. The industry will thus continue to see further consolidation as players aspire to serve all of their clients' needs.
  • 39. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 39 Globally, the contract logistics market is highly fragmented as shown by the fact that the industry’s top twelve providers are account for only about one-sixth of total revenues. As larger providers have distinct advantages in terms of their network capacity, smaller logistics providers are being forced to rely on larger players with broader shipping and carrying resources to better meet customer demands. The APAC region is expected to account for 20 percent of 3PL revenues by 2010. As the industry on a global scale is expected to see only single figure growth between now and 2010, the largest growth is expected to occur in Asia Pacific though in absolute terms, the EU will continue to see the largest levels of expenditures in the industry globally. Customers are looking for supply chain integration through one- stop integrated logistics service providers, and hence are more likely to use a major 3PL. The industry will thus continue to see further consolidation as players aspire to serve all of their clients' needs. Emerging markets are expected to drive global GDP growth to about 4 percent per year over the next five years and this should also increase expenditures on logistics. This is good news for the Asia Pacific markets especially when taken with the fact that the region’s emerging markets are benefiting from the eastward shift in manufacturing. However, the cost pressures are likely to continue in the form of increasing fuel prices, infrastructure congestion, labour shortages and environment protection laws. Only players that can efficiently provide multimodal services across various geographies and varied supply and demand are expected to turn over the highest revenues. In the aforementioned survey of CEOs of APAC logistics providers, the industries that were seen to provide the greatest growth in the region included those in high technology sectors, automotive, consumer goods and retailing and pharmaceutical and health care sectors. Regionally, China and India are expected to see the largest growth but other nations in the region may see larger growth as well as other governments try to stimulate greater growth in general. The most important industry dynamics mentioned are expected to be the ongoing downward pressure on pricing. Also anticipated are the large mergers of smaller 3PL providers as a result of the increasing pressure to internationalise services offered. Opportunities related to the a lack of reliable ground level transport facilities in the region are also existent and are likely to be capitalised on by larger foreign providers being able to extend their networks through working with locally based providers and possible mergers and acquisitions. 4.6.4 Freight Forwarding Market Size and Forecasts Unlike the deeply fragmented 3PL industry, sea based freight forwarding is strongly consolidated with the top ten freight forwarders taking up to nearly half of the revenues for the industry as a whole. With more economies moving towards globalization and product life cycles increasingly getting shorter, air cargo becomes more important in the global supply chain. This is especially true in the Asia Pacific region where it is projected to have the biggest share of airfreight traffic in the next decade.
  • 40. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 40 The integrators such as UPS, DHL, FedEx, etc, have a simpler process flow since there are fewer players involved in the process. As the integrator may own aircraft, the problem of space availability is less of an issue. Moreover, the integrator often uses the unit load device (ULD) to store its cargo and therefore does not spend much time to palletize the cargo. This practice speeds up the process although a higher cost may be incurred due to the rigidity of the ULD. Information flow for the integrator is very efficient compared to the traditional air cargo information flow. Currently, much of the shared information within the traditional air cargo industry is transferred from one document to another or from one independent in-house system to another independent in- house system manually so that developments in integrated IT systems are an area for growth in the freight forwarding market. Generally, airlines offer cargo space in two stages. Freight forwarders are invited to bid for required space or ‘allotments’ over the next season during the first stage. The remaining space, termed ‘ad-hoc space’, is open for booking in the second stage, within a few weeks before the flight departs. Identified issues in the air cargo industry have been and continue to be: • difficulties in improving accurate space booking on airlines • spot pricing and revenue management • shipment re-accommodation • shipment tracking • manpower shortages • pallet circulation and imbalance • airport terminal space limitation • operation efficiency using ASRS (Automated Storage/Retrieval System) • cargo damages and terminal environment • air cargo close-out time • paperwork and duplication • information accuracy Further problems in freight forwarding fall into three major areas: • Airport terminal operations. • Booking and yield management. • Air cargo network analysis.
  • 41. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 41 Problems in these areas include developing new methodologies or new processes that will help to increase the productivity and operations efficiency of the air cargo systems. Limits to growth are likely to increase over the coming years due to rising fuel, labour and environmental costs.
  • 42. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 42 5 Australia Humans first settled on Australia over forty thousand years ago and lived by hunter gatherer subsistence until the arrival of the first Europeans in the 18th Century. When James Cook arrived in 1770, he made the first formal claims of the land southeast of Asia in the name of the King of Great Britain. During the 18th to 19th centuries, six colonies were established and these colonies were confederated into the Commonwealth of Australia in 1901. Rich in resources and with enormous agricultural potentials that were exploited by a prison population, with the advent of the industrial revolution manufacturing took hold on the continent and were major contributors to Britain’s efforts during both World Wars. Since the end of the Second World War, the US has replaced Britain as Australia's main military ally. A mass immigration programme that started in 1947 resulted in sweeping demographic, cultural and social change—and stronger ties with Asian neighbours. Since then, Australia has become an internationally competitive, advanced market economy. Economic reforms of the 1980s culminated in the former colony becoming one of the world’s fastest growing economies during the 1990s. Climate change, depleting atmospheric protection in the form of the ozone layer, conservation efforts of the continents unique natural environment, and chronic water shortages are long-term concerns for Australia. The Commonwealth of Australia is a democratic federal state within the Commonwealth of Nations. As a result of a recent referendum on whether to retain the monarchy’s role in Australia or to become a republic, formal executive powers are still vested in the governor-general, the representative of Queen Elizabeth II in Australia. The legislature consists of a federal parliament with its 76-member Senate (upper house) and a 150-member House of Representatives (lower house). Elections are held at maximum intervals of three years, when one-half of the senators (who serve six-year terms) and all the representatives are elected by compulsory ballot. Each of the six states in the federation has its own government, with a governor and a bicameral legislature, apart from Queensland, which has a unicameral legislature. In recent years, issues that have dominated Australian politics include its labour market and taxation reform. Foreign relations and defence are being accorded a high priority, and various free-trade agreements are being pursued with Australia and China having recently reopened negations on freer trade terms (a move initiated by a more China friendly government elected earlier in 2008). Of greater importance to regional development include reform of the public health system; higher-education and welfare systems; and a voluntary public pension contribution scheme 5.1 Economy and Trade Australia has a strong economy with a per capita GDP comparable to any of the dominant West European economies. Its economy is strongly reliant on the export of raw materials, mining and agricultural products have resulted in strong business and a high level of consumer confidence. Australia has attained a solid level of growth over the last sixteen years through an emphasis on reforms, low inflation, a
  • 43. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 43 housing market boom, and growing ties with China. Growth has been constrained by drought, high demand for imports, and a strong currency have pushed the trade deficit up in recent years, while infrastructure bottlenecks and a tight labour market are constraining growth in export volumes and stoking inflation. Australia's budget has been in surplus since 2002 due to strong revenue growth. However, high levels of taxation are an issue in Australia. A 30 percent corporate tax rate applies to both retained earnings and to dividends. Credits for corporation tax already paid on dividends are granted to shareholders. Personal income tax is progressive, with the top marginal rate of earners over AUD150,000 experiencing a 45percent tax levied on their earnings. In addition, the federal government also collects a 1.5percent taxation of personal taxable income tat are allocated toward the countries healthcare system. Export revenues grew to USD169.9bn in 2007 (IMF data, balance-of-payments basis); but was not enough to offset growth in goods imports, which rose to a total of USD191.3bn, greatly widening the trade deficit to USD21.4bn, from USD12.7bn in 2006 Key Economic Indicators 2007 Population (m): 20.4 GDP (USD bn; market exchange rate): 908.5 GDP (USD bn; PPP): 759.9 GDP per head (USD; market exchange rate): 44.455 GDP per head (USD; PPP): 37,184 Real GDP growth: 3.3 Inflation: 2.7 Exchange Rate: 1.20 (b) Source: Economist Geographical Facts Land area (sq km): 7,617,930 sq km Water area (sq km): 68,920 sq km Total area (sq km): 7,686,850 sq km Source: World Factbook Major Exports percent 2007 Metalliferous ores/metal scrap 21.1 Coal, coke and briquettes 12.4 Non-ferrous metals 8.1 Petroleum/petroleum products 6.7 Source: Economist
  • 44. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 44 Major Imports percent 2007 Road vehicles 12.9 Petroleum/Petroleum products 12.5 Telecommunications equipment 5.4 Industrial machinery 5.3 Source: Economist Exports Partners percent 2007 Japan 18.7 China 14.3 South Korea 7.9 India 5.8 US 5.2 Source: Economist Import Partners percent China 15.6 US 14 Japan 9.9 Singapore 6.6 Germany 5.6 Source: Economist 5.2 Transport Infrastructure Transport Data Total Road Length (km) 812,972 km Motorways (km) paved: 341,448 km Railways (km) Total 38,550 km Airports Total 461 Sea Ports Total 11 Source: World Factbook 5.2.1 Road Network Australia is a vast land with little population, especially in the arid interior of the nation. However, roads of varying quality exist and need to be maintained at exonerated costs in order to keep otherwise isolated parts of the country inside the transport network. The costs of maintaining its vast network usually falls on the Australian taxpayer as roads are generally funded and owned by the government sector, although construction is almost universally contracted out to private companies.
  • 45. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 45 Several factors have been identified as relevant to road administrations in terms of enhancing organisational effectiveness and decreasing maintenance costs. For example, Australia hopes to be able to reduce the cost of maintaining its vast road network by 40 percent through contracting out its maintenance works to the public sector. The private sector's role in road ownership is also growing with a growing number of new road systems being privately owned and operated. Intra-state highways were previously owned and operated by state governments (with costs being covered by state revenue), but many of these operations have become privatised since the 1990s. With a road network growth of only 0.05 percent, Australia stands last in the ranking of APAC nations in terms of growth of its road network. 5.2.2 Rail Network Developments in rail systems were an early strategy used in Australia for purposes of developing the interior and providing a cost effective way of getting unexploited resources from the interior to ports and harbours along the coast. A locomotive fleet of over 1,000 railcars are dedicated to the transport of minerals, most of which operate in remote, sparsely populated areas, and unlike roads, the construction, operation and maintenance thereof has long been privately funded. The interior of Australia features large tracts of ‘missing links’ of rails that do not connect directly to the national network and additionally, Australia suffers from a domestic discontinuity of track gauges. 5.2.3 Airports Australia’s airports are many and vary greatly in terms of runway quality and frequency of flights. With larger centres such as Sydney and Melbourne boasting some of the most modern facilities in the world, ‘bush’ destinations in many areas in the interior have clay runways and are equipped to only handle the occasional single propeller plane with infrequent take-offs and arrivals. Australia’s airlines, including its flag line, Qantas, are privately owned and in recent years budget airlines have captured a major share of the traffic in Australia, a trend that is receiving active support from governments and airport operators. 5.2.4 Sea Ports Reform of Australia’s ports has until recently been slow in spite of major concerns brought about by Australia’s natural lack of physical infrastructure at ports creating problems for the country to handle freight volumes, containers and its raw material exports. Bottlenecks in some major ports, particularly those serving the rapidly expanding coal mining industry were further hampered by a lack of investment in new infrastructure. At times, decisions by competition regulators contributed to the lack of investment. These infrastructure crunches have led in recent years to massive shipping backlogs at raw material export points like Newcastle. For example, Prime Infrastructure, the owner of Dalrymple Bay Coal Terminal in Queensland was reluctant to expand capacity, stating that the coal loading price caps (a decision by the Queensland Competition Authority (QCA)) made further investment in the port economically unfeasible. QCA
  • 46. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 46 eventually reversed its decision in April 2005, after coming under intense fire from the Queensland state government, the Productivity Commission and Prime Infrastructure. The reversal of the decision granted Prime the right to charge higher fees and cleared the way for a three-stage expansion of Dalrymple Bay. The first stage of the expansion will lift capacity from 59m tonnes/year (t/y) to 68m t/y cost approximately AUD530m, was close to completion in early 2008. The QCA approved the second and third stages of the expansion in October 2006, at a cost of UAD639m. When this stage sees completion by the end of 2008 it will take capacity to 85m t/y. 5.3 Australian Logistics Market 5.3.1 Overview As a consequence of the country's substantial landmass, its scattered population and the large distances to export markets, transport plays a vital role in the Australian economy. Development in transport and developments in the logistics market are now firmly based on integration with the Asia Pacific community and Australia was one of the key players in formation of the Asia Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) forum and established the first international container service was introduced on India-Australia corridor in September 1978. These moves have actually been better news for Australia’s APAC trading partners than for Australia itself as Australian logistics industry revenues are predicted to decline to an average of 12 percent, while average revenues generated in India will more than double to 13 percent by 2008. The balance, 24 percent of the revenues, will originate in other APAC countries. Australia has recently engaged in a major program toward increased intermodal transport methods to move freight interstate and internationally. Several State Governments have set targets for moving freight to rail (typically 30 to 40 percent of port-related container movements). In pursuit of these targets, the States, in conjunction with the Australian Federal Government’s new ‘Auslink’ funding programme and the private sector, have fostered a significant amount of investment into intermodal facilities. As a result, Australia has an advanced intermodal framework of planning and infrastructure. All of this equates to what has been forecasted as steady but slow growth in the Australian logistics market.
  • 47. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 47 Australia Logistics Performance Index* Overall LPI score 3.79 rank 17 conf 0,09 Customs score 3.58 rank 17 conf 0,22 Infrastructure score 3.65 rank 20 conf 0,28 International shipments score 3.72 rank 12 conf 0.22 Logistics competence score 3.76 rank 19 conf 0.22 Tracking & tracing score 3.97 rank 12 conf 0.21 Domestic logistics costs score 2.8 rank 97 conf 0,33 Timeliness score 4.1 rank 20 conf 0.24 Source: World Bank 5.3.2 Distribution Clusters Australia’s Parkes facility is located about 365 km west of the city of Sydney and 170 km south of Dubbo. Owned and operated by FCL, the facility is located at what is called the ‘crossroads of Australia’ where the Newell Highway, linking Brisbane and Melbourne, intersects with the Sydney to Perth * The Logistics Performance Index is based on a survey of operators on the ground worldwide (global freight forwarders and express carriers), providing feedback on the logistics ‘friendliness’ of the countries in which they operate and those with which they trade. They combine in-depth knowledge of the countries in which they operate with informed perceptions of other countries with which they trade, and experience of global logistics environment. Feedback from operators is supplemented with objective data on the performance of key components of the logistics chain in the home country, data collected for 100 countries. The LPI consists therefore of both perception and objective measures and helps build profiles of logistics friendliness for these countries. The scores are from one to five, one being the worst performance for the given dimension.
  • 48. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 48 transcontinental railway. Unlike many logistic centres internationally, services for the Parkes logistics centre focus mainly on the domestic intermodal market moving freight all around Australia. With 1,000,000 m2 of land, of which 15,000 m2 (1.5 percent) is paved hardstand, the facility includes a covered container storage area of 5,000 m2. The park can accommodate a maximum train length of 600 m. The average daily handling capacity of the facility sees a single train and 30 trucks for processing. From 2004-2005, the total annual rail throughput was nearly 20,000 TEU. Total annual containerised throughput by road was 800 TEU and 70,000 tonnes of non-containerised cargo for the same period. With containerised cargo expected to double and a rise in non-containerised anticipated at around 50 percent over the next five years, growth expectations for the terminal are high. Additionally, total non-containerised cargo throughput during these aforementioned periods is estimated at 75,000 and 100,000 tonnes within the next five years. FCL owns a significant area of land around its present facility, which has been earmarked for future factory and warehouse developments to handle the increase in throughput. Other investments focus on raising height clearances, upgrading communications systems, and strengthening and upgrading bridges to improve efficiency and capacity. There are a number of elements driving the expected expansion of throughput to this facility. The main signal of growth comes from AUD21m to be invested by the Australian Rail Track Corporation (ARTC) for linking Parkes and Broken Hill through the Main Western Line, the main trade route of the Sydney to Adelaide corridor. 5.3.3 Logistics Market Size and Growth Australia’s logistics market is large but relatively stagnant. As prices for Australia’s export goods are expected to rise with higher commodity prices from the rest of APAC, this situation is likely to be a change for the better. With demands of customers becoming much more complex, and increasingly looking for ‘whole supply chain partners’, both the Federal Government and a number of state governments in Australia have begun to actively promote private investment in transport infrastructure through the introduction of policies, principles or guidelines, and the establishment of specific units typically attached to treasury and finance ministries with roles that typically include: • Development and overseeing the policy framework; • Assessment of projects for private participation; and • Providing support to agencies embarking on a bid process. As an example of the trend supported by these government initiatives to promote streamlining and development in logistics markets to facilitate growth, Australia Post, in 2005, put forward a successful bid to acquire third party logistics provider J R Haulage, trading as State Warehousing & Distribution Services (SWADS). This acquisition established effective business-to-business capability for Australia Post and added an important component to its rapidly developing logistics business. It also complemented its logistics capability extending in and out of Australia to destinations in APAC, particularly China.
  • 49. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 49 The emphasis of strengthening links to the emerging markets is a reflection of Australian logistics market’s hopes of being able to benefit through the closer relationship to APAC and growth in the region as a whole as a means of accelerating growth in the logistics market locally. The positive drive for cost-effective and reliable alternative supply chain solutions, including IT developments, spell a reasonable amount of potential growth for the market that has, for the most part lagged behind its neighbours in the APAC region. Future growth in this market is likely to be fuelled in large part by the demands for raw material and agricultural product in the emerging economies.
  • 50. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 50 6 China China is the largest country in East Asia, spanning over 5000km across the East Asian landmass and sharing borders with 14 other countries. China is separated from Mongolia and Russia’s Siberia in the north by the Gobi desert and the Manchurian forest steppes. In the south, subtropical forests act as the boundary between China and Vietnam, Laos, and Myanmar. Its neighbour, India, lies beyond the Himalayan and the Tianshan mountain ranges in the west. China’s 14,500km long coastline gives it access to the East and South China Seas, Bohai Bay and the Yellow Sea. For centuries China stood as a leading civilisation, outpacing the rest of the world in the arts and sciences, but in the 19th and early 20th centuries the country was beset by civil unrest, major famines, military defeats, and foreign occupation. In the wake of World War II, the Communists under Mao Zedong established an autocratic socialist system that, while ensuring China's sovereignty, imposed rigid controls over everyday life and implemented disastrous economic policies that have been blamed for devastating the lives of tens of millions of people. After 1978, his successor Deng Xiaoping and other leaders focused on market-oriented economic development and by 2000 output had quadrupled. Now, China is a single-party socialist republic, with Beijing as its capital city. There are twenty-three provinces, five autonomous regions, four municipalities and two special administrative regions. The population has grown to over 1.3bn people, making up one fifth of the world’s total, the single most populous country in the world. For much of this population, living standards and personal freedom have improved radically; however, political control remains tight. 6.1 Economy and Trade After more than a quarter century of reform and opening to the outside world, by 2005 China’s economy had become the second largest in the world after the United States when measured on a purchasing power parity (PPP) basis. The government has a goal of quadrupling the gross domestic product (GDP) by 2020 and more than doubling the per capita GDP. Central planning has been curtailed, and widespread market economy mechanisms and a reduced government role have prevailed since 1978. The government fosters a dual economic structure that has evolved from a socialist, centrally planned economy to a socialist market economic system, or a ‘market economy with socialist characteristics.’ Despite successes, China’s leaders face a variety of challenges to the nation’s future economic development. They have to maintain a high growth rate, deal effectively with the rural workforce, Geographical Facts Land area (sq km): 9,326,410 Water area (sq km): 270,550 Total area (sq km): 9,596,960 Source: World Factbook / Economist
  • 51. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 51 improve the financial system, and continue to reform the state-owned enterprises, foster the productive private sector, establish a social security system, improve scientific and educational development, promote better international cooperation, and change the role of the government in the economic system. A failure to meet these challenges may cause widespread political discontent. Despite constraints the international market has placed on China, it nevertheless became the world’s third largest trading nation in 2004 after the United States and Germany. The Fifth Plenum of the Sixteenth CCP Central Committee took place in October 2005. The Fifth Plenum approved the new Eleventh Five-Year Plan (2006–10), which emphasises a shift from extensive to intensive growth in order to meet demands for improved economic returns; the conservation of resources to include a 20-percent reduction in energy consumption by 2010; and an effort to raise profitability. Better coordination of urban and rural development and of development between nearby regions also is emphasized in the new plan. China's GDP grew 11.4 percent year-on-year to CNY24.6619 trillion (USD3.43 trillion) in 2007. China’s PPP was estimated for 2005 at nearly USD8.9 trillion. PPP per capita in 2005 was estimated at USD6,800. China’s annual rate of inflation averaged 6 percent per year during the 1990–2002 period. Although consumer prices declined by 0.8 percent in 2002, they increased by 1.2 percent in 2003. China’s estimated inflation rate in 2005 was 1.8 percent. Despite having been attributed with almost singled- handily holding global wage rates and inflation in check for most of the last ten years, in 2008 China experienced its highest rate of inflation for 11 years, reaching 7.9 percent in the first half of this year leading many speculators to conclude that China may indeed become a leading exporter of inflation in coming years. According to China’s National Bureau of Statistics, the world’s fourth biggest economy expanded by 10.4 percent in the first half and 10.1 percent in the second quarter, down from the 11.9 percent recorded for 2007. According to the General Administration of Customs one of the primary causes for this unexpected downturn is the slowing of trade growth with the United States - particularly as the fall out from the super credit bubble begins to land. On the production side of the equation, contributing to this overall decline in trade growth are factors ranging from the appreciating Yuan, rising fuel, food, land, and wage prices. According to Chinese government statistics, the industries most heavily impacted by the current slowdown in trade growth have been the textile, garment, shoe, toy-making and electronic component sectors particularly in the southern industrial workhorse region of Guangdong. Since being unpegged from the US dollar in 2005 the Yuan has appreciated almost 20 percent against the dollar making Chinese textile products more expensive, eroding China's price advantage against products from Vietnam and India.
  • 52. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 52 Key Economic Indicators 2007 Population (m): 1,321.3 GDP (USD trillion; market exchange rate): 3.43 GDP (USD bn; PPP): 7,238.0 GDP per head (USD; market exchange rate): 2,453 GDP per head (USD; PPP): 5,478 Real GDP growth: 9.8 Inflation: 6.5 Exchange Rate: 6.93 Source: The Economist/China Daily Major Exports percent 2007 Electrical Machinery 22 Coal, coke and briquettes 12.4 Non-ferrous metals 8.1 Petroleum/petroleum products 6.7 Source: Economist
  • 53. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 53 Major Imports percent 2007 Road vehicles 12.9 Petroleum/Petroleum products 12.5 Telecommunications equipment 5.4 Industrial machinery 5.3 Source: Economist Exports Partners percent 2007 Japan 18.7 China 14.3 South Korea 7.9 India 5.8 US 5.2 Source: Economist Import Partners percent China 15.6 US 14 Japan 9.9 Singapore 6.6 Germany 5.6 Source: Economist 6.2 Transport Infrastructure The incredible rate at which the Chinese economy has been able to grow has been slowed considerably by recent transport and communication deficiencies. The cost of goods lost to ‘poor or obsolete transport infrastructure’ amounted to one percent of China’s GDP according to World Bank statistics’ most recent survey. Logistics costs account for 20 percent of a product's price in China, compared to 10 percent in the United States, and 5percent in countries that are even better developed”. Since the establishment of the People’s Republic under Mao Zedong in 1949, China has experienced rapid development in transport and infrastructure. Spurred by double digit growth rates over the past two decades, foreign logistics providers have been extremely quick to capitalise on the recent market liberalisations in the transport sector. Local and international investment in roads, railway and airport construction has provided huge employment opportunities in China, and has contributed to the 31 percent of China’s labour force employed in related services. China’s transport infrastructure, however, is not evenly distributed, with large divides in development varying by geography. Many rural areas still rely on non-mechanized means of transport. Ports are being improved for greater use of China’s inland waterways, and airports are being improved across the country. Under a plan unveiled in early 2008, the government intends to spend over USD19bn on airport construction and renovation over the next five years – a figure in excess of total airport investment between the founding of the People’s Republic, 1949, and 2007. Related industries such as
  • 54. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 54 construction equipment, engineering, container security, and electronics and safety devices have also grown rapidly. Transport Data Total Road Length (km) 1,930,544 Motorways (km) 41,005 Railways (km) Total 75,438 Airports Total 467 Sea Ports Total 2000+ Source: CIA 6.2.1 Road Network While improved, China’s vast road network remains the subject of enormous investment attention from both the Chinese government and various international institutions. Their first priority remains the improvement of the national highway system, and a plan linking each provincial capital with Beijing and Shanghai was completed by the end of 2008. A priority for the Chinese government is the development in highways. At present, the nation’s highway density has reached 19.5km/100sq km, possible due to CNY350bn of investment into highway construction. In 2005 China had a total road network of more than 3.3m km, although approximately 1.47m km of this network is classified as "village roads". Paved roads totalled 770,265 km in 2004; the remainder were gravel, improved earth standard, or merely earth tracks. Road usage increased in the middle of this decade as a result of the better infrastructure and accessibility to vehicles and fuel. China now depends hugely on its highways and motor vehicles for the transport of 13.5percent of its cargo, and 49.1percent of its passengers. Foreign investment has also been used to combat issues associated with traffic congestion and pollution. In 2004, USD4.25bn was invested in Beijing’s infrastructure and another USD22bn were invested before the 2008 Olympics to improve Beijing’s traffic congestion issues. Some 270,000 km of rural highways are to be built and upgraded by the end of 2008. By comparison, 423,000 km of countryside highways were built or upgraded in 2007, a record high. According to China's Transport Ministry, as of the end of 2007, 98.54 percent of villages and towns had already been connected by highways. 6.2.2 Rail Network The Chinese rail network extends into every province-- excepting Hainan-- along a 52,000km track. It carries approximately 24 percent of the world’s railway transport volume, being the third largest in the
  • 55. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 55 world. China's railways carried 1.36bn passengers in 2007, up 8 percent over the previous year's figure, but the country's booming economy means demand will be even greater this year. In addition, more than 3bn tonnes of cargo were transported by rail, an increase of 8.6 percent, according to Railway Ministry. Only India had more passengers/km and the United States more net ton/km than China The Chinese national rail system is operated on an austere budget due to its limited capital and overburdened infrastructure. From the year 2003, the ministry of railways allowed foreign capital investment in the freight sector, followed by international public stock offerings which were introduced in 2006. China Railways Container Transport Company, China Railways Parcel Express Company, and China Railway Special Cargo Service Company were established in 2003 as three public shareholder- owned companies in another bid to reform and better capitalize the rail system. China Railway High- Speed is the main operator of high-speed rail, controlling 8 percent of China’s 76,000km rail track since 2007. Whilst foreign investment has been permitted for several years now, foreign capital has been slow to invest, given Beijing’s inability to embrace full marketisation of freight rates, as subsidised rates have created a dependency culture among state-owned enterprises. China is the final destination of the proposed New Silk Road or Eurasian Continental Land Bridge project that was launched in 1992. In China the project involves the modernization and infrastructure development of a 4,131-kilometer-long railroad route starting in Lianyungang, Jiangsu Province, and travelling through central and north-western China to Urumqi, Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region, to the Alataw Pass into Kazakhstan. From that point, the railroad links to some 6,800 kilometres of routes ending in Rotterdam. China also has established rail links between seaports and interior export- processing zones. In 2004 Chengdu in Sichuan Province was linked to the Shenzhen Special Economic Zone in coastal Guangdong; exports clear customs in Chengdu and are shipped twice daily by rail to the seaport at Shenzhen for fast delivery. 6.2.3 Airports Since 1978 China has spent over USD15bn developing airports and air traffic control facilities. It has built over 50 airports and renovated or expanded more than 80 others while air passenger volumes have increased almost 50 fold over the same period. In 2007 China had 467 airports. Of these, Beijing Capital International Airport (PEK), located 27 km northeast of central Beijing, has the greatest flow of passengers annually. In terms of development, China plans to spend more on airport development over the next five years than it has since the start of the open door policy in 1978. According to China’s Ministry of Communications, almost USD20bn will be spent by 2013. The Civil Aviation Administration of China (CACC) predict by 2010, there will be 186 domestic cargo airports, including three large scale comprehensive hub airports, seven large hub airports, 24 medium- sized hub airports, 28 medium-sized airports, and 124 smaller scale regional airports. Expansion projects at Beijing, Shanghai, and Guangzhou were intended to meet the needs of Beijing Olympic Games,
  • 56. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 56 Shanghai World Expo and the Guangzhou Asian Games and the general development demand of the market China’s airfreight sector is currently constrained by inadequate infrastructure. According to Boeing’s World Air Cargo Forecast forecasts from 2006 to 2021, the annual growth of the domestic air cargo market in China is likely to average out at around 10.3 percent, making it the fastest growing major market in the world, with much higher growth rates for services catering to high-value products such as electronics and pharmaceuticals. China is currently the second-largest domestic airfreight market in the world after the United States. According to Boeing’s report, this market has grown at more than 20 percent annually since 1991. In 2006, China’s total air cargo throughput reached 7.532m tonnes, an increase of 19 percent over the previous year, of which domestic routes accounted for 5.042m tonnes (including a throughput volume of 466,000 tonnes from the mainland to Hong Kong and Macao); and international routes accounted for a total of 2.49m tonnes, a year-on-year increase of 23.6percent. According to the latest estimates from the Ministry of Communications, total air cargo volume from January to November 2007 reached 3.59m tonnes. 6.2.4 Sea Ports With over 2,000 ports, 130 of which are open to foreign ships, China’s major ports, including river ports accessible by ocean-going ships, are Beihai, Dalian, Dangdong, Fuzhou, Guangzhou, Haikou, Hankou, Huangpu, Jiujiang, Lianyungang, Nanjing, Nantong, Ningbo, Qingdao, Qinhuangdao, Rizhao, Sanya, Shanghai, Shantou, Shenzhen, Tianjin, Weihai, Wenzhou, Xiamen, Xingang, Yangzhou, Yantai, and Zhanjiang. Shanghai Port, China’s largest in terms of TEU throughput, registered a total TEU throughput for 2007: 26,152,000 TEU, up 20.4 percent from the 21,710,000 TEU attained in 2006 In 2007, Shanghai Port recorded a container throughput of 26.15m TEU, exceeding Hong Kong for the first time, making the port the world's number two container terminal in handling terms after Singapore. On March 18th at TOC Asia, Shanghai, SIPG revealed that Yangshan had been operational for 362 days and had already handled more than 10m TEU. At the end of 2007, Shanghai’s Yangshan deep-water port completed construction of Phase 3 adding four new berths to the facility. Shanghai is pinning its hopes on the new facility to allow it to overtake Singapore in the near future, moving the port into first place before 2010 - the year Shanghai is set to hold the International Expo. According to port authorities, full utilisation of Yangshan facility is estimated to add 15 percent to throughput capacity, taking the port to 30m TEU once full capacity is reached. In addition to this, the company still has CNY4.5bn of further investment in facilities and improvements scheduled over the next few years. Shenzhen, China’s second largest port by TEU throughput, registered a total TEU throughput for 2007: 21,099,000 TEU, up 14.2percent on 18,469,000 TEU in 2006.
  • 57. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 57 In December 2007, Shenzhen Da Chan Bay Phase 1, berths four and five became operational, with berths 1, 2 and 3 scheduled for completion before the end of the year. According to details of the Da Chan Bay plan, the project will entail construction of fifteen 6,000 TEU container berths, seven 2,000 TEU container berths and several barge berths, with a total investment of around CNY 25bn. The whole project is divided into four phases and will take about 15 years to complete. The project is expected to add 10m TEU of capacity to Shenzhen Port upon completion. However, despite the overall growth, Shenzhen Communications Bureau recently pointed out that throughput handling at the port had been hit by the current economic climate in the US, saying that growth of cargo and container throughput in 2008 was significantly down over previous years. Between January and March of 2008, Shenzhen Port container throughput grew by the relatively small figure of 4.92 m TEU, an increase of 8.5percent over the same period the previous year. The government officer went on to point out that Yantian Container Terminal had been especially hard hit as 45 percent of the terminal's business was focused on North American routes. In spite of what the government see as a temporary slowdown, it is still predicted that by the year 2010, Shenzhen Port's total container throughput will reach 26m TEU, and the number of container berths will increase to 48 from the current figure of 27. Under current plans, by 2020, Shenzhen Port container throughput will reach 38m TEU, with container berths totalling 67. In stark contrast to China’s efficient, modern container terminals, China’s dry bulk ports have suffered from a dearth of investment in recent years. Ever growing demand and a dearth of adequate investment in commodity handling infrastructure have led to a logistics logjam that has pushed up both global shipping rates and commodity prices. The current shortage of port infrastructure is further compounded by a shortage of connecting rail infrastructure in hinterland regions. To remedy this situation Beijing has extensive plans to invest heavily in China’s dry bulk port sector. Tianjin port intends to invest by 2010 CNY27.3bn (USD3.4bn) in 30 major ongoing construction projects, raising Tianjin's commodity handling capacity of 300mn tonnes over the same period. These 30 major projects include completion this year of a 200,000dwt vessel lane raising the status of the port to the 200,000dwt level and speeding up of the southern port area's deep water, large scale crude oil, ore, and coal berth. By the end of this year construction of the large scale coal wharf will be completed and by the end of 2007 a 250,000dwt, large scale, crude oil berth, along with a large scale, dry bulk handling birth will also come on-line. 6.3 China Logistics Market 6.3.1 Overview If China is to maintain its phenomenal level of growth, it must curb its logistics costs which are currently up to three times the level of those in developed countries. In 2003, China's logistics market exceeded CNY60bn (about USD7.3bn), increasing at an annual rate of 30 percent.
  • 58. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 58 The logistics market has been growing rapidly since the 1990s. At present the cost of transporting goods from factory to retailer, amounts to 20-30 percent of the price of the sold product. China's special logistics businesses consist mainly of four types of enterprises: traditional transport and warehouse enterprises, Sino-foreign, foreign-capital and private logistics enterprises and those affiliated to large-scale manufacturers, such as Haier, which enjoys booming refrigerator market share worldwide. A key direction for the industry now, is to develop a professional logistics industry, which adapts to the changing needs of the Chinese society, in a planned and orderly way. This will involve the breakdown of regional barriers and industry limits as well as the retooling of logistics enterprises’ assets. The reform of warehouse and wholesale enterprises will be carried out simultaneously. At present there are 730,000 logistics enterprises in operation, helping to generate over CNY2 trillion (USD242bn) into the value of China’s logistics and related markets. China Logistics Performance Index* Overall LPI score 3.32 rank 30 conf 0.04 Customs score 2.99 rank 35 conf 0.09 Infrastructure score 3.2 rank 30 conf 0.09 International shipments score 3.31 rank 28 conf 0.09 Logistics competence score 3.4 rank 27 conf 0.09 Tracking & tracing score 3.37 rank 31 conf 0.1 Domestic logistics costs score 2.97 rank 72 conf 0.08 Timeliness score 3.68 rank 36 conf 0.09 Source: World Bank * The Logistics Performance Index is based on a survey of operators on the ground worldwide (global freight forwarders and express carriers), providing feedback on the logistics ‘friendliness’ of the countries in which they operate and those with which they trade. They combine in-depth knowledge of the countries in which they
  • 59. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 59 6.3.2 Distribution Clusters Most of China’s third party logistics providers (3PL) are clustered in the three main economic regions; Beijing/Tianjin, the Yangtze River Delta (Shanghai area) and the Pearl River Delta (southeast) It appears that new logistics centres are to be located in areas separate from the logistics zones near the ports. Outside of the main economic centres, the logistics sector tends to be of low quality, highly inefficient and with little technological competence. 6.3.3 Logistics Market Size and Growth In 2003, China's logistics industry realized CNY788bn of added value, up 10.5 percent over that of the previous year and 1.4 and 3.8 percentage points higher than growth rates of gross domestic product and the service industry in the same period. The International Monetary Fund predicted that the market share of the logistics industry in China will rise to CNY1 trillion in value by 2010, compared with the CNY461.8bn in 1999. operate with informed perceptions of other countries with which they trade, and experience of global logistics environment. Feedback from operators is supplemented with objective data on the performance of key components of the logistics chain in the home country, data collected for 100 countries. The LPI consists therefore of both perception and objective measures and helps build profiles of logistics friendliness for these countries. The scores are from one to five, one being the worst performance for the given dimension.
  • 60. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 60 7 Hong Kong Hong Kong, a special administrative region (SAR) of China, consists of a cluster of islands surrounding a peninsula abutting south-eastern Guangdong Province. The United Kingdom occupied the territory in 1841 and established Hong Kong as a full colony the following year. Further expansions into Kowloon and elsewhere followed, and in 1898 Britain consolidated its control over Hong Kong by signing a 99-year treaty allowing for sovereignty of the New Territories. Aside from Japanese occupation during the Second World War, Britain governed Hong Kong consistently until 1997, when during a planned transfer the colony became a Special Administrative Region of China’s. Under the policy “one country, two systems” Hong Kong retains jurisdiction over its economic, media, and judicial systems while Beijing controls defence and foreign affairs. In the years following Britain’s agreement to hand Hong Kong back to China, the territory has struggled to consolidate its political structure. Chris Patten, the last British-appointed governor of the colony, attempted to widen suffrage and implement more direct elections, but these reforms were vetoed by the Chinese government who established the Provisional Legislative Council in 1996. Since then, Hong Kong’s Chief Executives have been chosen by a combination of direct election and a 400-member political committee. There have been periodic demonstrations in support of wider democratic reforms in ensuing years, though most observers believe that Hong Kong’s current electoral system will remain unchanged through the 2012 Chief Executive elections. Donald Tsang currently rules Hong Kong, having replaced Tung Chee-Hwa in 2005 when the latter resigned under pressure from Chinese President Hu Jintao. Despite such political changes, Hong Kong has maintained its status as an economic success story and one of Asia’s most prosperous regions, and China’s leaders have thus far been content to keep the Hong Kong engine running on full since the handover. 7.1 Economy and Trade Hong Kong has a free market economy highly dependent on international trade. The service sector accounts for 92 percent of GDP, among the highest proportions in the world. The region long had a vibrant manufacturing sector but in the years following China’s economic opening, much industry has crossed the border into Guangdong Province. Hong Kong also depends on its neighbour for the bulk of its food imports, as the region’s agricultural output is best described as negligible. Under British administration, Hong Kong became one of the world’s most liberal economies, imposing low taxes and lightly regulating business. In general, government adopted a laissez-faire approach to all economic matters excepting housing, education, and health care. Under Chinese administration, Hong Kong has not significantly altered its relationship between state and economy, as the region’s Basic Law restricts government intervention to a great extent. One consequence of Hong Kong’s low-regulatory policy has been a disconcerting lack of competition in many major areas, including food retail and land development. The government has pledged to take
  • 61. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 61 measures to increase the region’s competitive atmosphere but thus far little has changed. Hong Kong will, however, occasionally intervene in the stock market, most notably in 1998 due to concerns about the fixed link between the Hong Kong and US dollar. Hong Kong’s government derives a significant portion of its revenue from property sales, corporate taxes, and salary taxes. Tourism- in particular from mainland travellers- offset economic difficulties caused by the SARS crisis in the early part of the decade. The Chinese mainland is, by far, Hong Kong’s largest trading partner; it accounted for nearly half of all imports and exports in 2007. The 2003 signing of the Close Economic Partnership Agreement (CEPA) with the mainland further cemented trade ties between the two countries, removing tariffs on more than 200 categories of goods. Benefits from the agreement though were muted somewhat by China’s 2005 accession into the World Trade Organisation (WTO). Hong Kong’s liberal economic structure and paucity of tariffs have long made it an important trading partner for countries throughout the world, as its lack of natural resources and small population have made the region dependent on trade for its economic prosperity. Key Economic Indicators 2007 Population (m): 7 GDP (USD bn; market exchange rate): 206.7(b) GDP (USD bn; PPP): 292.7 GDP per head (USD; market exchange rate): 29,612 GDP per head (USD; PPP): 41,935 Real GDP growth: 6.4 Inflation: 0.4 Exchange Rate: 7.801(b) Source: Economist Geographical Facts Land area (sq km): 1,042 sq km Water area (sq km): 50 sq km Total area (sq km): 1,092 sq km Source: World Factbook Major Exports percent 2007 Textile 26.2 Apparel 13.5 Consumer electronics 12.2 Machinery 10.2 Chemicals&chemical products 9.8 Source: Economist
  • 62. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 62 Major Imports percent Raw materials&semi-manufactures 36.9 Capital goods 22.6 Consumer goods 20.6 Fuels 11.5 Foodstuffs 8.3 Source: Economist Exports Partners percent China 48.7 US 13.7 Japan 4.5 Germany 3.0 UK 2.8 Source: Economist Import Partners percent China 46.3 Japan 10.0 Taiwan 7.2 Singapore 6.7 US 4.8 Source: Economist
  • 63. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 63 7.2 Transport Infrastructure Transport Data Total Road Length (km) 2,009 km Motorways (km) 2,009 km (2007) Railways (km) Total N/A Airports Total 1 Sea Ports Total Source: Economist 7.2.1 Road Network Hong Kong is covered by just over 2,000km of roads, of which more than 1,800 are highways. In 2004, the region reorganised its highways into nine major routes in an effort to smooth transport efforts. Due to Hong Kong’s varied terrain, the government has invested in a series of tunnels and bridges connecting outlying areas with the main population centres of Kowloon and Hong Kong Island. The Tsing Ma bridge system between Lantau Island (site of Hong Kong’s international airport) and Kowloon has reduced transport times despite a heavy amount of traffic. Due to the territory’s dense population, a greater percentage of Hong Kong residents use public transport than anywhere else in the world. Nonetheless, vehicle density remains high. In 2006, there were 552,960 registered vehicles in the region, a figure the government has tried to manage by discouraging private transport through high registration taxes and frequent inspections. Road links to the mainland have become increasingly important in recent years, given the high volume of trade between the two entities. In an effort to ameliorate slow border crossings between Hong Kong and Guangdong Province, the city government in 2007 launched the new Shenzhen to Hong Kong Western Corridor, a route that accommodate as many as 60,000 vehicles a day. 7.2.2 Rail Network For much of its history, Hong Kong’s rail network was controlled by two corporations; the Mass Transit Railway (MTR) focused mainly on underground municipal rail transit while the Kowloon-Canton Railway (KCR) handled transport between Hong Kong and the mainland, as well as train links to more remote parts of the SAR. In December 2007, these two services merged into the Hong Kong Railway Corporation in an effort to promote economies of scale and cost effectiveness. Given the close economic relationship between Hong Kong and China, the former government has placed great emphasis on linking the SAR to the mainland rail network. Hong Kong has proposed the construction of an Express Rail Link (ELR) service connecting the SAR to the south Chinese cities of
  • 64. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 64 Shenzhen and Guangzhou. If completed, the ELR would greatly reduce travel times and thus logistics costs, allowing the railway to become a more viable part of Hong Kong’s logistics infrastructure. 7.2.3 Airports Hong Kong inaugurated its new airport at Chek Lap Kok on Lantau Island in 1998, and in ensuing years the airport has generally been regarded as one of the best in the world. In 2007, Chek Lap Kok handled nearly 48 million passengers, making it the 12th busiest airport in the world and 3rd busiest in Asia after Beijing and Tokyo. In terms of cargo traffic, Hong Kong last year ranked as the second busiest airport in the world after Memphis (USA), processing 3.7m metric tonnes of cargo in 2007. It is the primary hub for Cathay Pacific, DragonAir, Hong Kong Express Airways, Hong Kong Airlines, and Air Hong Kong. Initially built with one runway, Chek Lap Kok constructed its second one year after opening. Plans to build a third runway have been stymied by logistical difficulties; construction costs would be inordinately high due to the need to build on reclaimed land. In addition, airspace restrictions on flights to and from the mainland have led to more than ideal levels of congestion on these routes. Discussions with the Chinese military to relax these restrictions have yet to reach fruition. From 1925 to 1998, Hong Kong was serviced by Kowloon’s Kai Tak airport. Limited capacity and logistical difficulties--mainly related to its geographical location-- prompted the decision to build Chek Lap Kok. 7.2.4 Sea Ports The Port of Hong Kong, long among the busiest ports in the world, has earned a reputation for efficient service; the turnabout time for containers is a mere ten hours. In recent years, though, Hong Kong’s port has had to fend off competition from mainland competitors who benefit from cheaper operating costs. Nonetheless, its cargo traffic continues to grow in volume; at 23.8m TEU in 2007, trailing only Singapore and Shanghai. Neighbouring Shenzhen ranks fourth globally at just over 21m TEU. More than half of Hong Kong’s port activity occurs in Kwai Chung and Tsing Yi Container Terminals, a grouping of nine terminals covering a total area of 2.7 square kilometres. These terminals have a handling capacity exceeding 18m TEU, and provide 24 berths with over 8,500 metres of frontage. In addition to these activities, the port of Hong Kong encompasses the River Trade Terminal at Tuen Mun, that involves the consolidation and transhipment of goods between Hong Kong and ports in the nearby Pearl River Delta (PRD). Hong Kong, recently dethroned from its long standing position as China's number one port by the rise and rise of Shanghai, is not taking the slight lying down. In an effort to bolster Hong Kong's position, the special administrative region has earmarked vast sums of money on improving logistics infrastructure as well as cooperation with South China provinces and Macao on over 237 projects at a cost of CNY1.6 trillion (USD200bn). These projects include the recently completed Western Corridor – a bridge linking Shenzhen and Hong Kong Island -, the Guangzhou-Shenzhen-Hong Kong express rail link, and the Hong Kong-Zhuhai- Macao Bridge. All of which are designed to further integrate Hong Kong into the wider PRD region thereby
  • 65. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 65 increasing the demand for cargo handling capacity. With this in mind, John Tsang’s February budget announcement seems to have put Hong Kong’s proposed Container Terminal 10 (CT10) – already delayed for ten years - very firmly back on the table. But really the major question for Hong Kong is not really whether it can add additional capacity in the shape of CT10, but whether it can fill said expansion. In this respect many observers are quietly confident. Indeed, a substantial portion of the PRD's export cargo continues to flow through Hong Kong, with the SAR offering services that many mainland competitors are unable to, such as multimodal connectivity and advanced services like container bundling, packaging and multi-country cargo consolidation. As a multimodal hub Hong Kong remains unrivalled by anyone else in the PRD. In addition to this, the local government’s ongoing firm commitment to the maritime sector is likely to mean Hong Kong will continue to fight to protect its market share with the introduction of competitive tax incentives and preferential policies to draw cargo back from mainland upstarts. But whether that is enough to compete against the increasing quality of services offered across the border remains to be seen. Tsang went on to point out that whilst south-west Tsing Yi was most likely the preferred location, north- west Lantau was still potentially on the cards. However, many analysts have long believed that the plan to locate the facilities on Lantau in the first place was never really viable, and was more likely a political move on behalf of vested interests on the island. The prospects for the Lantau site are further hampered by environmental considerations. New building would require extensive land reclamation and dredging, which would very devastate the local preserved habitat of dolphins and horse shoe crabs. Tsang’s speech indicated Tsing Yi does seem to be the favoured location, and he said that the site it could ‘achieve synergy’ with the container terminals in Kwai Chung and Tsing Yi. However, the Tsing Yi plan has obstacles of its own, and any development would have to take account of the fact that at present the site is already occupied by oil terminals. However, given the enormous support that the Hong Kong government provides for the shipping industry, it is perhaps not inconceivable that Hong Kong could claw back some of the business lost in previous years to its competitors across the water. The primary focus of expansion in Hong Kong is aimed at tackling the transhipment market, but in terms of import and export cargo it is simply a less competitive choice in terms of transport costs. This said however, Hong Kong is, and will most likely remain a very successful port and very important port for global shipping. In some ways the overall future of Hong Kong is premised on a number of factors, not least of which is that if mainland ports were to loosen their cabotage restrictions, they may very well be able to compete with Hong Kong on a level playing field. The possibility that mainland PRD ports, collectively with a potential for vast capacity, could enter the market for international transhipment cargo, must cast more serious doubt over the viability of CT10.
  • 66. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 66 7.3 Hong Kong Logistics Market 7.3.1 Overview Hong Kong’s logistics market is defined by the SAR’s close economic relationship with mainland China, specifically the nearby PRD. Thus far, the majority of large Chinese firms have preferred to manage their own logistics operations, accounting for a relatively limited use of 3PL firms. Many small and medium- sized Hong Kong logistics firms have attempted to make inroads into the mainland market by stressing their deep experience, technological superiority, and understanding of the market. In the Pearl River Delta, where many firms are Hong Kong-owned, the potential for logistics market growth is highest. Hongkong Logistics Performance Index* Overall LPI score 4 rank 8 conf 0.04 Customs score 3.84 rank 7 conf 0.11 Infrastructure score 4.06 rank 9 conf 0.1 International shipments score 3.78 rank 7 conf 0.1 Logistics competence score 3.99 rank 9 conf 0.11 Tracking & tracing score 4.06 rank 8 conf 0.11 Domestic logistics costs score 2.66 rank 119 conf 0.14 Timeliness score 4.33 rank 7 conf 0.1 Source: World Bank * The Logistics Performance Index is based on a survey of operators on the ground worldwide (global freight forwarders and express carriers), providing feedback on the logistics ‘friendliness’ of the countries in which they operate and those with which they trade. They combine in-depth knowledge of the countries in which they operate with informed perceptions of other countries with which they trade, and experience of global logistics environment. Feedback from operators is supplemented with objective data on the performance of key components of the logistics chain in the home country, data collected for 100 countries. The LPI consists therefore of both perception and objective measures and helps build profiles of logistics friendliness for these countries. The scores are from one to five, one being the worst performance for the given dimension.
  • 67. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 67 7.3.2 Distribution Clusters With its superb natural harbour, business-friendly economic climate, and world-class transport infrastructure, Hong Kong has become a major distribution centre in the South China region. The Close Economic Partnership Agreement (CEPA), which Hong Kong signed with China in 2003, has only intensified the importance of the SAR as a distribution point for the PRD and beyond. Hong Kong’s efficient and modern network of roads and rail has enabled it to compete with less expensive distribution centres on the Chinese mainland. The construction of Hong Kong International Airport (HKIA) in 1998 and subsequent infrastructure projects have tightened links between the SAR and nearby Guangdong Province. A bridge connecting Lantau Island (site of HKIA) and the more populous region of Kowloon has enabled speedier road transport from the airport into the rest of the city and locations in the nearby Pearl River Delta. In addition to the Chinese market, Hong Kong could become a major distribution cluster for trade with other northeast Asian countries, as cost savings in aviation goods, for example, are estimated to be between 24 to 45percent in comparison to clusters in Tokyo, Singapore, and Shanghai. 7.3.3 Logistics Market Size and Growth Growth in Hong Kong’s logistics industry depends greatly on their use by Chinese firms, who have been inclined in the past to use their own logistics operations. In 2007, only an estimated 3 percent of Chinese firms used 3PL providers in moving their goods, a number Hong Kong 3PL’s are keen to increase. Hong Kong’s small and medium-sized logistics companies have several advantages, not least the benefits accrued from the 2003 CEPA agreement. In addition, continued growth of the Port of Hong Kong as well as government investment in infrastructure seem poised to reduce logistics costs, allowing for Hong Kong firms to gain the upper hand on their nascent mainland counterparts.
  • 68. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 68 8 India India occupies most of the subcontinent of India in southern Asia. It borders China in the northeast. Other neighbours are Pakistan in the west, Nepal and Bhutan in the north, and Burma and Bangladesh in the east. The country can be divided into three distinct geographic regions: the Himalayan region in the north, which contains some of the highest mountains in the world, the Gangetic Plain, and the plateau region in the south and central parts. Its great river systems have extensive deltas and all have their sources in the Himalayas: the Ganges (2,478 km) and the Brahmaputra (2,900 km). India gained independence in 1947 after two centuries of British colonial rule. In the same year, partition created the state of Pakistan, with which India has fought three wars. Until a spate of economic reforms took place in the early 1990s, economic policy focused on self-sufficiency. Reforms have since proceeded slowly. The large, and inefficient, public sector co-exists with a sizeable and diversified private sector. Agriculture is almost entirely in private hands. In 1974, after the successful testing of a nuclear bomb, India joined the nuclear club with eight other nations including its neighbour, Pakistan who successfully tested their own bombs in 1998. India has yet to ratify the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT). 8.1 Economy and Trade Strong growth enablers exist in India today in the form of over USD300bn worth of infrastructure investments, phased introduction of value-added-tax (VAT), and the development of organized retail and agri-processing industries. Strong foreign direct investment inflows in several industry sectors will also lead to increased market opportunities for 3PL providers in India. India ranks second globally in terms of farm output. Agriculture and related sectors like forestry, logging and fishing accounted for 16.6percent of the GDP in 2007, employed 60percent of the total workforce. Though these sectors have seen a steady decline of its share in GDP, they are still the largest economic sectors and are vital in the overall socio-economic development of India. Yields per unit area of all crops have grown since independence due to the special emphasis placed on agriculture by the government in the five-year plans. Improvements in irrigation, technology, application of modern agricultural practices and provision of agricultural credit and subsidies have resulted in a Green revolution in India. However, international comparisons reveal that the average yield in India is generally 30percent to 50percent of the highest average yield in the world. The low productivity in India is a result of the following factors:
  • 69. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 69 • Illiteracy, general socio-economic backwardness, slow progress in implementing land reforms and inadequate or inefficient finance and marketing services for farm produce. • Average size of land holdings is very small (less than 20,000 m²) and subject to fragmentation, due to land ceiling acts and in some cases, family disputes. Such small holdings are often over-manned, resulting in disguised unemployment and low productivity of labour. • Inadequate adoption of modern agricultural practices and use of technology is inadequate, hampered by ignorance of such practices, high costs and impracticality in the case of small land holdings. • Irrigation facilities are inadequate, as revealed by the fact that only 52.6 percent of the land was irrigated in 2003–04 resulting in farmers still being dependent on rainfall, specifically the Monsoon season. A good monsoon results in a robust growth for the economy as a whole, while a poor monsoon leads to a sluggish growth. India currently accounts for 1.2 percent of World trade as of 2006 according to the WTO. Before liberalisation in 1991, India’s young economy was deliberately isolated and protectionist in its trading practices. Foreign trade was subject to import tariffs, export taxes and quota restrictions. As a result, the Indian export market experienced 15 years of stagnation after independence. This was primarily due to a reliance on tea, jute and cotton products, all of which were fairly inelastic in terms of demand. Imports during the same period were primarily of machinery, equipment and raw materials, needed during the early stages of industrialisation. Since liberalisation, the value of India's international trade has become more broad-based and has risen to substantial levels. India's major trading partners are China, the US, the UAE, the UK. The exports during April 2007 were USD12.31bn up by 16 percent and import were USD17.68bn with an increase of 18.06 percent over 2006. Key Economic Indicators 2007 Population (m): 1,148 GDP (USD bn; market exchange rate): USD1.099 trillion (2007 est.) GDP (USD bn; PPP): USD2.989 trillion (2007 est.) GDP per head (USD; PPP): USD2,700 (2007 est.) Real GDP growth: 9.2percent (2007 est.) Inflation: 6.4percent (2007 est.) Exchange Rate: INR/USD- 41.487 (2007) Source: World Factbook / Economist Geographical Facts Land area (sq km): 2,973,190 Water area (sq km): 314,400 Total area (sq km): 3,287,590 Source: World Factbook / Economist
  • 70. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 70 Major Exports percent Engineering goods 23.0 Petroleum products 14.7 Textiles and textile products 13.5 Gems and jewellery 12.3 Other 36.5 Source: Economist Major Imports percent Petroleum and petroleum products 29.9 Electronic Goods 8.4 Gold and silver 7.7 Machinery 7.3 Other 46.7 Source: Economist Exports Partners percent US 15.1 UAE 8.8 China 8.4 UK 4.3 Other 63.4 Source: Economist Import Partners percent China 10.5 US 7.8 Germany 4.5 Singapore 4.5 Other 72.7 Source: Economist 8.2 Transport Infrastructure India’s transport sector is large and diverse; it caters to the needs of 1.1bn people. Logistics costs (i.e., inventory holding, transport, warehousing, packaging, losses and related administration costs) have been estimated at 13-14 percent of Indian GDP which is higher than the 8 percent of USA’s but lower than the 21 percent of China’s GDP. Continued growth in urban and rural areas is dependent upon physical connectivity. Beginning in the early 1990s, India's growing economy has witnessed an average rise in demand of about 10 percent a year for transport infrastructure and services. Investment has been uneven across the country with transport infrastructure in the southern and south-western parts of the country being more developed than in other parts of the country. Transport infrastructure has not been able to keep pace with rising demand and is proving to be a bottleneck for economic growth. Large-scale improvements in the sector are necessary to support the country's economy.
  • 71. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 71 Transport Data 2007 Total Road Length (km) 3,383,344 Motorways (km) 1,603,705 Railways (km) Total 63,221 Airports Total 345 Sea Ports Total 198 Source: World Fact Book 8.2.1 Road Network Roads are the primary mode of transport in India carrying nearly 90 percent of the country’s passenger traffic and 65 percent of its freight. The density of India’s highway network - at 0.66 km of highway per square km of land – is similar to that of the United States (0.65) and much greater than China's (0.16) or Brazil's (0.20). Most of India’s highways, however, are narrow and congested with poor surface quality, and 40 percent of India’s villages lack access to all-weather roads. 8.2.2 Rail Network At 63,000 km, Indian Railways is the most extensive railway in Asia and the fourth most heavily used system in the world, but remains antiquated. With 1.4m employees, it is one of the world’s largest non- military employers. Till recently, the railways played a leading role in carrying passengers and cargo across India’s vast territory. However, with tariff policies that overcharge freight to subsidize passenger travel, the movement of freight is increasingly shifting from railways to roads. To counter this shift, the government moved to liberalise and improve rail services in 2005 and 2006 by encouraging investment, enforcing rail safety measures and controlling prices. 8.2.3 Airports India has over 60 medium and large sized airports, including 11 international airports and is one of the world’s fastest growing aviation industries. As a result of the drastic increase in air traffic for both passengers and cargo in recent years has placed undue strain on the country's four major airports. This has resulted in an overhaul of major airports, namely Delhi, Mumbai, Kolkata and Chennai’s under way. Also in a bid to relieve this pressure, a new international airport opened in Bangalore, India’s information technology (IT) hub, in May 2008. The combined size of the Indian fleet at the end of 2006 was some 270 aircraft. By 2013, an additional 480 aircraft are due for delivery, including the new Airbus A380. Domestic traffic has seen particularly
  • 72. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 72 strong growth, including the entry of new low-cost carriers. By 2026, Indian domestic air travel is forecast to be the eighth largest traffic flow in the world. August 2007 saw the merger of Indian and Air India, the two state-owned national carriers. The integration of fleet and staff is still in progress and not expected to see full integration until 2009. The merger was necessary for the survival of the carriers airlines as their market shares individually were too small (Indian served the domestic market while Air India the international one) to compete with newly emerging privately owned competitors. In 2007, the privately owned rivals Jet Airways and Air Sahara finalised a merger to become India’s largest domestic airline. These mergers are representative of a long- past-due trend toward consolidation in India’s growing civil aviation industry. 8.2.4 Sea Ports India’s growing foreign trade in the movement of containers, coal, iron ore and petroleum products is served by its 185 minor and intermediate ports as well as 13 major ports. These handle up to 90 percent of India’s total foreign trade. Although India also has access to 14,000 Km of canals and navigable rivers these have gone largely undeveloped. Private investment is a major contributor to the Indian port sector. Private players have taken over many existing facilities and set up further new facilities at existing ports, such as Mundra and Pipava in Gujarat. The Central government controls the management and development of major Indian ports, through their respective port trusts, where the state governments control minor ports. Major ports have increased their total cargo volume by 183 percent over 10 years, (from 1992-2002), to 288m tonnes. The remaining 91m tonnes are handled by minor ports. The total volume is comprised of 83 percent liquid and dry bulk cargo, and 17 percent container and general cargo. As a result of the USD394m investment into the new mechanised coal handling facility at Paradip, and the new port at Ennore, India has raised its capacity of major ports to 344m tonnes. Having reviewed strategies used by nations around the world to address domestic ports, the Indian government believes that the commercialisation, privatisation, and modernisation of currently operating ports will result in their technological advancement and overall improvement. The government has also launched measures intended to buttress regulatory structures of major ports. These measures include tariff rationalisation and the gradual introduction of a corporate structure for existing ports. In an effort to promote foreign investment in ports, the government has issued regulations that allow for joint ventures or foreign collaboration in establishing port facilities. The government permits wholly-foreign investment in the construction and maintenance of ports and harbours and when providing support services in transporting water In addition, the private sector may establish captive facilities.
  • 73. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 73 In an effort to entice private investors, the government is offering incentives including a 10-year tax holiday in port development, operation, and maintenance. Those investing in an inland waterways and ports may also benefit from these offers. The Tariff Authority for Major Ports (TAMP) now sets and amends tariffs on major ports. To allow changes dealing with port reorganisation, the government is altering the current legal framework as well as announcing regulations for the bid evaluation process. Maritime states have also formulated port development plans utilising private investment and user agencies. A strategy integrating port development consists of the creation of port facilities and the industrialization and development of infrastructure facilities used to reach rural areas via roads and railways. In carrying out this process, those responsible have identified suitable locations, completed techno-economic pre-feasibility studies, and formulated guidelines. 8.3 Indian Logistics Market 8.3.1 Overview The logistics infrastructure has received lot of attention both from business and industry as well as policy makers. It has been estimated that by the year 2010, India will have an overall market size of over USD125bn. This projection has been based on a gross domestic profit growth averaging over 9 percent a year and the manufacturing sector enjoying growth rates and phenomenal, sustainable growth in the manufacturing sector. In spite of this news, the job of managing this infrastructure for effective competition has been under- emphasised. The inadequacies of the logistics infrastructure have had a bottleneck effect on the growth of the economy. National level analysts have concluded that the logistics management regimen is capable of overcoming the disadvantages of the infrastructure in the short run while providing ongoing and sustainable competitiveness in the long term. It is here that several challenges exist as well as opportunities for the Indian economy. There are several models that seem to be emerging based on the critical demands of the Indian economy that would be viable models for other global economies as well. As a result of the under-developed trade and logistics infrastructure, the logistics cost of the Indian economy is over 13 percent of GDP, compared to less than 10 percent of GDP in almost the entirety of Western Europe and North America. The Indian logistics market is largely disorganised. Two thirds of road transport providers operate with fleet sizes of less than five trucks and these tiny enterprises, as a whole, comprise 80 percent of revenues. The freight-forwarding segment is also made up of thousands of small customs brokers and clearing and forwarding agents catering to local cargo requirements. Highway capacity shortages are further exacerbated by mixed traffic, encroachment, crowded and negative environmental consequences of poor unsafe urban crossings, and frequent stops at state and municipal check-posts. Widespread overloading by the outdated, rigid two-axle trucks has long been a
  • 74. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 74 major factor in the damage of road pavement and structure. In rural roads, there is almost a total lack of important maintenance and drainage, leading to extraordinarily rapid deterioration of road surface conditions. Until now, all major ports have handled more traffic than their rated capacities. Although the situation has improved with capacity augmentation, the capacities, as rated, are 50-60 percent lower than those at comparable ports elsewhere in Asia. The real berth capacities have not been used efficiently, mainly because of low productivity of equipment and labour. Equipment use on berths is extremely low-about 30-35 percent. In railways, in spite of the vast scope of its network, simple issues such as wagon failure cause the largest share of train maintenance failures, which in turn cause a loss of about 20 percent of line capacity. Large measures have been taken by the government in attempts to remedy the failings of the Indian transport structure but there has been resistance from many sectors. In spite of this resistance, three factors make it a particularly opportune time for India to expedite transport reform: • First, the initial reform momentum has already been built up. • Second, there is growing consensus within India that transport should be managed as an economic sector. • Third, there are many successful models for transport reform from around the world. The resistance to reform, however, should not be underestimated. But such resistance has to be overcome, keeping in mind the high costs of slow or inadequate action that will be borne by the Indian economy and society. There is hope that policy and institutional reform will contribute to the momentum being built up for more speedy reforms and in consequence, for a substantial performance improvement in the Indian transport sector.
  • 75. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 75 India Logistics Performance Index* Overall LPI score 3.07 rank 39 conf 0.08 Customs score 2.69 rank 47 conf 0.19 Infrastructure score 2.9 rank 42 conf 0.2 International shipments score 3.08 rank 40 conf 0.18 Logistics competence score 3.27 rank 31 conf 0.2 Tracking & tracing score 3.03 rank 42 conf 0.24 Domestic logistics costs score 3.08 rank 46 conf 0.17 Timeliness score 3.47 rank 47 conf 0.22 Source: World Bank 8.3.2 Distribution Clusters Mumbai is India’s primary distribution cluster with other major centres existing in Kolkata and Madras but new developments are set for the coming years expected to draw a bit of the investment away from these into areas concentrated in 14 locations. As nearly one-third of the total realty development in the sector has been projected occur in emerging locations, many tier-2 and tier-3 cities and peripheral location offering good connectivity to multiple markets are expected to experience increased activity from logistics players. This will also provide an inadvertent thrust to the real estate market. In spite of the newly emerging centres, Mumbai remains the preferred location for the development of logistics * The Logistics Performance Index is based on a survey of operators on the ground worldwide (global freight forwarders and express carriers), providing feedback on the logistics ‘friendliness’ of the countries in which they operate and those with which they trade. They combine in-depth knowledge of the countries in which they operate with informed perceptions of other countries with which they trade, and experience of global logistics environment. Feedback from operators is supplemented with objective data on the performance of key components of the logistics chain in the home country, data collected for 100 countries. The LPI consists therefore of both perception and objective measures and helps build profiles of logistics friendliness for these countries. The scores are from one to five, one being the worst performance for the given dimension.
  • 76. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 76 parks with an investment of approximately USD200m to date. The city will in addition to existing centres, seven to eight logistics parks on almost 2.5m square metres around Mumbai. The new logistics centres are expected to boost industrial activities around the country. It is further estimated that by 2012, India will have 110 logistics parks spread over 1.4m square metres hectares and 4.2m square metres will be operational by 2010 at an estimated cost of USD1bn. 8.3.3 Logistics Market Size and Growth The Indian Times reported in August of 2008 that the Indian logistics industry is expected to grow at 15percent to 20percent per annum, reaching an industry turnover of USD385bn by 2015. Indian ports cater mainly to transhipment and coastal movement. Most of the Indian cargo is transhipped through hub ports like Colombo, Singapore and Salalah. The results are an increase in Indian freight cargo. To solve this, the government is planning to set up two hub ports, one on the east coast and one on the west coasts at Chennai and Jawaharlal Nehru Port at Mumbai. Furthermore, it is proposed to develop an International Container Transhipment Terminal at Cochin Port on BOT basis. Major opportunities for investment exist in: leasing of assets at existing ports, construction and operation of terminals, and berths and storage facilities. The World Bank has been a major investor in the transport sector in India. Till 2007, it has provided 17 loans for improving the national and state highways and rural roads, as well as urban transport in Mumbai. It has also provided 18 loans for the railways. At present, World Bank’s total loan commitments for the transport sector in India are USD4.95bn. The main activities include: • National Highway Development Project: The World Bank is financing highway construction on the Agra-Dhanbad and Lucknow-Muzaffarpur corridors. It is also involved in other sector activities such as improving road transport efficiency, upgrading road safety, and improving asset management. • Rural Roads Program: The program provides for the provision of all weather roads to villages in four states – Uttar Pradesh, Jharkhand, Rajasthan and Himachal Pradesh. Following the success of these projects loans for another five states are being prepared. • State Roads Projects: State Highways are being upgraded in the states of Gujarat, Karnataka, Kerala, Mizoram, Uttar Pradesh, Tamil Nadu, Punjab and Himachal Pradesh. In addition, loans for another 3 states are under preparation. • Mumbai Urban Transport Project: The project aims to improve transport in the Mumbai Metropolitan Region by fostering the development of an efficient and sustainable urban transport system - suburban rail, bus and link roads - and building effective institutions.
  • 77. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 77 9 Indonesia The modern nation of Indonesia, consisting of more than 17,000 islands straddling the equator, has the fourth largest population in the world after China, India, and the US. Initially colonised by the Dutch in the 17th century, Indonesia became independent in the years immediately following World War Two under the leadership of General Soekarno. Political instability and economic stagnation characterised Soekarno’s rule, and in 1967 he was deposed in a military coup and replaced by General Soeharto, who would govern the country for the next thirty years. Repressive and autocratic, Soeharto nonetheless presided over a period of economic expansion that lifted many Indonesians out of poverty. 1997’s East Asian financial crisis fomented intense opposition to Soeharto’s rule, and under pressure from his cabinet ministers and military leadership, he resigned his post as President in 1998. Soeharto’s downfall ushered in a transition to democracy, eventually consolidated with the election of Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono in 2004. Despite the existence of a free and vibrant press, official corruption and a weak judiciary have prevented Indonesia from improving its political structure further. Challenges for Indonesia’s government include preserving freedom for the nation’s religious minorities (mainly Christians and Hindus), protecting the country from further terrorist attack, and spreading benefits of economic growth to previously neglected parts of the country. 9.1 Economy and Trade With abundant natural resources and a large labour force, Indonesia has long had enormous economic potential. Under Soeharto’s thirty-year rule, Indonesia achieved impressive growth, averaging more than 6percent per year between the years 1970 and 1996. Prudent economic management (in addition to currency stabilisation) enabled Indonesia to escape the ranks of low-income countries and become a middle-income country by the 1990s, though the East Asian financial crisis led to a sharp economic downturn in 1998 from which Indonesia only recently began to recover. Indonesia is Asia’s only member of OPEC, though in recent years declines in production and an increase in demand have on occasion turned the country into a net oil importer. The Indonesian government has long been careful with fuel subsidies, as a cut in the 1990s was one of the factors that led to Soeharto’s ouster. Roughly 43 percent of Indonesia’s labour force is employed in the agriculture sector, though agriculture’s share of the national GDP has shrunk to around 10percent as the manufacturing and service sectors have come to dominate the economy. Indonesia remains the third largest rice producer in the world, but only seldom achieves self-sufficiency in this commodity; high population density and industrial encroachment in rice-producing areas has forced Indonesia to import massive amounts from other countries.
  • 78. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 78 Manufacturing overtook agriculture in terms of GDP in 1991 and now, along with the service sector, accounts for much of Indonesia’s economic production. However, several factors have prevented Indonesian manufacturing from maximising its potential. Indonesian industries have had to compete with their Indian and Chinese counterparts, both of which benefit from a cheaper supply of labour. In addition, labour disputes, rising production costs, and legal issues have also impeded the development of Indonesia’s manufacturing sector. Indonesia sells its exports to four major markets: The EU, US, Japan, and Singapore. Together, they account for over 60percent of Indonesia’s external trade. While trade growth remains strong, Indonesia has lost global market share in recent years due to a variety of interacting factors, such as labour unrest and increased commodity prices. Machinery and electrical goods account for nearly a third of Indonesian exports, though a reduced domestic supply (and increased customer demand) has lead to the country importing large amounts of oil. Neighbouring Singapore remains Indonesia’s foremost partner in the imports market. Key Economic Indicators 2007 Population (m): 234.7 GDP (USD bn; market exchange rate): 432.8 GDP (USD bn; PPP): 837.7(b) GDP per head (USD; market exchange rate): 1,844 GDP per head (USD; PPP): 3,569(b) Real GDP growth: 6.3 Inflation: 6.4 Exchange Rate: 9,143 Source: Economist Geographical Facts (2007) Land area (sq km): 1,826,440 sq km Water area (sq km): 93,000 sq km Total area (sq km): 1,919,440 sq km Source: World Factbook Major Exports percent (2007) Oil&gas 21.8 Mineral products 11.5 Machinery&electrical equipment 10.8 Fat, edible oil& waxes 8.7 Source: Economist Major Imports percent (2007) Machinery&electrical equipment 32. Oil&gas 27.5 Base metals 13.5 Chemicals 11.9 Source: Economist
  • 79. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 79 Exports Partners percent Japan 20.6 US 12.1 Singapore 11.7 China 9.7 Source: Economist Import Partners percent (2007) Singapore 43.5 China 18.8 Japan 13.2 South Korea 8.6 Source: Economist 9.2 Transport Infrastructure Covering an archipelago with over 6,000 inhabited islands and catering to the needs of 235m people, Indonesia’s transport network is vast and varied. The national road network reaches 400,000km, of which well over 200,000 is paved. Railways are less prevalent, reaching only the two most populous islands of Sumatra and Java. Given the distance between the westernmost and easternmost points of the archipelago, a fair amount of Indonesia’s cargo and passenger traffic travels by airplane. Airline deregulation, implemented in the last twenty years, has led to the rapid growth of the domestic airline industry and as a result, air travel has become far cheaper and more efficient than ever before. Like many developing countries, Indonesia’s transport infrastructure does have its fair share of problems, most notably government neglect in the years immediately following the 1997 East Asian Financial Crisis. While the new government has pledged to place infrastructure development at the centre of its domestic agenda, major improvements are still needed. Transport Data Total Road Length (km) 391,009 km Motorways (km) 216,714 km (paved) Railways (km) Total 6,458 km Airports Total 652 Sea Ports Total 186 Source: World Factbook 9.2.1 Road Network Indonesia’s extensive road network covers nearly 400,000km and remains the most common method of land transport in the country. Within densely populated Java, more than 90percent of all roads are paved, though this percentage is far smaller in rural parts of the country. In fact, more than 11m Indonesians
  • 80. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 80 lack access to all-weather roads of any kind, presenting an obstacle for the government in developing poorer regions of the country. Several discrete problems plague Indonesia’s roads. Narrowness in certain areas impede access for containers larger than 40 feet, while Indonesia’s frequent wet weather regularly renders roads impassable. Corruption also plays a negative part; drivers often must pay extortionate fees to unscrupulous toll operators, corrupt police officers, and organised criminal gangs. The government’s inability to curb corruption has led to a reduction in road network investment, as would-be investors lack confidence that they will be able to charge an agreed-upon toll once new roads are built. Rising land acquisition costs present an additional problem. Land prospectors routinely buy land earmarked for toll roads and drive up acquisition costs. In an effort to reduce these costs, the government has pledged to freeze land costs at 10percent over initial estimates in an effort to placate investors. 9.2.2 Rail Network Railways cover roughly 4,500km of Indonesian territory, of which nearly two-thirds is located on Java. Nearly 75percent of revenue for Kereta Api Railways (Indonesia’s state-owned rail company) also occurs on its most populous island, though a significant amount of freight is moved on neighbouring Sumatra’s three unconnected rail lines. 90percent of Indonesia’s rail network is single-gauge, indicating a need for added investment. Like other areas of Indonesia’s transport infrastructure, the national rail network requires new investment. Ageing equipment and the absence of security gates (in some areas) have led to more frequent rail accidents, an issue of concern for the central government. In an effort to boost railway investment, the Indonesian parliament crafted legislation in 2007 allowing the private sector to provide rail transport for the first time, though government restrictions will still exist. The government’s biggest priority in the railway sector is the completion of an 800km track linking Jakarta with Surabaya in East Java. 9.2.3 Airports Indonesia’s multitude of islands coupled with enormous distances from west to east explain why air travel is often the most convenient method of transport in the country. Liberalisation of the airline industry in 2000 preceded the arrival of several privately owned, (mainly) low-cost airlines. Reduced ticket prices have conversely caused a spike in the number of passengers; while only 6.6m trips were taken in 1999, 16m occurred in 2003. In recent years, Indonesia’s airline industry has been plagued by major safety concerns. In early 2007 alone, two airlines crashed (claiming a total of 145 lives) and a third suffered major structural damage upon landing. Observers believe these accidents resulted from corruption, and weak enforcement of
  • 81. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 81 regulation and safety rules. Steps, such as greater compliance with International Civil Aviation Organisation, must be undertaken to rectify Indonesia’s air safety problems. Indonesia’s largest airport, Soekarno-Hatta, is located near the national capital of Jakarta and is the 35th busiest in the world in terms of passenger traffic. While among the most punctual airports in the world, Soekarno-Hatta has endured problems in recent years, most notably from flooding during the rainy season. 9.2.4 Sea Ports Of Indonesia’s 186 ports, Banjarmasin, Belawan, Ciwandan, Kotabaru, Krueg Geukueh, Palembang, Panjang, Sungai Pakning, Tanjung Perak, Tanjung Priok, are considered major ports. The lack of port facilities to attract major ocean-going vessels requires most cargo to be transhipped in Singapore before arriving in Indonesia via feeder vessels. As an archipelago with a long coast line, Indonesia’s domestic shipping industry comprises the bulk of port activity, approaching an estimated 60percent. Indonesia’s four major ports are located at Jakarta and Surabaya on Java, Belawan on Sumatra, and Ujung Pandang on Sulawesi. Of these, by far the largest facility is Jakarta’s Tanjung Priok port, handling 28percent of exports and 42percent of imports in 2005. Recently, partial privatisation of the port has attracted heavy investment, lending hope that through upgrades Indonesia will be able to entice a greater volume of trade. In addition to infrastructure weaknesses, Indonesia’s ports are plagued by problems such as organised crime, piracy, strikes, and theft. As with the national air industry, Indonesian seaports have a poor safety record and in 2007 a ferry disaster killed 470 people. Rectifying these issues, combined with greater investment, is necessary for Indonesia to improve its port situation. 9.3 Indonesian Logistics Market 9.3.1 Overview With the fourth highest population in the world, the growth potential for Indonesia’s logistics market is enormous, yet persistent problems have prevented firms- both domestic and international- from realising this potential. The logistics industry comprises well over 10percent of Indonesia’s GDP, and the high-cost of transmitting goods within the country have made Indonesian exports too expensive for the global market. Corruption- usually in the form of illegal road tolls- is one major issue with Indonesia’s logistics market. Truck drivers must pay a series of extortionate road bribes on long routes, slowing transport times considerably. Inadequate road maintenance is another factor driving up transport costs, as vehicle
  • 82. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 82 operating costs in Indonesia are nearly 60percent more per kilometre than in many of its East Asian counterparts. In order for Indonesia to improve its logistics situation, it must stamp out corruption and encourage more investment in infrastructure, particularly in respect to the nation’s roads. Indonesia Logistics Performance Index * Overall LPI score 1.3 rank 2.13 conf 0.13 Customs score 2.1 rank 2.14 conf 0.36 Infrastructure score 2.1 rank 2.15 conf 0.32 International shipments score 5.3 rank 2.14 conf 0.28 Logistics competence score 2.1 rank 2.20 conf 0.33 Tracking & tracing score 3.1 rank 2.3 conf 0.36 Domestic logistics costs score 2.1 rank 4.2 conf 0.36 Timeliness score 3.1 rank 2.28 conf 0.39 Source: World Bank * The Logistics Performance Index is based on a survey of operators on the ground worldwide (global freight forwarders and express carriers), providing feedback on the logistics ‘friendliness’ of the countries in which they operate and those with which they trade. They combine in-depth knowledge of the countries in which they operate with informed perceptions of other countries with which they trade, and experience of global logistics environment. Feedback from operators is supplemented with objective data on the performance of key components of the logistics chain in the home country, data collected for 100 countries. The LPI consists therefore of both perception and objective measures and helps build profiles of logistics friendliness for these countries. The scores are from one to five, one being the worst performance for the given dimension.
  • 83. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 83 9.3.2 Distribution Clusters The island of Java, home to roughly half of Indonesia’s population, also contains the country’s most significant distribution clusters. Soekarno-Hatta International Airport, located near Jakarta, transmits the vast majority of Indonesia’s air freight, a significant factor when considering the prevalence of air travel in the country. Soekarno-Hatta’s proximity to Tanjung Priok, Indonesia’s largest port, also attests to the importance of greater Jakarta in Indonesia’s distribution network. Additional clusters exist on the islands of Java and Sumatra, though these are far less involved with international trade. Indonesia’s plethora of islands and length speak to the necessity of well- developed domestic clusters, as the government has made it a priority to develop previously neglected rural areas and outlying islands. Corruption, poor maintenance, flooding, and organised crime are all hindrances to the distribution in goods within Indonesia. Truckers are often forced to pay bribes along several of the nation’s important roads, rendering the transport process slower and more expensive. A lack of infrastructure development and poor maintenance on existing roads and railways often prevent the smooth passage of goods to rural areas. The government also has struggled to adapt to Indonesia’s tropical climate, as persistent flooding (even at Soekarno-Hatta airport) have also been a nagging problem. As a result, many major companies will use the better-organised and more reliable Singapore distribution cluster as a better way to move goods through Indonesia. 9.3.3 Logistics Market Size and Growth Given Indonesia’s large population and growing economy, financial opportunities in the logistics market are great, particularly within intra-island trade. Several businesses in Indonesia have established logistics clusters in an attempt to capitalise on this sizeable potential. Yet despite the existence of over 800 domestic tourist companies, the logistics market in Indonesia is dominated by major foreign firms. Few Indonesian companies have the technological prowess to manage large shipments of cargo, and as a result foreign firms have the upper hand in supply chain management. The East Asian Financial Crisis and regime change in the late 1990s led to a stall in Indonesian infrastructure development, and as a result basic problems such as flooding still exist. In addition, high levels of corruption (usually in the form of bribe-taking) have hampered Indonesia’s domestic logistics market, explaining the predominance of better-organised foreign firms.
  • 84. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 84 10 Japan In 1854, the US forced Japan to sign the Treaty of Kanagawa, ending over two hundred years of isolation. Shortly thereafter, modernisations set forth by the Meiji Reformations saw Japan quickly start to become a major player in the global arena that it had avoided for so long and saw the island nation step onto the world scene as the first main East Asian imperialist power. Japan’s militarisation saw its first fruits by defeating both China and Russia in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Then, embarking on its policy of creating a ‘Pan-Asian Co-prosperity Sphere’, Japan occupied Korea and Formosa (Taiwan) and southern Sakhalin Island, culminating in the invasion of Manchuria in 1931 and finally the full out invasion of China beginning in 1937. In early 1941, after occupying most of East and Southeast Asia, Japan’s attack on Pearl Harbour ushered the US into the war, ending American neutrality and culminating in the unconditional surrender of the Japanese military government, ending the campaign for regional dominance of Asia Pacific. Having lost their hand at war, Japan shifted their focus to economics. Post-War Japan saw a radical shift in politics with elected officials taking power from the emperor, who while still the nominal ruler of the country, saw his traditional status as a deity revoked by law. Decision-making has since been made through elected bodies with strong input from bureaucrats and business executives. While thirty years of breakneck growth slowed in the 1990s, Japan stills stands out as the foremost economic power in the Asia Pacific region. Politically, legislative and executive powers are the jurisdiction of the Diet (parliament), comprised of the House of Councillors (the upper house) and the more powerful House of Representatives (the lower house). Currently, the Liberal Democratic Party operates a minority government through a coalition with the smaller New Komeito party。 10.1 Economy and Trade Following the large-scale destruction of its industrial base in World War II, huge investments, relative to GDP, were put into creating a modern industrial sector that relied heavily on high-technological features to improve efficiency and saw striking growth for the economy of Japan. Preferential government policies to certain industries along with an emphasis on high levels of education and positive relations between management and the labour force quickly all worked in tandem to bring Japan to the forefront of the world as one of its strongest economies by the 1980s. Rapid increase in asset prices followed the loosening of Japan’s monetary policy but the drops in asset prices in the early 1990s saw the downward turn in the Japanese economy. As the central bank introduced higher interest rates and as the government passed laws to restrict speculation, Japan entered its longest period of recovery since the end of World War II starting in 2003. Important policy issues include deregulation and liberalisation but the rate of change has been slow. With its rapidly ageing population, the structure of the future labour force is a cause for concern as
  • 85. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 85 are the savings rates and the government budget. The fiscal position of the government, after implementing JPY100 trillion (USD925bn) in fiscal-stimulus packages designed to kick-start growth, has been cast into doubt. However, it is also viewed as a necessary evil due to improved growth numbers from 2003 to 2007 as well as better performance from major banks. Concerns remain about the health of the smaller, regional banks whose precarious position still threatens the stability of the economy as a whole. In spite of having some the highest levels of taxation in the APAC region, tax revenue growth for the Japanese government has been sluggish. The standard national corporate tax rate is 30percent. When coupled with local taxes, the effective standard corporate tax rate rises to 40.9percent. The top effective personal income tax rate, including local taxes, is 50percent. The consumption tax rate is 5percent. As high as these rates are, government budgets still struggle with what they’ve been allotted. Japan's merchandise trade surplus (fob-fob, balance-of-payments basis) stood at USD104.8bn in 2007, with exports of USD678.1bn and imports of USD573.3bn. Japan’s current account recorded a surplus of USD210.5bn, or 4.8percent of GDP. However, as of July 2008, Japan's trade surplus in fell 86.6 percent from 2007 as imports grew in the wake of higher prices for oil and other commodities. The finance ministry recorded its fifth straight month of decline as the surplus shrank to JPY91.1bn (USD830.6m). Imports saw an 18.2 percent increase to stand at JPY7.54 trillion (USD68.7bn) in July, while exports rose a mere 8.1 percent to JPY7.63 trillion (US69.6bn). Japan's trade surplus with the US, always a politically sensitive issue, fell 19.0 percent, down for the 11th straight month in July with slower exports of automobiles, auto parts, machinery and electronics. Japan is also one of the few nations in the world experiencing a trade surplus with China but this too fell 63.3 percent since 2007. The nation's trade surplus with the rest of Asia, however, ran up to 42.3 percent, recovering after a dip in June due to stronger exports of mineral fuels and raw materials. Key Economic Indicators Population (m): 127.5 GDP (USD bn; market exchange rate): 4,376 GDP (USD bn; PPP): 4,283 GDP per head (USD; market exchange rate): 34,331 GDP per head (USD; PPP): 33,602 Real GDP growth: 2.1 Inflation: 0.0 Exchange Rate: 117.8 Source: Economist
  • 86. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 86 Geographical Facts Land area (sq km): 374,744 sq km Water area (sq km): 3,091 sq km Total area (sq km): 377,835 sq km Source: World Factbook Major Exports percent Transport equipment 24.8 Electrical machinery 20.2 Non-electrical machinery 19.8 Manufactured goods 11.8 Chemicals 5.6 Source: Economist Major Imports percent Mineral fuels 27.8 Electrical machinery 12.7 Manufactured goods 10.1 Non-electrical machinery 8.9 Food 8.2 Source: Economist Exports Partners percent US 20.0 China 15.4 South Korea 7.6 Taiwan 6.3 Hong Kong 5.6 Source: Economist Import Partners percent China 20.4 US 11.5 Saudi Arabia 5.3 UAE 5.0 Australia 4.9 Source: Economist 10.2 Transport Infrastructure Japan’s transport infrastructure is of a very high-standard; its ‘bullet trains’ are justifiably famous, and the country is well served by road and air links. However, issues remain. Japan’s high population density leads to frequent traffic congestion, and government investment in infrastructure often can’t keep up with ever-increasing amounts of pressure. In terms of port infrastructure, the rise of several competitors within the Asia-Pacific region has led to some concern within the Japanese industry.
  • 87. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 87 Transport Data Total Road Length (km) 1.193m km Motorways (km) paved: 942,000 km (includes 7,383 km of expressways) Railways (km) Total 23,474 km Airports Total 176 (2007) Sea Ports Total 1,064 Source: World Factbook 10.2.1 Road Network Japan’s automotive industry was one of the main powerhouses driving the Japanese ‘economic miracle’. As a result, there has been an explosion in car ownership rising from 22percent in 1970 to about 90percent now. This, along with the approximately 90percent of all freight that is transported by road has placed huge pressure on the road networks of Japan. Though there has been a large amount invested in the past couple of years on road expansion and improvement, the system as a whole remains under strain. To make matters worse, national holidays have become a popular time to travel in Japan, and the greater concentration of automobiles on roads have only exacerbated issues with the national road network. 10.2.2 Rail Network According to data from Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport (MILT), from 2006-2007, Japan’s rail systems saw a total of 22b passengers. Though vast and efficient, Japan’s public and private railways systems are used extensively for passenger transport but handle less than ten percent of land surface cargo transport due to the popularity of roads for this purpose. Japan’s dense settlement patterns mean that cargo sent by train must go by road to the departure terminal and by road again upon arrival to the recipient of the cargo In addition, as Japan is an archipelago, anything sent by rail between two islands not connected by tunnel means the goods must travel by boat. All these factors make it easier to transport goods, if not people, by road. Even passenger travel by rail has experienced stagnation in recent years with the bullet train (Shinkansen) connecting Tokyo to Osaka seeing no increase in its 2006-2007 level of 305m passengers. Competitive airfares offered by Japan’s domestic airlines are cited as being the primary reason for the lack of growth. 10.2.3 Airports After 2002, Haneda, which was previously open exclusively to domestic traffic, began to take the pressure off of Narita airport when it became open to charter flights. Today, the two airports of Narita
  • 88. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 88 and Haneda handle over 50 percent of all arrivals to Japan by air (about 99percent of all arrivals to Japan being by air). Haneda quickly became a favoured route for travelers and in 2006, the Airport International Council ranked it as the world’s fourth busiest airport in terms of passenger volume, handling nearly twice of Narita’s 33.9m passengers. One of the reasons Haneda is favoured over Narita is due to its geographical proximity to Tokyo- just 12km from the airport to the city centre, compared to the 60km between Tokyo and Narita. Still, Narita remains the world’s sixth busiest airport. Kansai International Airport, which opened in Osaka in 1994, and Chubu Airport (also known as Central Japan International Airport or Centrair) in Aichi prefecture are Japan’s two other major airports. In addition to these, there are more than 20 important regional airports serving domestic routes. The number of passengers has been steadily increasing over the past few years and is partly due to government efforts to support air travel as a means of propping up Japan’s own aircraft industry. Government data in 2007 showed Japan’s airlines carried more than double the number for 1980/81 with 113m passengers. Compared to almost zero change in freight volume over the same period, Japan’s geography and the intricately laid out network of roads to compete with make air freight as an option for domestic use prohibitively expensive. 10.2.4 Sea Ports Since Commodore Matthew Perry first landed at the port of Yokohama with a fleet of American warships in 1853 Japan has enjoyed the benefits of almost uninterrupted trade with the US, making its ports some of the busiest in Asia for much of last century. But with the ever present rise and rise of Japan’s neighbour, China, Japanese ports have felt themselves increasingly left out in the cold. As China surpassed Japan as the US’ dominant trading partner in Asia, the future of Japan’s once booming port industry looks uncertain. Over the past ten years, according to the Tokyo Municipal Government, Japanese ports have seen their percentage share of ships calling at Asian ports fall from around 30 percent in 1998 to less than 15 percent in 2007, prompting many in the Japanese government to ask what can be done to keep Japan’s ports competitive in an increasingly globalised market place. Looking at the trend of ships making Asian port calls over the last decade, whilst Japan has managed to maintain a relatively stable level of growth, in real terms, compared to the overall growth dynamic of the industry in Asia in general, it has experienced a relative decline in calls. This is in large part due to structural changes in the nature of global trade that have been occurring over the past twenty years - 1991 there were three Japanese ports in the top twenty worldwide, in terms of container throughput, by 2008 there were none. The reasons for this shift are manifold. Looking at the wider trade picture it is clear to see that there has been a massive global shift in production away from the heyday of Japanese economy, to lower cost manufacturing bases. Of course China is a good case in point but this is not the entire picture. Looking across the shipping industry itself, there has been a global shift in ship sizes. There is a global trend toward larger vessels, and with the advent of new deepwater access points to China, it is becoming
  • 89. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 89 harder to attract business to ports like those in the Bay of Tokyo. According to estimates, in 2005 there were 42 ships over 8000teus, by 2010 this figure will reach be 203. In the midst of this general shift away from Japanese ports the country is also feeling the effects of the US sub-prime crunch that seems to be affecting much of Asia at present with a 2 percent drop in cargo handling at Yokohama since January. In an effort to stave off Japan’s relative decline in the port sector the Government in Tokyo is attempting to introduce incentive measures to make Japanese ports more competitive in the global arena. MILT figures as of April 2007 place the number of ports in Japan at 128 major ports, with a further 936 regional ports. Maritime transport has experienced a decline in Japan recently in spite of its status as an island nation. The completion of bridges and tunnels once again puts more emphasis for transport onto the road networks and decreases the reliance of the slower sea transport sector. The Japanese registry of steel vessels of 100 tonnes or more has declined from 7,668 in 1990 to 4,848 in 2005 and in terms of gross tonnage, 25.1m gross tones of cargo carried dropped even more sharply to only 11.8m gross tonnes over the same period. Nagoya remains Japan’s largest port, handling a total of 187,134 tonnes in 2005 according to MILT data. Other major ports, in order of importance, include Chiba (165,715 tonnes), Yokohama (133,280 tonnes), and Tomakomai in Hokkaido (107,747 tonnes). The 1995 earthquake that damaged most wharves and container berths knocked Kobe, once one of the biggest ports, permanently out of the picture as most traffic was diverted to other harbours. In spite of this, Kobe remains the tenth largest of Japan’s ports having carried 91,182 tonnes. Japan’s ports are tightly regulated and although some progress in deregulating ports has been made since initiatives began in the late 1990s, labour union resistance to more far-reaching change has limited the extent of reforms. The Japan Harbour Transport Authority (which lies under the jurisdiction of the MLIT) is responsible for hiring dockworkers and maintains unusually high minimum manning levels for operation at new container terminals. This has resulted in high costs for shipping firms, both foreign and domestic, that are using the ports. Specific areas targeted for reform include the short work shifts for Japanese ports causing increases in cargo processing time. 10.3 Japanese Logistics Market 10.3.1 Overview The logistics industry in Japan is still immature for reasons such as a dearth of investment opportunities and limited information disclosure. To overcome this, the Government of Japan, in 1997 identified three areas it could assist in building an efficient logistics system: improvement of social infrastructure, promotion of competition and the development of a more sophisticated logistics system. The Comprehensive Program of Logistics Policies adopted in 1997 (CPLP 1997) targeted negative externalities related to logistics, congestion, and competitiveness. The government proposed redeveloping
  • 90. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 90 international hub ports and establishing linkages between roads, railways, ports and logistics hubs to facilitate the smooth flow of freight. One major factor driving this trend is a general move within the Japanese logistics industry to restructure many of its traditionally-organised supply chain operations. There are proposals for companies to devise plans to increase the efficiency of distribution including the overall conduct of carriage, storage, and distribution processing, the consolidation of distribution hubs and the promotion of sites near highways and ports, and the rationalization of delivery networks through joint carriage. If authorized by the national government, these initiatives will be supported through preferential tax treatment and low-interest financing though governmental financial institutions.
  • 91. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 91 Japan Logistics Performance Index* Overall LPI score 4.02 rank 6 conf 0.03 Customs score 3.79 rank 11 conf 0.08 Infrastructure score 4.11 rank 6 conf 0.08 International shipments score 3.77 rank 10 conf 0.09 Logistics competence score 4.12 rank 5 conf 0.07 Tracking & tracing score 4.08 rank 7 conf 0.08 Domestic logistics costs score 2.02 rank 148 conf 0.1 Timeliness score 4.34 rank 6 conf 0.08 Source: World Bank * The Logistics Performance Index is based on a survey of operators on the ground worldwide (global freight forwarders and express carriers), providing feedback on the logistics ‘friendliness’ of the countries in which they operate and those with which they trade. They combine in-depth knowledge of the countries in which they operate with informed perceptions of other countries with which they trade, and experience of global logistics environment. Feedback from operators is supplemented with objective data on the performance of key components of the logistics chain in the home country, data collected for 100 countries. The LPI consists therefore of both perception and objective measures and helps build profiles of logistics friendliness for these countries. The scores are from one to five, one being the worst performance for the given dimension.
  • 92. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 92 10.3.2 Distribution Clusters Due to concerted efforts in the private sector driven by incentives from the government to reconfigure Japan’s supply chain with more effective and competitive service, Japan’s investments into logistic centre development has given the country one of the world’s largest industrial property markets. The pattern of development in terms of actual design is restricted by Japan’s limited space thus favouring a multi-storied model of logistics parks. The challenge in making these buildings is ensuring that they are well resistant to the earthquakes in Japan. Some leading developers in international logistics property development are significantly strengthening their presence in Japan. One of these players is AMB Property Corporation, a US-based developer and owner of industrial real estate that announced it had leased 29,500 square metres for development at Tokyo's Narita International Airport. As of December 31, 2007, AMB's Japan portfolio totalled 938,300 square metres of facilities, of which 583,900 square metres was in Tokyo. Projected to becoming Japan’s largest logistic park, AMB’s 32,400 square metre facility is part of the company's 194,500 square metre project at Narita Air Cargo Centre, Building C and has already been leased to Japanese forwarder/logistics provider Nippon Express and Crocs Asia Private. ProLogis is another US-based international logistics facility property developer active in Japan. ProLogis recently signed a build-to-suit agreement with third party logistics service provider Hitachi Transport System for the development of a 24,000 square metre distribution centre at ProLogis Parc Kiyama. Located on Kyushu Island in Saga Prefecture, Hitachi will operate the facility as a regional distribution centre for the AEON Group, a provider of retail and financial services. ProLogis earlier this year launched the first phase of construction on a major new distribution park near Tokyo. ProLogis Parc Zama I, a five-storey facility totalling more than 113,000 square metres, is being developed in the city of Zama in Japan's Kanagawa Prefecture. DHL is the number one foreign owned 3PL provider in Japan and operates 26 logistics centres and distribution parks throughout the country, having invested over USD250m into logistics centres in Japan. DHL's largest Asia distribution centre is the Tokyo Distribution Centre, located in Shinkiba with a facility over 18,000 square metre in size and a staff of 450 employees. The successful operations at the DHL centre serve as a model of how distribution centres are managed and operated by other players entering the distribution centre development industry in Japan. 10.3.3 Logistics Market Size and Growth With its huge population density and a reliance on public transport, Japan is unique in terms of freight and transport. This has led to the development of the largest domestic express business in the world. The size of the domestic market is larger than the entire express freight business for Europe. The real estate securitisation investment market was about JPY320bn (USD2.91bn) in 2007, accounting for only 3.8percent of Japan’s total REIT (real estate investment trust) investment. As large as this already
  • 93. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 93 is, as an indication of growth, the logistics real estate market in Japan is expected to triple for investments such as warehouses, distribution centres and ports and has been a sector considered stable even during the recent period of economic slowdown. In spite of deflation, a large drop in the stock market, and the depreciation of land values in general, Japan has still experienced a growth in GDP and remains the second largest economy in the world with massive infrastructural growth. The logistics industry has worked as a facilitator of these changes and is experiencing positive financial results, growing by double digits in 2007. Similar growth figures are expected this year and in 2009. Much of this growth rides on the role China plays as Japan’s “factory floor”. The current trend started with major moves toward manufacturing within China but has spread to small and medium-sized firms. The air express industry has been responsible for moving products and components between countries in a cost-effective way. Traditionally seen as not being cost effective, air-freight has become a more viable form of transport than shipping as the cost of capital tied up in shipping by boat and the cost of documentation actually exceeds the costs of shipping directly to markets. This is particularly true for high-value finished goods and components, including electronic components such as chips and hard-disk drives. Limits to how much can actually be shipped by the larger companies are being met through the assistance of smaller companies doing business with China. Many logistics providers are offering packages of trade facilitation services targeted to small-to-medium size Japanese importers. Smaller companies typically lack the foothold needed in China and the right financing know-how [LCs, etc.], thus often being forced to use a trading house or other middleman. Logistics service providers such as IMP let these smaller companies find products over the Internet, then use services to get needed products into Japan with less effort and risk on their part. Versatility in being able to respond to a variety of shipping requests is integral to these solutions. The Deutsche Post WorldNet logistics IT system gives clients the power to not only offer shipping capability from 500 grams to 500 tonnes, it also offers a host of add-on services, such as tracking, delivery speed versus price [e.g., overnight versus two weeks], warehousing, breakdown of single loads into multiple deliveries and other value added features. The microchip industry in Japan, long the flagship industry of Japan’s growth (along with the automobile industry), has slowed for some time now. However, Japan is experiencing an increased demand for freight. This increase is due, at least in part, to recovering consumer demand for products, but also the general trend to start building intelligent products. These include auto manufacturers using more semiconductors in order to keep demand in place for the industry.
  • 94. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 94 11 Singapore A British colony from 1819 to 1959, Singapore became an independent city-state in 1965 following a failed attempt to form a union with Borneo, Sarawak, and Malaya (in present-day Malaysia). Since then, it has developed into one of the most prosperous countries in the world, holding the highest GDP per capita in Southeast Asia. A tiny island lacking in natural resources, Singapore has thrived due to its extensive trade links and liberal economic policies. Politically, Singapore remains an authoritarian state governed by the People’s Action Party (PAP) since its inception. Opposition political leaders seldom appear in the state-controlled media, and while Singapore does hold regular elections, opposition parties are vastly underrepresented in Singapore’s parliament. Singaporeans also lack basic civil liberties such as freedom of speech. Lee Kwan Yew served as Singapore’s president from 1959 to 1990 and has remained active in government since then. He is considered by many Singaporeans as the “father of the country”. The current president is Lee’s eldest son, Lee Hsien Loong, who has held office since 2004. Since his accession, the younger Lee has prioritised continued economic liberalisation while maintaining PAP control of political life. Singapore has long had frosty relations with its two nearest neighbours, Malaysia and Indonesia, despite once attempting to form a union with the former. With Western countries, however, Singapore enjoys strong trade and diplomatic links, a significant factor in the city-state’s rise to economic prosperity. A charter member of ASEAN, Singapore has nonetheless pursued bi-lateral trade agreements with countries such as New Zealand out of frustration with ASEAN’s slow pace of reform. Its commitment to trade liberalisation far outstrips that of its neighbours, and cooperation in regard to the War on Terror has solidified military links between Singapore and the United States. An ethnically diverse nation, Singaporean leaders have at times struggled to maintain unity between its Chinese, Malay, and Indian populations. The Chinese comprise the vast majority of Singapore’s citizens and are in firm control of the country’s political and business apparatus. The city-state also serves as an important financial nexus for ethnic-Chinese businesses throughout the region, particularly from Indonesia. 11.1 Economy and Trade Singapore has a highly industrialised, successful economy in which agriculture and mining effectively play no role. Its per capita income (measured in PPP) of USD$49,000 is ranked seventh in the world and first in Asia. Singaporeans enjoy one of the highest standards of living in the world. Due to its small size, Singapore relies heavily on foreign trade for economic sustenance. The value of trades in goods (measured as exports plus imports) is 345percent greater than overall GDP, a number nearly 30 times that of similarly developed Japan. This focus on international trade, precipitated by Singapore’s maritime location and small domestic market, has been in place since independence. As a
  • 95. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 95 result (and benefiting from an almost corruption-free government) Singapore’s economy grew at a nearly 9percent clip from 1960 to 1999. Manufacturing in Singapore is dominated by electronics, an emphasis that has been in place since the US firm Texas Instruments established a semi-conductor plant in the city-state in 1967. While lucrative, Singapore’s electronics industry is highly susceptible to global economic downturns, such as one in 2001 that cut output by 21.2percent. In an effort to diversity its manufacturing sector, Singapore has developed a viable pharmaceutical industry that grew by more than 25percent in 2006. Nonetheless, electronics still comprise the largest share of Singapore’s manufacturing sector. Singapore’s superb port infrastructure, highly-skilled workforce, and lack of corruption have made conditions ideal for brisk international trade. Malaysia remains Singapore’s foremost trading partner in both exports and imports, respectively comprising 12.9percent and 13.1percent of the total. Singapore’s chief exports are electronic goods, chemicals, and consumer goods. Machinery and equipment account for more than half of Singapore’s imports, mainly in the form of electronic parts, to which Singapore adds an estimated 28percent of value. While Singapore’s trade relationships with both the EU and US remain strong, China (Hong Kong included) has quickly become a vital trade partner as well as the recipient of a great deal of Singaporean foreign direct investment. Despite being affected by the global economic downturn in the first years of the decade, Singapore’s growth outlook remains strong. Economists estimated the city-state attained a real GDP growth rate of 7.1percent in 2006, placing it among the top of all developed nations. Key Economic Indicators Population (m): 4.5 GDP (USD bn; market exchange rate): 161.3(b) GDP (USD bn; PPP): 187.1 GDP per head (USD; market exchange rate): 35,956 GDP per head (USD; PPP): 41,701 Real GDP growth: 7.1 Inflation: 1.1 Exchange Rate: 1.51(b) Source: Economist Geographical Facts Land area (sq km): 682.7 sq km Water area (sq km): 10 sq km Total area (sq km): 692.7 sq km Source: World Factbook Major Exports percent Electronic components & parts 25.5 Telecommunications equipment 17.7 Petroleum products 12.3 Scientific & optical instruments 4.9 Source: Economist
  • 96. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 96 Major Imports percent Office machines 52.7 Petroleum products 20.3 Telecommunications equipment 7.7 Scientific & optical equipment 6 Source: Economist Exports Partners percent Malaysia 12.9 Hong Kong 10.4 China 9.7 US 8.8 Source: Economist Import Partners percent Malaysia 13.1 US 12.3 China 12.1 Japan 8.1 Source: Economist 11.2 Transport Infrastructure Extensive, modern, and well-managed, Singapore has a world-class transport network. Both Changi Airport and the Port of Singapore are widely considered to be the best in the world, and within the city- state itself both road and rail services are excellent. Two bridges link Singapore with Malaysia and thus to the rest of the Asian landmass, and roads and ferries link the main island to Singapore’s smaller, outlying territories. In general, Singapore’s transport infrastructure has been instrumental in facilitating the country’s remarkable economic prosperity. Transport Data Total Road Length (km) 3,262 km Motorways (km) paved: 3,262 km (includes 150 km of expressways) Railways (km) Total Airports Total 8 Sea Ports Total 1 Source: World Factbook 11.2.1 Road Network Of Singapore’s 3,262 kilometres of road, all are paved and well-maintained; potholes are rarely evident. The Land Transport Authority manages both urban roads in the city centre (many of which operate on tolls) and a network of expressways that serve as major transport arteries. These expressways include
  • 97. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 97 the Pan Island Expressway (linking west to east), the Bukit Tima (connecting Singapore to Malaysia across the causeway), the East Coast Parkway (going from the Central Business District to Changi Airport in the east), and the Ayer Rajah Expressway going to the industrial region in the west. Expansion of the expressway is planned and may be completed before 2015. Expressway infrastructure is important to the Singapore government because of the need to link residential outer districts with the city centre, where many commute to work. In order to limit traffic congestion in the city centre, the Singaporean government strictly regulates issuance of drivers’ licenses. In addition, the city’s excellent urban rail network has reduced incentives for Singaporeans to use private transport. 11.2.2 Rail Network Singapore’s rail network can be divided into three distinct categories: a Mass Rapid Transit (MRT) system used in the city centre, a Light Rail Transit (LRT) system connecting outer neighbourhoods to the city centre, and an international heavy rail network connecting Singapore with Malaysia. The MRT debuted in 1987 in an effort to reduce congestion on city buses, and while passengers still use the bus network nearly twice as much as the MRT, government investment in new lines as well as economic incentives could reduce this discrepancy in future years. The Singaporean government has stated its goal of having 70percent of all peak time commutes be done on public transport, justifying its effort to develop the rail network further. 11.2.3 Airports By many accounts, Changi Airport is considered to be the world’s best and a major international hub in Asia. In terms of passenger traffic, Changi is the 19th busiest airport in the world, processing more than 36m passengers in 2007. It is also the 11th largest airport in terms of cargo traffic and easily the largest in Southeast Asia. Singapore Airlines (SIA) is the city-state’s flag carrier and largest airline; its flights occupy two terminals at Changi. Recently, SIA has formed alliances with other medium-sized airports in order to extend its global reach, notably acquiring a 49percent share of Virgin Atlantic. Attempts to coordinate with airlines in New Zealand and Australia have proved less successful. Singapore Airlines has also invested in its own budget carrier, careful to capitalise on a fast-growing industry within Asia. TigerAir competes with two other Singapore-based budget airlines: JetStar Asia and Valuair. Changi has even set aside a separate terminal for these short, regional flights, though at present only TigerAir has set up their operations there.
  • 98. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 98 11.2.4 Sea Ports Modern and efficient, Singapore’s port has become the busiest in the world as measured by cargo tonnage, notwithstanding competition from the nearby Malaysian port of Tanjung Pelepas. Singapore handles half of the world’s supply of crude oil and roughly a quarter of the world’s shipping containers. It also remains the world’s busiest transhipment port, owing to its proximity to large neighbouring countries lacking Singapore’s superior capacities. The importance of Singapore’s port to the country derives from the importance of trade to the city- state’s economy. Capacity growth in nearby ports has led the Port of Singapore Authority International (PSA International) to invest in several foreign facilities, particularly in China. Two years ago, PSA took a 20percent stake in Hong Kong-based Hutchison Port Holdings, currently the world’s largest port company. 11.3 Singaporean Logistics Market 11.3.1 Overview Singapore’s logistics market is large and growing, ranking as one of the three largest logistics hubs in Asia along with Hong Kong and Tokyo. Its massive export sector and extensive trade links throughout the region has led to a high concentration of 3PL firms in Singapore, many involved in the city-state’s prodigious electronics trade. Many 3PL firms in Singapore are of European or North American origins as pan-Asian logistics companies have been slow to develop. Singapore’s largely corrupt-free government, coupled with its modern infrastructure, has been an ideal choice for foreign 3PL’s to break into the Asian market. At present, logistics accounts for roughly 8percent of Singapore’s GDP, a number that is expected to reach 13percent by 2018. Correspondingly, employment in the logistics sector is expected to increase by 120,000 in the next four years, reflecting an Asia-wide trend in logistics industry growth. 11.3.2 Distribution Clusters Singapore’s two most significant distribution clusters are located around Changi International Airport and The Port of Singapore. Located at the northern end of the airport, the 47-hectare Changi Airfreight Centre (CAC) operates as a Free Trade Zone where companies can process and store cargo without documentation or custom tariffs. Several international 3PL firms operate from the CAC’s vast warehouse floor, where a total of 2.2m tonnes of cargo is handled a year. Such efficient shipment operations, coupled with Changi’s status as a major air travel hub, ensure Singapore’s pre-eminence in logistics infrastructure. Warehousing and distribution at Singapore’s port are mainly handled by four major Distriparks, the most modern of which is called Keppel Distripark. Connected to the port via a flyway, Keppel Distripark has 41
  • 99. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 99 warehousing modules with a combined floor size of 113,000 square metres. These distribution centres ensure speedy and reliable transport of goods from the port to points abroad. Singapore’s major transhipment industry ensures a regular flow of international cargo traffic in its waters, often to its major trading partners of Malaysia, China, and Indonesia. In addition to sea links, both road and rail connect the island state to neighbouring Malaysia, providing an additional means of distribution. Singapore Logistics Performance Index* Overall LPI score 4.1 rank 1.2 conf 0.05 Customs score 3.1 rank 1.4 conf 0.14 Infrastructure score 4.1 rank 1.3 conf 0.12 International shipments score 4.4 rank 1.3 conf 0.13 Logistics competence score 4.1 rank 1.3 conf 0.12 Tracking & tracing score 4.1 rank 1.2 conf 0.13 Domestic logistics costs score 2.1 rank 4.23 conf 0.13 Timeliness score 4.1 rank 1.2 conf 0.11 Source: World Bank * The Logistics Performance Index is based on a survey of operators on the ground worldwide (global freight forwarders and express carriers), providing feedback on the logistics ‘friendliness’ of the countries in which they operate and those with which they trade. They combine in-depth knowledge of the countries in which they operate with informed perceptions of other countries with which they trade, and experience of global logistics environment. Feedback from operators is supplemented with objective data on the performance of key components of the logistics chain in the home country, data collected for 100 countries. The LPI consists therefore of both perception and objective measures and helps build profiles of logistics friendliness for these countries. The scores are from one to five, one being the worst performance for the given dimension.
  • 100. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 100 11.3.3 Logistics Market Size and Growth Growing at 8.4percent annually, the intra-Asian logistics market is outpacing global growth by nearly a third. Singapore, as the main transhipment hub on the continent, is poised to capitalise on the enormous economic potential of Asian economies as a whole. Adding to the city-state’s prowess in sea trade is the growing pre-eminence of Changi International Airport as a major air freight hub. The Singaporean government is currently taking measures to ensure the continued growth of the logistics industry. The Logistics Enhancement and Applications Programme (LEAP) encourages the cooperation of both government and the private sector. The increase of foreign-run 3PL’s within Singapore has also spurred greater growth in the logistics market. 12 Taiwan (Chinese Taipei) Taiwan, a tear-shaped island off the south-eastern coast of China, became a Chinese territory in the late 17th century when the ruling Qing Dynasty overthrew the Ming loyalist Koshinga, who himself had defeated Dutch and Spanish colonists roughly thirty years earlier. Taiwan’s status received little attention from the imperial government until 1895, when the island was ceded to Japan following the latter’s victory in the Sino-Japanese War. Following sixty years as a Japanese colony, Taiwan returned to China in 1945, in a settlement negotiated by Kuomintang (KMT) President Chiang Kai-Shek. Four years later, Chiang would flee to the island after his defeat in the Chinese Civil War, and would govern Taiwan as an absolute dictator until his death in 1976. Beginning in 1949, Taiwan allied itself with Western countries and adopted a market-based economy focused on export-oriented industries. Wide political recognition of the country ceased in the 1970s as the West reoriented itself toward mainland China, and around the same time Chiang’s son (and successor) Chiang Ching-Kuo began introducing political reforms. By the middle of the 1980s, opposition parties became legal and political prisoners released, and the Taiwanese government renounced its stated intention of re-capturing mainland China. Under the guidance of President Lee Teng-Hui, who succeeded the younger Chiang, Taiwan continued to implement political reforms and held its first nationwide direct presidential elections in 1996. In 2000, Chen Shui-bian of the Democratic People’s Party (DPP) captured the presidency, ending a half-century of continuous Kuomintang rule. Despite initial popularity, the DPP government struggled to weed out corruption, leading to the election of KMT politician Ma Ying-jeou in early 2008. Currently, Taiwan’s polity remains evenly divided between pro-independence and pro-reunification camps, and the status-quo appears likely to persist for the time being. Loosening of restrictions on the use of the Taiwanese dialect (identical to that of south Fujian in
  • 101. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 101 China) indicate that Taiwan seeks its own “national identity” without explicit calls for independence from China. 12.1 Economy and Trade When Chiang Kai-Shek and the Kuomintang arrived in 1949 to govern the island, Taiwan’s economy was dominated by agriculture; namely, sugar and rice exports. Soon, high levels of US aid combined with government investment in industry led to the tremendous growth of the manufacturing industry, and by the 1960s Taiwan had developed a prosperous export-oriented industrial economy. A rise in production costs prompted the shift of much manufacturing industries overseas, first to Southeast Asian countries and later, after liberalisation, to the People’s Republic of China (PRC). Subsequently, Taiwan focused on producing high-technology goods, most recently semi-conductors and liquid crystal display (LCD) units. Unlike in countries such as Japan or South Korea, the bulk of Taiwan’s enterprises are small and medium- sized, insulating the island somewhat from the 1997 East Asian Financial Crisis. Since 1990, the government has prioritised economic liberalisation, namely in the form of privatising state-owned enterprises (SOEs). Taiwan’s 2002 accession into the World Trade Organisation (WTO) has exacerbated this trend, as Taipei has permitted foreign firms greater access into the domestic Taiwanese market. While links between the ROC and PRC have multiplied in recent years (some estimates put the number of Taiwanese enterprises on the Chinese mainland at 50,000), business leaders have called for further deregulation. Taiwan’s linguistic, cultural, and geographical ties to the mainland indicate tremendous trade potential between the two economies. Taiwan’s GDP grew by 5.7 percent in 2007, and export growth approached 8 percent, due to an upsurge in the global electronics market. Forecasts for 2008 are strong. Key Economic Indicators 2007 Population (m): 22.7 GDP (USD bn; market exchange rate): 383.3(b) GDP (USD bn; PPP): 783.3 GDP per head (USD; market exchange rate): 16,913 GDP per head (USD; PPP): 34,566 Real GDP growth: 4.9 Inflation: 1.2 Exchange Rate: 32.8(b) Source: Economist Geographical Facts Land area (sq km): 32,260 sq km Water area (sq km): 3,720 sq km Total area (sq km): 35,980 sq km Source: World Factbook
  • 102. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 102 Major Exports percent 2007 Machinery & electrical equipment 47.9 Base metals 11.3 Precision instruments 8.1 Plastic & rubber articles 7.7 Source: Economist Major Imports percent 2007 Machinery & electrical equipment 35.8 Basic metals 11.4 Mineral fuels 19.1 Chemicals & related products 11.1 Source: Economist Exports Partners percent 2007 China 26.6 Hong Kong 16.2 US 13.6 Japan 6.8 Source: Economist Import Partners percent 2007 Japan 21.0 China 12.8 US 12.1 South Korea 6.9 Source: Economist 12.2 Transport Infrastructure Transport Data Total Road Length (km) 40,262 km Motorways (km) paved: 38,171 km (includes 976 km of expressways) Railways (km) Total 1,588 km Airports Total 41 Sea Ports Total Chilung (Keelung), Kaohsiung, Taichung Source: World Factbook 12.2.1 Road Network Both the west and east coats of Taiwan are serviced by major roads covering the entire length of the island, with the west coast roads far more congested due to the region’s much higher population. Three roads cross the island to link both coasts, but frequent earthquake and typhoon damage have created
  • 103. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 103 logistical problems. A priority for the Taiwanese government has been to improve these east-west roads in order to develop poorer parts of the island. A high-speed highway connects Taiwan’s largest port at Kaohsiung to the capital Taipei, and trucking along this route provides the bulk of the island’s freight traffic. 12.2.2 Rail Network Rail track in Taiwan encircles the island, connecting the capital of Taipei to cities lining the east and west coasts. A new “bullet train” service inaugurated in 2007 travels along the west coast from Taipei to the southern port city of Kaohsiung, encompassing the island’s major economic corridor. The new train service reduced travel time along the 345km route to a mere 90 minutes from a previous average of four hours. Along Taiwan’s east coast, a conventional electric train line runs along the coast, effectively encircling the island at its terminus at Kaohsiung. As of yet, there are no plans to build a high-speed rail in the east, as topographical difficulties could render such a project impossible. Taiwan’s centre, comprised mainly of rugged mountains, also lacks a rail service; as a result, most direct transport between the two coasts occurs on road. 12.2.3 Airports Taipei’s Taoyuan International Airport is Taiwan’s largest and the world’s 16th busiest in terms of container traffic. In 2007, Taoyuan handled 1.6m metric tonnes of cargo, trailing only Hong Kong, Shanghai, Seoul, Singapore, and Tokyo within East Asia. In 2008, over 24 million passengers travelled through Taoyuan’s two terminals, and plans for the construction of a third terminal have been proposed. Southern Taiwan’s Kaohsiung Airport also offers international flights, though most of these are regional. The other 41 airports on the island are reserved for domestic travel only. 12.2.4 Sea Ports As an island, Taiwan is heavily reliant on its maritime industry to facilitate international trade. Kaohsiung is Taiwan’s busiest port and among the busiest in the world; in 2007 its 10.26m TEU ranked 8th in the world. A new container, upon completion of construction, will increase production by 2m TEU by 2013. The port currently handles roughly two thirds of all cargo in Taiwan. Taiwan also has major ports at Taichung and Keelung. While the latter attained mild growth figures in 2007 (exceeding 2.2m TEU), the former has shrunk in size in recent years.
  • 104. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 104 Taiwan’s shipping industry faces a major obstacle in consummating trade with mainland China. As a result of government bans and regulations, Taiwanese ports have been unable to maximise their potential, a source of friction between the island’s political and business communities. 12.3 Taiwanese Logistics Market 12.3.1 Overview The logistics market in Taiwan benefits from several advantages, mainly derived from the island’s proximity to several of the largest cities in East Asia. Among seven major airports in the Asia-Pacific region (Sydney, Singapore, Tokyo, Seoul, Manila, Hong Kong, and Shanghai), Taipei offers the shortest average flight time at just over two hours and fifteen minutes. Likewise, shipping times from Taiwan’s largest port of Kaohsiung are significantly shorter than most other major harbours in the region, including nearby Hong Kong. At present, Taiwan’s logistics industry is the fifth largest in Asia and 21st in the world, according to the World Bank. There are over 11,000 registered logistics companies on the island, and in 2006 the industry reported annual revenues of USD22.3bn. The Taiwanese government has established five Free Trade Zones intended to ease barriers to trade. While these measures have led to the growth of the market, government restrictions on trade with mainland China have prevented Taiwanese logistics firms from taking full advantage of the greater Chinese market.
  • 105. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 105 Taiwan, China Logistics Perfomance *Index Overall LPI score 3.64 rank 21 conf 0.09 Customs score 3.25 rank 25 conf 0.23 Infrastructure score 3.62 rank 21 conf 0.22 International shipments score 3.65 rank 16 conf 0.23 Logistics competence score 3.58 rank 23 conf 0.2 Tracking & tracing score 3.6 rank 24 conf 0.25 Domestic logistics costs score 3.1 rank 43 conf 0.2 Timeliness score 4.18 rank 15 conf 0.22 Source: World Bank 12.3.2 Distribution Clusters Taiwan’s port city of Kaohsiung has become the most prominent distribution centre in the country. Recently, the Port of Kaohsiung and the Yangming Marine Transport Corporation commenced a NTD 300m project aimed at building an international logistics centre at the port. The new facility will include a six-storey high-tech building as well as a two-storey computerised warehouse, as well as other operations spread over a site of 1.4 hectares. Taiwan’s Taoyuan Airport, ranked 22nd globally in cargo tonnage, is the island’s other major distribution point. Transport links between the airport and the port city of Kaohsiung are serviced by a modern highway as well as a high-speed train. * The Logistics Performance Index is based on a survey of operators on the ground worldwide (global freight forwarders and express carriers), providing feedback on the logistics ‘friendliness’ of the countries in which they operate and those with which they trade. They combine in-depth knowledge of the countries in which they operate with informed perceptions of other countries with which they trade, and experience of global logistics environment. Feedback from operators is supplemented with objective data on the performance of key components of the logistics chain in the home country, data collected for 100 countries. The LPI consists therefore of both perception and objective measures and helps build profiles of logistics friendliness for these countries. The scores are from one to five, one being the worst performance for the given dimension.
  • 106. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 106 While the distribution of goods along the western corridor remain efficient, Taiwan has struggled to provide similar levels of quality to its more remote areas, particularly along the east coast and in the interior. 12.3.3 Logistics Market Size and Growth With overall economic growth at 5.7percent and export growth nearing 10percent, the Taiwanese logistics market seems poised to continue growing. While logistics rank 21st in overall size, Taiwan’s logistics costs are far higher than several competing entities, a problem the government has attempted to fix by investing in a major new distribution centre at Kaohsiung. While Taiwan’s ports are presented with favourable tax conditions, restrictions on trade with China (the island’s largest export partner) have driven up logistics costs and hindered growth of the market. Like many other Asian economies, Taiwan’s logistics market is dominated by small and medium-sized firms, many of whom have faced difficultly entering the mainland Chinese market due to the preference of mainland firms to use in-house logistics providers.
  • 107. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 107 13 Thailand Thailand is situated in continental Southeast Asia, bordering Myanmar in its west, Cambodia and Laos in its east, and Malaysia in its south. In southern Thailand, a narrow peninsula borders the Andaman Sea to the west and the Gulf of Thailand to the east. Thailand is the only nation in Southeast Asia never to have been colonised by a European power, as the nation emerged as an independent kingdom in the 14th century. Beginning in the middle of the 19th century, the United Kingdom effectively controlled Thailand’s export economy, particularly in regard to commodities like rice, teak, tin, and rubber. Internal pressures led to the overthrow of Thailand’s absolute monarchy and the establishment of a constitutional government in 1932. Nonetheless, the monarchy still plays a vital role in the nation’s politics, culture, and society. While nominally a democracy, Thailand has endured several military coups in the past seventy-five years, most recently in the fall of 2006. From 1985 to 1996, Thailand enjoyed the world’s highest growth rate, but the collapse of the Baht in 1997 led to a 10percent contraction in the economy and precipitated the broad East Asian Financial Crisis that year. Eventually, Thailand’s economy resumed steady growth, with the baht now trading at roughly 30 to the US dollar. 13.1 Economy and Trade Thailand’s economy was dominated by agriculture until foreign investment spurred the growth of an industrial sector in the 1970s. In the following decade, Thailand transitioned to an export-oriented economy focused on labour-intensive products such as textiles and garments, although in the ensuing years exports of high-technology goods have gradually become predominant. While agriculture comprises just over 11percent of the Thai GDP, 49percent of the Thai labour force remains employed in the sector. However, in recent years Thai agriculture suffered from both the avian flu crisis and Indian Ocean tsunami, both of which struck the country in 2004. As a result, Thai agriculture contracted by roughly 10percent in 2005 and 2006. Even still, Thailand remains the world’s largest exporter of rice. Upon the election of Thaksin Shinawatra as president in 2001, the Thai government launched a macro- economic policy scheme that implemented populist measures intended to boost the nation’s rural population. Shinawatra placed a three-year moratorium on debt owed by farmers, issued a grant of Bt 1m ($25,000) to each of the 70,000 villages under a Village Fund programme, and set-up a health-care scheme permitting a one-time payment of Bt 30 ($.75) While Shinawatra’s policies received broad support in Thailand, opponents claimed that they were irresponsible and the military regime that replaced Shinawatra in 2006 moved to change government management of the economy. The civilian restoration in early 2008, however, saw a reversion back to several of the former president’s populist programmes.
  • 108. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 108 Thailand’s recovery from the 1997 financial crisis began in earnest in 2002, when the Thai GDP sustained growth of over 5percent for three years. In 2005, the uncertain political situation and tsunami disaster caused a slight downturn, as the economy has grown by a little over 4percent over the past three years, ranking below several of Thailand’s East Asian neighbours. However, its well-developed infrastructure, investment-friendly climate, and free-market economy has kept the overall outlook for the Thai economy bright. Thailand is a signatory to both the World Trade Organisation (WTO) and the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) as well as several bilateral free-trade agreements with countries such as India and Australia. The United States is Thailand’s largest export market, though much of Thailand’s recovery from the Asian Financial Crisis resulted from its increased exports to its regional trading partners. Textiles and shoes dominated the Thai export market until the mid-1990s, when manufactured goods began to assume pre-eminence. Presently, over 90percent of Thai exported goods are manufactured, mainly consisting of electronic computer goods, computer components and automobiles. The development of the manufacturing sector led to an increase in Thai imports of raw materials and crude oil, the latter of which is mainly imported from the United Arab Emirates. Thailand’s import bill (on a customs basis) reached USD141.3bn in 2007, nearly double that of 2003. In addition to the United States, Thailand’s major trading partners are Japan, China, and the European Union, as well as other signatory members of ASEAN. Key Economic Indicators 2007 Population (m): 65.7 GDP (USD bn; market exchange rate): 245.7 GDP (USD bn; PPP): 519.4 GDP per head (USD; PPP): 7,900 Real GDP growth: 4.8 Inflation: 2.2 Exchange Rate: THB/USD-33.599 (2007) Source: CIA World Factbook Geographical Facts Land area (sq km): 511,770 Water area (sq km): 2,230 Total area (sq km): 514,000 Source: CIA World Factbook
  • 109. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 109 Major Exports percent Machinery and Mechanical Appliances 15.4 Electrical Apparatus For Circuits 10.3 Vehicles, Parts & Accessories 8.4 Electrical Appliances 7.5 Other 58.1 Source: Economist Major Imports percent 2007 Fuel & Lubricants 18.1 Minerals&metal products 14.3 Electronic parts 11.2 Industrial machinery, tools&parts 6.9 Source: Economist Exports Partners percent 2007 US 12.6 Japan 11.9 China 9.7 Singapore 6.3 Source: Economist Import Partners percent Japan 20.3 China 11.6 US 6.8 Malaysia 6.2 Source: World Factbook 13.2 Transport Infrastructure During the 1980s, Thailand’s infrastructure often proved inadequate to deal with its rapidly expanding economy, at times even threatening to curtail the nation’s impressive growth. In the ensuing years, the Thai government has invested greatly in improving rail, air, and road networks throughout the country. Most notably, the completion of Bangkok’s Suvarnabhumi Airport in 2006 has helped the Thai capital handle capacity constraints, an important consideration for an airport that acts as a major regional hub. Logistics infrastructure accounts for 25percent of the Thai GDP, a figure roughly one third higher than the global average. Thailand’s government has stated that its major priorities include improving transport
  • 110. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 110 between Bangkok to the capital’s surrounding areas (thus helping to alleviate Thailand’s notorious traffic jams) as well as furthering infrastructure development in economically disadvantaged regions in the country. Transport Data Total Road Length (km) 62,401 km Motorways (km) 62,176 km (unpaved) Railways (km) Total 4,071 km Airports Total 106 (2007) Sea Ports Total 4 Bangkok, Laem Chabang, Prachuap Port, Si Racha Source: CIA 13.2.1 Road Network With over 60,000km of paved road, Thailand’s road network is one of the most comprehensive in the region, as even rural areas are well-connected through paved roads. Despite the breadth of Thailand’s road network, the vast majority of existing roads are dual-carriageways, meaning that u-turns and intersections regularly slow traffic. In an effort to improve the economic efficiency of road travel as well as alleviate Thailand’s traffic congestion, the central government approved construction of over 4,000km of high-speed motorways in 1997. Although rural areas are well-looked after by their representatives in Thailand’s parliament, Thailand’s powerful automobile lobby has pressed the government to make the construction of new roads in Bangkok a greater priority, placing a strain on available resources. In recent years, Thailand has worked with other regional governments to plan major international roads. In 2007, the Thai, Chinese, and Lao governments agreed to construct a bridge over the Mekong River at Chiang Khong, slated for completion in 2011. Thailand hopes that its investment in trans-national infrastructure will foster greater efficiency when dealing with the massive Chinese market. 13.2.2 Rail Network Thailand’s railway network is the second-most extensive in Southeast Asia and the 43rd largest in the world. Although there are more than 4,000km of tracks extending to all parts of the country, Thailand’s rail network often endures difficulties during rainy months and its rolling stock is in need of upgrading. In an effort to modernise its rail system, the Thai government is planning two major initiatives. In May 2008, Parliament considered a measure that would partially privatise the State Railways of Thailand (SRT), an institution that has been saddled with enormous debt (TBT51.2b) and has been undermined by inefficiency and sub-par service. Secondly, the government plans to build double tracks on all main lines throughout the country, a measure that would greatly increase speed and efficiency.
  • 111. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 111 13.2.3 Airports By far the largest and most important of Thailand’s 65 paved airports is Suvarnabhumi International Airport in Bangkok, opened in September 2006. Suvarnhabhumi is the busiest airport in Southeast Asia in terms of passenger traffic and fourth largest in Asia, trailing only Tokyo, Beijing, and Hong Kong. The new airport also has a cargo capacity of 1.3m metric tonnes, a nearly twofold increase from Bangkok’s cargo intake at Don Muang International Airport in 2003. In Southeast Asia, only Singapore’s Changi Airport is capable of handling a higher volume of cargo. Suvarnabhumi’s proximity to Bangkok is central to the Thai government’s plan to reduce logistics costs, and the government is currently constructing double track rail links to improve transport times for both passengers and cargo. However, predicted increases in passenger traffic have led some to predict that Suvarnabhumi will reach maximum capacity within the next decade, leading the government to consider expansions that may complicate airport logistics. Thailand is also considering an expansion of Chiang Mai Airport in the north of the country, allowing the city to become a departure point for regional destinations such as Laos and Cambodia as well as to highlight the north’s considerable tourism possibilities. 13.2.4 Sea Ports Thailand’s proximity to several major economic powers as well as its more than 3,000km of coastline justify the existence of eight major ports, the largest of which is located at Laem Chabang on the Gulf of Thailand. Having only recently overtaken Bangkok’s Tong Kloey as Thailand’s largest port, Laem Chabang has become the 4th busiest port in Southeast Asia and the 22nd most heavily used in the world. In 2004, the Port Authority of Thailand granted a thirty-year concession to the Hong Kong based Hutchison Port Holdings to construct six new berths at Laem Chabang. Currently, experts estimate that within the next decade Laem Chabang’s capacity will expand from 3.8m TEU to roughly 10m, which would render it the region’s busiest port after Singapore. This emphasis on Laem Chabang (rather than Bangkok) results from the latter port’s heavy congestion and inability to serve large ocean-going container ships, leading to serious constraints on Thailand’s shipping industry. Thailand also benefits from Laem Chabang’s advantageous location. Positioned on the Eastern Seaboard roughly 110km south of the capital, Laem Chabang is situated within Thailand’s largest industrial area, home to many manufacturing, petrochemical industries and auto assembly plants. Its proximity to such a wide array of industries led Thailand to transfer much of its shipping industry there from Bangkok in an effort to cut logistics costs. Thailand also plans to invest heavily in developing a second port at Chiang Saen in north Thailand’s Chiang Rai province. This port serves as an important gateway to Thailand’s rapidly growing trade with southwest China’s Yunnan Province, which increased threefold (as measured in Thai baht) between 2000
  • 112. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 112 and 2002. Because the existing port at Chiang Sean is located at an important historical site, the Thai government will instead commence construction of a new port in 2009, hoping to enlarge trade capacity with China and the greater Mekong River region. 13.3 Thai Logistics Market 13.3.1 Overview Over the past twenty years, one of Thailand’s major economic challenges has been to modernise its logistics infrastructure in order to keep pace with breakneck growth. Given its central location (flight times from Bangkok to most major Asian cities rarely exceed five hours), Thailand is ideally situated to capitalise on trade opportunities and become a major hub for the shipping business. However, difficulties in the logistics field have thus far prevented Thailand from maximising its potential. Poor supply chains have artificially inflated the price of Thai food exports, as the prevalence of middle- men and a high spoilage rate have undermined agri-business. In addition, Thailand spends USD450m annually on importing empty shipping containers, a number that would be drastically reduced if Thailand could produce these containers domestically. Another major problem for the Thai logistics market has been its over-reliance on road transport. Up to 86percent of Thailand’s cargo movement occurs on land, while the railway network accounts for only 2percent. Due to rising fuel costs, the Thai government could reduce logistics costs if it were to transfer more of its cargo transport to the railway system. Better rail infrastructure- in particular a link between northern Thailand and southern China- would be necessity in improving logistics efficiency. The Thai government has recently recognised the need to construct a deep-water port on the country’s Bay of Bengal coast in an effort to reduce shipping costs. At present, shipments to locations in South Asia and the Indian Ocean mainly originate from Laem Chabang port, located on the Gulf of Thailand. Building a more conveniently-located port would reduce the cost of Thai goods and make them more competitive on the global market.
  • 113. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 113 Thailand Logistics Performance Index* Overall LPI score 3.1 rank 2.1 conf 0.10 Customs score 3.3 rank 2.2 conf 0.26 Infrastructure score 3.1 rank 2.1 conf 0.23 International shipments score 3.1 rank 2.2 conf 0.23 Logistics competence score 3.1 rank 1.30 conf 0.23 Tracking & tracing score 3.1 rank 2.6 conf 0.29 Domestic logistics costs score 3.1 rank 1.29 conf 0.23 Timeliness score 3.1 rank 1.29 conf 0.28 Source: World Bank 13.3.2 Distribution Clusters The construction of Suvarnabhumi International Airport in 2006 has provided Thailand with a major multimodal distribution centre that vastly improves upon the capabilities offered by the airport it replaced. Among other advantages, Suvarnabhumi is equipped with a 190,000 square metre cargo terminal, allowing for faster cargo clearance and minimising damage. In addition, the new terminal has * The Logistics Performance Index is based on a survey of operators on the ground worldwide (global freight forwarders and express carriers), providing feedback on the logistics ‘friendliness’ of the countries in which they operate and those with which they trade. They combine in-depth knowledge of the countries in which they operate with informed perceptions of other countries with which they trade, and experience of global logistics environment. Feedback from operators is supplemented with objective data on the performance of key components of the logistics chain in the home country, data collected for 100 countries. The LPI consists therefore of both perception and objective measures and helps build profiles of logistics friendliness for these countries. The scores are from one to five, one being the worst performance for the given dimension.
  • 114. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 114 a 100,000 square metre Customs Free zone, allowing for companies to import cargo, store it, and pay duties only when removing items from the zone for domestic use. The Thai government plans to construct double-tracks linking Suvarnabhumi airport to other parts of the country by rail. These improvements, coupled with the airport’s proximity to Thailand’s largest sea port at Laem Chabang, will transform Suvarnabhumi into a highly efficient multimodal distribution cluster that will only benefit the Thai economy. Thailand’s second locus for cargo distribution is its port at Laem Chabang, located 100km south of Bangkok. Due to Thailand’s multiple free-trade agreements with ASEAN, China, Japan, and India, Laem Chabang’s modernised distribution cluster will serve an ever more vital role in expanding Thailand’s economy. 13.3.3 Logistics Market Size and Growth Thailand’s logistics market has grown both in raw size and in terms of the national economy; logistics costs as a percentage of GDP ballooned to 23.4percent in 2008, up from 19percent two years earlier. Rising global oil prices and Thailand’s reliance on road transport accounts for logistics’ larger role in the kingdom’s economy. Reducing logistics costs (to levels currently enjoyed by OECD-member nations) has become a priority for the Thai government, who believes more efficient logistics will reduce the cost of Thai exports. In order to facilitate lower costs, the Thai government has constructed a modern distribution centre near the port of Laem Chabang. In addition, Bangkok’s Suvarnabhumi Airport, opened in 2006, has excellent road links both to the port and to points abroad. Major logistics players, such as DHL, have opened centres within the airport in order to capitalise on Thailand’s improved distribution networks. One of Asia’s largest logistics players, the Kerry logistics firm has pinpointed Thailand as a major centre for an intermodal distribution network throughout Southeast Asia and China. Kerry Siam Seaport, a subsidiary of the firm, has the largest private terminal at Laem Chabang port, capable of processing 500,000 TEU per year. Kerry also controls 23 warehouses within the country totalling 80,000 square metres of storage capacity. Its emergence in Thailand indicates growing interest among international 3PL firms in working within the kingdom, as economic and political conditions tend to be the most congenial in the region. However, recent political instability may discourage certain foreign firms from entering the market, a cause of concern for Thailand’s business community.
  • 115. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 115 14 South Korea Korea has existed as an independent state or as a collection of states for over a thousand years. Between its initial unification in the 7th century - from three pre-existing Korean states – up to the 20th century, Korea existed as a single independent country. In 1905, in the wake of the Russo-Japanese War, Korea became a protectorate of imperial Japan, and in 1910 was annexed as a colony. Korea regained its independence following Japan's surrender to the United States in 1945 and was then partitioned by the US and the Soviet Union in 1945. The Republic of Korea (ROK) was set up in the southern half of the Korean Peninsula while a Communist-style government was installed in the north (the DPRK). During the Korean War (1950-53), US lead UN forces fought with soldiers of the ROK against DPRK attacks that were supported by China and the Soviet Union. Four million lives were lost by the time of the signing of the 1953 armistice splitting the peninsula along a demilitarized zone at about the 38th parallel. During the cold war, the Korean peninsula was one of the testing main testing grounds of the communist vs. capitalist economic competition. American realpolitik meant that it needed to support the South Korean in order to ensure its economic growth. The continued US military presence in Korea comes at the expense of a variety of conditions favourable to South Korea. There is a complacency that often sets once a nation achieves ‘developed’ status than can slow development but this is not the case for South Korea. It has a politically galvanised population and is prone to violent protests and social unrest. Compulsory military service has inadvertently ensured a highly skilled labour force. As a result, South Korea achieved rapid economic growth with per capita income rising to roughly 14 times the level of North Korea. After two military coups and several decades of authoritarian rule, South Korea is now a democracy. The constitution of the Sixth Republic, promulgated in 1987, provides for a directly elected president, who serves for a single five-year term and appoints the prime minister and the cabinet. There is also a unicameral National Assembly (parliament), elected at four-yearly intervals. In 1993, Kim Young-sam became South Korea's first civilian president following 32 years of military rule. South Korea today is a fully functioning modern democracy. In June 2000, a historic first North-South summit took place between the South's President Kim Dae-jung and the North's leader Kim Jong Il. In October 2007, a second North-South summit took place between the South's President ROH Moo-hyun and the North Korean leader. Lee Myung-bak of the Grand National Party (GNP) won the December 2007 presidential election and took office on February 25th 2008. The GNP won the parliamentary election on April 9th 2008. Overdue restructuring and opening of the economy was forced by the 1997-98 Asian financial crisis forced. These reforms facilitated a swift recovery. Kim Dae-jung's administration (1998-2003) was particularly successful in reforming the banking sector, but this momentum slowed in the final years of his presidency. His successor, Roh Moo-hyun, whose presidential term ended in February 2008, proved erratic, despite a pro-reform image and platform. The chaebol (conglomerates) have used their influence as exporters and investors to resist further changes. Major foreign acquisitions in the financial sector have generated a backlash against further opening of the market, especially in service sectors.
  • 116. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 116 Corporate income tax rates range from 13percent to 25percent. Companies are also subject to a residence surtax applied at a rate of 10percent of corporate tax liability. Rates for personal income range from 8percent to 35percent. A residency surcharge of 10percent of income tax liability is also applied. The value-added tax (VAT) rate is 10percent. Merchandise export revenue in 2007 (fob-fob, payments basis) rose by 14.2percent to USD379bn, and the value of merchandise imports increased by 15percent to USD350bn. As a result South Korea’s trade surplus for the year of around USD29bn, improved from USD28bn in 2006. 14.1 Economy and Trade Key Economic Indicators 2007 Population (m): 49.0 GDP (USD bn; market exchange rate): 969.8 GDP (USD bn; PPP): 1,199 GDP per head (USD; market exchange rate): 19,794 GDP per head (USD; PPP): 24,477 Real GDP growth: 4.4 Inflation: 2.9 Exchange Rate: 929 Source: Economist Geographical Facts Land area (sq km): 98,190 sq km Water area (sq km): 290 sq km Total area (sq km): 98,480 sq km Source: Economist Major Exports percent Information & communications products 13.6 Semiconductors 10.5 Chemicals 9.9 Machinery & equipment 9.7 Source: Economist Major Imports percent Crude petroleum 16.9 Machinery & equipment 11.0 Semiconductors 8.6 Chemicals 8.2 Source: Economist
  • 117. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 117 Roads (k Exports Partners percent China 22.1 US 12.3 Japan 7.1 Hong Kong 5.0 Source: Economist m) Import Partners percent China 17.7 Japan 15.8 US 10.4 Saudi Arabia 5.9 Source: Economist 14.2 Transport Infrastructure Transport Data Total Road Length (km) 102,293 km Motorways (km) paved: 78,581 km (includes 3,060 km of expressways) Railways (km) Total 3,472 km Airports Total 105 Sea Ports Total 33 Source: World Factbook 14.2.1 Road Network South Korea has a total road network of 63,000. About 13,000 km of this is national highway; the remainder consists of provincial and local roads. Successive governments made car ownership prohibitively expensive for the average wage earner for decades but this policy was abandoned with the recognition for growing need for a strong domestic base for the car industry, which was initially designed to be export-oriented. Increasing affluence during the years of high economic growth in the mid-1980s and early 1990s led to an explosion in car ownership: the number of vehicles registered rose to 3.4m in 1990 and stood at 16.4m in 2007. Nevertheless, at just under 220 cars per 1,000 people in 2007, the stock of cars in South Korea is low by the standards of many industrialized nations, suggesting that there is considerable scope for growth in the sector.
  • 118. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 118 14.2.2 Rail Network The Ministry of Transport operates the Korean National Railroad (KNR). The backbone of the railway system is the 444 km double-tracked Kyongbu line, running between Busan on the southeast coast and Seoul in the northwest. In 2004, a high speed line was added to the existing conventional line. Taegu and Taejon as well as other major and intermediate cities can be reached on this route. While it constitutes less than 15 percent of total route-km, the line accounts for nearly half of the rail system's operating revenues. Diverging to the southwest from the Kyongbu line at Taejon, the Honam line reaches into the agricultural heartlands of North and South Cholla provinces and on to the important south-western port of Mokpo. Branching off from the Honam line at Iri is the Cholla line, extending southward to Yosu, another important southern port and the site of a major oil refinery. Linking these two lines across the south coast with the Kyongbu line near Pusan is the Kyongchon line. The Yongdong line, which links the east coast with the Chungang line at Yongju, extends northward to the major east coast city of Kangnung. The KNR's second route to the east coast was completed through the heart of the Taebaek mountain range in 1993. Rising car ownership has led to a decline in public transport. Over the past few years the railways have lost much of their share of the commercial passenger transport market. Growth in rail transport was negligible in the 1990s and the early years of this decade, rising by an annual average of 0.6percent in passenger-km terms in the ten years to 2005. 14.2.3 Airports The opening of Incheon airport near Seoul in 2001 has given Korea three main airports; the other two are Gimpo airport, also near Seoul, and Busan airport in the south. All three serve international routes. Incheon airport has capacity to handle 30m passengers a year, and will increase its capacity to 44m passengers a year, with the second stage of an expansion project due to complete in the first half of 2008. From its founding in Since the 1970s, the nation's aviation market has been expanding at an annual rate of 14 percent on domestic routes and 22 percent on international lines since the 1970s. From the late 1980s the government took a variety of actions to stimulate the industry including deregulation and licensing a second carrier, Asiana Airlines. The government continues to expand its air transport improvement programs. As a result, Korean air freight providers now offer services to and from as many as 82 foreign cities across 30 countries. The combined rank of Korean Air and Asiana is 6th in cargo handling in the world. The new Incheon International Airport, 25 miles west of Seoul, is vying to become an air transport hub of Northeast Asia. The new high-tech airport, which opened for service in March 2001, boasts a 1.7m tonnes in freight per year. When the final phase of the airport construction is completed in 2020, its yearly capacity would jump to 100 7.5m tonnes of cargo. The airport is strategically located at the
  • 119. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 119 geographic centre of Northeast Asia, and 40 cities, with a population of over one million, are within a three-hour flight from this modern airport. More than 800 international flights per week are currently flying between Seoul and major cities around the world. Gimpo Airport (the former Kimpo) is the nation's second largest airport, and serves domestic routes and serves as a backup for Incheon International Airport. 14.2.4 Sea Ports With seven of the world’s ten-largest shipbuilding companies, South Korea has one of the largest shipbuilding industries in the world. According to government figures in 2005, Busan boasted a handling capacity of 131m tonnes; the handling capacity of Gwangyang, the second-largest port, was 120m tonnes in the same year. Growth in China is expected to provide a boost to South Korean ports. Ports in Korea handle an estimated 99 percent of the nation's entire export and import freight. Thus the ports represent both the core distribution arm of the Korean economy and the centre of logistics, waterfront industries, fisheries and international trade. The Port of Busan (the former Pusan), located in south-eastern Korea, is the country’s largest seaport and one of the world’s largest ports, handling some 95percent of South Korea’s container transport and serves as the nation's principal gateway linking the Pacific Ocean to the Asian continent. In 2001, it processed a total of 7.9m TEU in freight, becoming the world's third largest port (in terms of container shipments). The port handles about 43 percent of the nation's exports and 95 percent of the total container loads. Currently, it is serving more than 50 foreign carriers from all over the world, proving that it has already become a hub port, both regionally and globally. According to Korean Government estimates, in 2005 there were 42 ships over 8000teus, and by 2010 this figure will be 203 making the key to the region who will emerge as the winner in the deep-water mega port competition in North-east Asia. Strategically located between China, Asia’s largest manufacturer, and Japan, Asia’s largest market, Korea is attempting to position itself as the logistics hub of Northeast Asia. With extensive plans, Korea is investing heavily to expand its container terminal development with new container berths planned at Busan, Ulsan, Gwangyang, and Incheon. In order to increase port capacities, the government is currently in the process of expanding two major ports, the Ports of Busan and Kwangyang. In 2001, when the initial expansion works at these ports were completed, Korea's container handling capacity rose to 8m TEUs. The capacity will increase to a total of 14m TEUs by 2011. The construction of an additional container terminal is also under way near Gadeokto, west of Busan. The first ten berths were completed in 2005 and when fully completed, the piers will serve a total of 24 modernized berths. According to the government’s development strategy, North-east Asia is home to 20 percent of global GDP, 25 percent of world population and 33 percent of container value. The region is expected to exceed
  • 120. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 120 238mn teus by 2010, a 100 percent increase over 2004, and a sharper increase than any other region. By 2010 it is estimated to be 38 percent of the global market, primarily driven by strong China growth. This dynamic, coupled with a marked structural change that is taking place in shipping fleets toward larger vessels, led policy makers in Korea to believe the future held increased demand for specialised transhipment services favouring mega ports able to capitalise on their vast economies of scale and diversified services. The initial long run model adopted by the Korean Government was that most other ports in the North- east Asia region would be forced into regional roles as feeding became increasingly important. With this in mind, both Busan and Gwangyang have embarked upon major program to develop these capacities. However, it remains to be seen whether Korea’s development strategy failed to foresee the speed with which China was able to bring its deep water harbours online so rapidly, perhaps curtailing any significant role for the Korean peninsular in the long term development of the East Asian maritime sector. 14.3 Korean Logistics Market 14.3.1 Overview The Korean peninsula is surrounded on three sides by sea and strategically located between Japan, China and Russia. This allows South Korea to develop itself in order to serve as a logistics hub for north-eastern Asia. In order to meet this challenge in modern logistics, Korea has steadily pursued logistics modernisation programs. Ultimately, Korea hopes to become a logistics hub in Northeast Asia. The problems of domestic logistics industry include the high portion of first-party logistics handling, small scale of logistics firms and inefficient logistics systems stemming from inadequate standardization, computerization and collaboration. As a result of innovations in organisational levels and added IT advantages such as RFID and an extremely modernised set of transport networks, the South Korean logistics industry has been characterised by a steady decline in the costs of logistics. These have occurred in spite of sharp increases in fuel prices.
  • 121. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 121 Korea, Rep. Logistics Performance Index* Overall LPI score 3.52 rank 25 conf 0.07 Customs score 3.22 rank 27 conf 0.13 Infrastructure score 3.44 rank 25 conf 0.18 International shipments score 3.44 rank 24 conf 0.18 Logistics competence score 3.63 rank 22 conf 0.17 Tracking & tracing score 3.56 rank 25 conf 0.2 Domestic logistics costs score 2.73 rank 110 conf 0.17 Timeliness score 3.86 rank 30 conf 0.18 Source: World Bank 14.3.2 Distribution Clusters Under the 10-year Freight Transport Improvement Plan, the government aims to establish a hub-and- spoke distribution network, linking all major transport centres across the nation. To achieve the goal, the government will continue to construct freight distribution facilities. In all, 39 freight distribution facilities, including truck terminals, warehouses, wholesale markets, will be constructed by 2011, in addition to highway networks. These facilities are set to facilitate a more systematic movement of goods at lower logistics cost. * The Logistics Performance Index is based on a survey of operators on the ground worldwide (global freight forwarders and express carriers), providing feedback on the logistics ‘friendliness’ of the countries in which they operate and those with which they trade. They combine in-depth knowledge of the countries in which they operate with informed perceptions of other countries with which they trade, and experience of global logistics environment. Feedback from operators is supplemented with objective data on the performance of key components of the logistics chain in the home country, data collected for 100 countries. The LPI consists therefore of both perception and objective measures and helps build profiles of logistics friendliness for these countries. The scores are from one to five, one being the worst performance for the given dimension.
  • 122. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 122 14.3.3 Logistics Market Size and Growth Although the Korean logistics market has grew to 92.5 trillion won (as of 2004) and has continued since, the proportion of first- and second-party logistics, in which the manufacturers transport products using their own vehicles or those of their affiliated firms, respectively, exceeds more than 60 percent of the total logistics volume, leading to inefficient logistics activities. In 2006, the market share of third-party logistics (3PL) was 38.8 percent, far lower than the corresponding portions of 75 percent to 90 percent in the United States and Europe, where manufacturers focus on production and outsource logistics- related activities to specialized firms. This suggests that the high percentage of first- and second-party logistics discourages the growth of specialized transporters in Korea. National Intermodal Transport Network Plan (2000-2019) was set to secure transport infrastructure to boost national competitiveness in the 21st century global competition, to build a cost-reducing logistics system and a highly efficient transport system, to attain swift, safe, convenient and environment-friendly transport system, and to establish inter-Korean transport network in preparation for unification of South and North Korea. In order to implement the above-mentioned transport strategies, approximately 335 trillion KRW is expected to be spent from 2000 to 2019. Around 25bn KRW of it will be paid by the Government with revenue such as those from traffic taxes. The remaining amount will be financed by private capital inducement and investment from public corporations. The government has also set a series of incentives to build an infrastructure for a logistics and business hub. The scheme to build a logistics and business hub involves reconnecting the two inter-Korean railways and roads that are currently under construction, and establish a transport network connecting with the Trans-Siberia Railway (TSR) and the Trans-China Railway (TCR).
  • 123. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 123 15 Vietnam Vietnam, a long, sickle-shaped country, occupies the eastern coast of the Southeast Asian peninsula. It borders China to the north, Laos and Cambodia to the west, and the South China Sea and Gulf of Tonkin to the east. Vietnam’s population of 86m is the second-largest in Southeast Asia, after Indonesia. Despite the existence of 54 separate ethnic groups within the country, Vietnam largely remains ethnically and linguistically homogeneous. For much of its history, Vietnam defined itself in opposition to China. The Chinese occupied Vietnam for more than 1,000 years until the 9th century BCE, and since then Vietnam has repeatedly fended off incursions by their much larger neighbour. After attaining nominal independence, the Vietnamese state spread from its base in the Red River delta to its present-day territory, overtaking both the Champa and Khmer empires in the process. In the late 19th century, Vietnam was colonised by the French, who would control the nation (as part of French Indochina) for the next seventy years. Under the leadership of future head of state Ho Chi Minh, a Communist insurgency battled the French and eventually forced their withdrawal in 1954, a victory that led to the division of the country into northern and southern halves. With the north under his control, Ho Chi Minh fomented an insurgency in the south, placing pressure on the corrupt American-backed government of Ngo Dinh Diem. Following Diem’s assassination in 1963, the US escalated its military involvement in Vietnam, placing 500,000 troops in country by 1968. After a series of military setbacks, the United States negotiated an end to the war in 1973, and the collapse of the South government two years later led to the eventual reunification of Vietnam under northern control in 1976. Newly independent, Vietnam commenced a major reorganization of society into a single-party, centrally planned state. Economic reforms in 1986 (doi moi) liberalised Vietnam’s economic system while leaving the political structure intact. Vietnam withdrew its troops from Cambodia in 1989 and subsequently became a member of the international community in good standing, joining the World Trade Organisation in 2007. The Vietnamese Communist Party has de facto control over all branches of Vietnam’s government, and judicial independence remains weak. Nevertheless, Vietnam’s economy continues to experience rapid growth and the country seems poised to remain on the international economic stage for years to come. 15.1 Economy and Trade Following reunification, Vietnam implemented a Soviet-style planned economy throughout the whole country, seizing land in the south that had previously been in private hands. In 1986, the government introduced the doi moi policy, introducing market reforms and privatisation to the Vietnamese economy, leading to a period of sustained growth that lifted substantial numbers of Vietnamese out of poverty. Since 2001, when Vietnam began recovering from the 1997 East Asian financial crisis, the government has focused on modernising the economy and producing more export-driven industries. Significantly,
  • 124. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 124 Vietnam’s accession to the WTO in 2007 allows the nation to benefit from the elimination of quotas on textiles and clothing among organisation members. Although more than half of the national labour force is employed in the agriculture sector, its share of Vietnam’s GDP has fallen to 23percent from 41percent since 1991. Nevertheless, Vietnam remains a major exporter of several agricultural commodities, such as coffee, rubber, and pepper. 55percent of total cultivated area is devoted to rice and a plateau in domestic demand has allowed Vietnam to maintain its status as one of the world’s leading rice exporters. Several factors act as a potential limiting factor on Vietnam’s agricultural production. Only 20percent of the land is arable, and much of its production potential has been undermined by soil erosion, urban encroachment, and deforestation. In the industrial sector, once dominant state-owned enterprises (SOEs) have grown at a much slower pace than both foreign-invested enterprises (FIEs) and private domestic enterprises. In order to improve economic performance, the Vietnamese government has restructured more than 3,000 SOEs (well over half of the overall number) since 2001, most commonly though partial privatisation (equitising). However, the largest share of privatised companies remains in government hands, limiting foreign investment in formerly state-owned enterprises to a mere 20 companies. While opposition to privatisation remains strong in Vietnam (mainly from workers and managers who fear a loss in job security), the central government recently announced that sectors such as the media, railway, and key airports would no longer be entirely state-owned. The United States, with whom Vietnam normalised relations in 1995, is the nation’s largest export partner, accounting for 22percent of outgoing trade. Much of the trade concerns the garment industry, a result of a bilateral trade agreement signed between the two countries in 2001. Restrictions on imports from China, implemented occasionally by the U.S. and E.U., have also benefited Vietnamese exports. China remains Vietnam’s largest import partner, comprising a total of 20percent. The increase in Vietnamese manufacturing exports, combined with rising global oil and steel prices, have led to a vast overall growth of the national import market. With annual GDP growth nearing 8percent, the overall outlook for Vietnam’s economy is strong. In order to preserve these gains, however, the Vietnamese government will have to prioritise infrastructure development (in order to cut logistics costs) as well as accelerate the rate of which plodding SOEs are restructured.
  • 125. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 125 Key Economic Indicators 2007 Population (m): 85.9 GDP (USD bn; market exchange rate): 70.7 GDP (USD bn; PPP): 221.3 GDP per head (USD; market exchange rate): 823 GDP per head (USD; PPP): 2,575 Real GDP growth: 8.0 Inflation: 7.0 Exchange Rate: 16,179(b) Source: Economist Geographical Facts Land area (sq km): 4,200 sq km Water area (sq km): 325,360 sq km Total area (sq km): 329,560 sq km Source: World Factbook Major Exports percent 2007 Crude oil 16.7 Textiles & garments 16.4 Footwear 8.3 Fisheries products 7.8 Source: Economist Major Imports percent 2007 Machinery, equipment & parts 16.3 Refined petroleum 11.6 Steel 7.9 Material for textile industry 3.7 Source: Economist Exports Partners percent 2007 US 21.5 Japan 12.4 Australia 9.5 China 5.8 Source: Economist Import Partners percent 2007 China 18.6 Singapore 13.6 Japan 10.3 South Korea 10.1 Source: Economist 15.2 Transport Infrastructure In an effort to keep pace with its growing economy as well as cater to the needs of the world’s 13th largest population, the Vietnamese government has invested heavily in upgrading its transport
  • 126. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 126 infrastructure. Overall, its record of success can best be described as mixed. While Vietnam’s vast network of inland waterways transport goods efficiently throughout the country, an inadequate road network (less than 20percent paved) and limited railway capacity have thus far prevented Vietnam from meeting its transport potential. On the other hand, Vietnam’s rapidly growing air and seaport industry has facilitated a higher volume of trade, lending hope that improvements across all transport networks will have a similar effect. Transport Data Total Road Length (km) 222,179 km Motorways (km) paved: 42,167 km Railways (km) Total 2,600 km Airports Total 44 Major Sea Ports Total Da Nang, Hai Phong, Ho Chi Minh City Source: World Factsheet 15.2.1 Road Network Vietnam’s road network is an area in need of improvement. While there are over 200,000km of roads in the country, far fewer than half are paved. Furthermore, more isolated parts of the country are inaccessible by road at least one month each year due to adverse weather conditions. Providing reliable transport to isolated regions is a major goal of the government, which has proposed increased funding for road infrastructure starting in 2010. Extensive foreign aid, long a major source of logistics funding, will also help develop Vietnam’s road network in the coming years. In Vietnam’s two major cities, Hanoi and Ho Chi Minh City, the prevalence of motorcycles combined with a growing demand for cars have led to increases in traffic and pollution levels. To alleviate these concerns, the Vietnamese government is planning to build an above-ground rail network in Hanoi and an underground subway in HCMC, both scheduled to begin construction in 2010. 15.2.2 Rail Network Vietnam’s rail network is comprehensive but inefficient and slow. Covering more than 2,000km), much of Vietnam’s railroad is single-tracked and narrow gauged, slowing transport times for both passengers and cargo. The 1,700km journey from Hanoi to Ho Chi Minh City takes 32 hours and is often marred by flooding and bridge closures during wet months. Recently, the Vietnamese government has partnered with foreign firms to launch construction projects intended to bolster the national railway network. In addition to planned improvements to the domestic rail network, there are also proposals for international links to cities in Cambodia and China.
  • 127. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 127 Due to the railways’ logistical problems and Vietnam’s extensive network of inland waterways, the rail network only carries about 7percent of all freight, roughly half the amount transported by Vietnam’s various rivers and tributaries. 15.2.3 Airports There are 37 airports in Vietnam, of which three service international flights. These international airports are located in Hanoi, Ho Chi Minh City, and the central city of Danang. The state-owned airline, Vietnam Airways (VA), is rapidly expanding, planning to add 22 planes to its fleet by 2010. In the past, the Vietnamese government restricted private competition in an effort to support VA, but due to the risk of alienating tourists with high ticket prices, there have been recent measures allowing other airlines access to the Vietnamese air market. A master plan for a new international airport near HCMC was approved in 2006. Called Long Thanh, the new airport when completed will be the largest in Vietnam as well as serve as a major hub for passenger traffic in Southeast Asia. HCMC’s existing airport (Tan Son Naht) will eventually handle only domestic flights. 15.2.4 Sea Ports At present, there are seven international ports in Vietnam, of which the three largest are in Haiphong (north), Danang (central) and Ho Chi Minh City (south). While Vietnam’s extensive coastline (over 3,000km) speaks to its potential as a major hub in East Asian shipping, deficiencies in size and efficient handling have limited the efficacy of Vietnam’s ports. In comparison to their counterparts in Thailand and Malaysia, Vietnamese port storage capacity and maximum vessel size fall far short despite similar berth sizes. As a result, transport of goods to major markets (such as the US or EU) often must be transhipped at foreign ports, increasing the expensive of such transactions. For example, shipments from Ho Chi Minh City to Los Angeles, USA are almost 30percent more expensive than identical shipments from Hong Kong and 15percent more expensive than those from three major Chinese ports. These higher costs erase advantages Vietnam has with its cheap and abundant labour force. Additionally, urban traffic congestion in the HCMC area has also caused problems in transporting goods from the port further afield in Vietnam. To remedy deficiencies in port infrastructure, the Vietnamese government has earmarked funds for improving existing ports and constructing new ones. Most significantly, authorities announced in 2006 that the Saigon Port would be moved to Cat Lai and Hiep Phuoc. In addition to an overall increase in size, the new port location will be near Vietnam’s industrial parks and export centres, a far more convenient setting than in Ho Chi Minh City. Furthermore, a more remote location avoids the traffic congestion that increasingly characterises urban HCMC.
  • 128. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 128 15.3 Vietnamese Logistics Market 15.3.1 Overview Vietnam’s rapid economic growth has occurred in spite of, not because of, its logistics infrastructure. Despite recent government proposals to invest in logistics (particularly in sea ports), persistent problems have thus far prevented Vietnam from maximising trade benefits. Vietnam’s sea ports, for example, are plagued by an insufficient container handling capacity, as few ports in Vietnam are able to lift 30 containers per hour as per international standard. Furthermore, inefficient customs processing means that goods shipped into Vietnam must wait far longer than similar shipments to countries such as China. Road transport, vital in Vietnam due to the underutilisation of the national rail network, is undermined by poor maintenance as well as lax enforcement of driving and vehicle regulations. The overall paucity of paved roads, particularly in remote rural areas, prevents Vietnam’s poorest people from gaining as much from the country’s prodigious economic growth. In the country’s international airports, inadequate x-ray technology has occasionally led to the deterioration and destruction of valuable imports. Massive investment in logistics infrastructure will undoubtedly alleviate some of these shortcomings, but improved government regulation- to be on par with Vietnam’s more developed neighbours- is necessary for the logistics market to fully service the demands of Vietnam’s economy.
  • 129. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 129 Vietnam Logistics Performance Index* Overall LPI score 2.1 rank 2.23 conf 0.18 Customs score 2.1 rank 2.7 conf 0.37 Infrastructure score 2.1 rank 3.1 conf 0.41 International shipments score 1.4 rank 2.17 conf 0.39 Logistics competence score 2.1 rank 2.26 conf 0.46 Tracking & tracing score 2.1 rank 2.23 conf 0.43 Domestic logistics costs score 3.1 rank 1.18 conf 0.78 Timeliness score 3.1 rank 3.6 conf 0.60 Source: World Bank 15.3.2 Distribution Clusters Until recently, Vietnam lacked an adequate multimodal distribution cluster, a major inhibition in the growth of its logistics market. The planned construction of Long Thanh International Airport in southern Vietnam, announced in 2006, will establish the nation’s first distribution cluster able to facilitate the massive growth of international trade. Located between Ho Chi Minh City and Vietnam’s industrial park area, Long Thanh will reduce logistics costs by reducing the distance export goods previously travelled to reach the existing airport at Tan Son Naht. * The Logistics Performance Index is based on a survey of operators on the ground worldwide (global freight forwarders and express carriers), providing feedback on the logistics ‘friendliness’ of the countries in which they operate and those with which they trade. They combine in-depth knowledge of the countries in which they operate with informed perceptions of other countries with which they trade, and experience of global logistics environment. Feedback from operators is supplemented with objective data on the performance of key components of the logistics chain in the home country, data collected for 100 countries. The LPI consists therefore of both perception and objective measures and helps build profiles of logistics friendliness for these countries. The scores are from one to five, one being the worst performance for the given dimension.
  • 130. CIG-ASPC08 亚太 130 A promising site for a major distribution cluster also exists in the north, near the port of Haiphong. From Haiphong, the Vietnamese capital Hanoi is well-connected via road and rail links, and northern Vietnam’s proximity to China is yet another incentive for the government to invest in its distribution clusters in the Red River area. 15.3.3 Logistics Market Size and Growth Government investment in infrastructure coupled with frenetic economic growth have led to an increase in logistics cost as percentage of GDP, estimated to be between 15 and 20percent in 2006. In particular, the shipbuilding and maritime industries have grown at an annual average rate of over 30percent, though a large share of profits are taken away by foreign operators, who own 80percent of Vietnam’s market share. Despite growth in the domestic logistics market, domestic Vietnamese logistics businesses suffer from deficiencies in logistics, personnel, and capital. As a result, domestic firms often act as a sub-contractor to larger foreign companies. Vietnam’s accession to the World Trade Organisation (WTO) in 2007 may also result in a greater presence of foreign firms in the country’s logistics market